Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

which he had made use of

1 which

wi
1. adjective, pronoun
(used in questions etc when asking someone to point out, state etc one or more persons, things etc from a particular known group: Which (colour) do you like best?; Which route will you travel by?; At which station should I change trains?; Which of the two girls do you like better?; Tell me which books you would like; Let me know which train you'll be arriving on; I can't decide which to choose.) cuál

2. relative pronoun
((used to refer to a thing or things mentioned previously to distinguish it or them from others: able to be replaced by that except after a preposition: able to be omitted except after a preposition or when the subject of a clause) (the) one(s) that: This is the book which/that was on the table; This is the book (which/that) you wanted; A scalpel is a type of knife which/that is used by surgeons; The chair (which/that) you are sitting on is broken; The documents for which they were searching have been recovered.) que

3. relative adjective, relative pronoun
(used, after a comma, to introduce a further comment on something: My new car, which I paid several thousand pounds for, is not running well; He said he could speak Russian, which was untrue; My father may have to go into hospital, in which case he won't be going on holiday.)

- whichever
- which is which? - which is which

which¹ adj cuál / qué

which one is yours? ¿cuál es el tuyo?

which² pron

1. cuál / qué

which of the houses is yours? ¿cuál de las casas es la tuya?

2. que

I lost the ring which he gave me perdí el anillo que me regaló

which

tr[wɪʧ]

adjective

1 (direct questions) qué, cuál, cuáles

■ which size? ¿qué tamaño/talla?

■ which colour do you prefer? ¿qué color prefieres?

■ which newspaper do you read? ¿qué periódico lees?

■ which one do you like best? ¿cuál te gusta más?

2 (indirect questions) qué

■ I can't remember which department she's in no recuerdo en qué sección trabaja

pronoun

1 (questions) cuál, cuáles

■ which do you want? ¿cuál quieres?

■ which is your car? ¿cuál es tu coche?

■ which is mine? ¿cuál es el mío?

2 (indirect questions) cuál

■ ask him which is his pregúntale cuál es el suyo

3 (defining relative) que; (with preposition) que, el/la que, el/la cual, los/las que, los/las cuales

■ the shoes which I bought los zapatos que compré

■ this is the record I was telling you about este es el disco del que te hablaba

■ the shop in which they met la tienda donde se conocieron

4 (non-defining relative) el/la cual, los/las cuales

■ two glasses, one of which was dirty dos copas, una de las cuales estaba sucia

5 (referring to a clause) lo que, lo cual

■ he lost, which was sad perdió, lo cual era triste

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

in which case en cuyo caso

which ['hwɪʧ] adj

: qué, cuál

which tie do you prefer?: ¿cuál corbata prefieres?

which ones?: ¿cuáles?

tell me which house is yours: dime qué casa es la tuya

which pron

1) : cuál

which is the right answer?: ¿cuál es la respuesta correcta?

2) : que, el (la) cual

the cup which broke: la taza que se quebró

the house, which is made of brick: la casa, la cual es de ladrillo

which (Interrogative pronoun)

pron.

• qué pron.

adj.

• cuál adj.

• el cual adj.

• que adj.

pron.

• cual pron.

• cuál pron.

• que pron.

I hwɪtʃ, wɪtʃ
pronoun

1)

a) (in questions) (sing) cuál; (pl) cuáles

which of you wrote this? — ¿cuál or quién de ustedes escribió esto?

b) ( in indirect use) cuál

do you know which she chose? — ¿sabes cuál eligió?

I can never remember which is which — nunca recuerdo cuál es cuál

2) ( as relative)

the parcel which arrived this morning — el paquete que llegó esta mañana

the newspaper in which the article appeared — el diario en el que or en el cual apareció el artículo

he said it was an accident, which I know is not true — dijo que había sido un accidente, lo cual sé que no es cierto

II

adjective

1)

a) ( in questions) (sing) qué, cuál; (pl) qué, cuáles

in which European city is it? — ¿en qué or cuál ciudad europea está?

b) ( in indirect questions) (sing) qué, cuál; (pl) qué, cuáles

ask her which chapters we have to read — pregúntale qué or cuales capítulos hay que leer

2) ( as relative)

we arrived at two, by which time they had gone — llegamos a las dos y para entonces ya se habían ido

in which case — en cuyo caso

[wɪtʃ]
1. PRONOUN

1) (in direct and indirect questions, reported speech)

Which/which one/ which ones in direct and indirect questions and after expressions of (un)certainty and doubt (e.g. no sé) usually translate as cuál/cuáles: cuál
which do you want? — (offering one) ¿cuál quieres?; (offering two or more) ¿cuáles quieres?

I can't tell which is which — no sé cuál es cuál

which of you did it? — ¿cuál de vosotros lo hizo?

which of you is Kathleen? — ¿cuál de vosotras es Kathleen?

I don't know which to choose — no sé cuál escoger

tell me which you like best — dime cuáles te gustan más

I don't mind which — no me importa cuál

2) (relative)

a) (replacing noun)
In relative clauses where which defines the noun it refers to, you can usually translate it as que. Note that in this type of sentence which can be substituted by that in English: que
the letter which came this morning was from my niece — la carta que llegó esta mañana era de mi sobrina

it's an illness which causes nerve damage — es una enfermedad que daña los nervios

do you remember the house which we saw last week? — ¿te acuerdas de la casa que vimos la semana pasada?

the bear which I saw — el oso que vi
If [which] is the object of a preposition, you can either translate it as [que] (usually preceded by the definite article) or as article + [cual]/[cuales]. Use the second option particularly in formal language or after long prepositions or prepositional phrases:
your letter, which I received this morning, cheered me up — tu carta, que or more frm la cual he recibido esta mañana, me ha levantado el ánimo

the bull which I'm talking about — el toro del que or more frm del cual estoy hablando

the meeting which we attended — la reunión a la que or more frm a la cual asistimos

the hotel at which we stayed — el hotel en el que or more frm en el cual nos hospedamos

the cities to which we are going — las ciudades a las que or more frm a las cuales vamos

he explained the means by which we could achieve our objective — explicó los medios a través de los cuales podíamos alcanzar nuestro objetivo
If instead of defining the noun the [which] clause merely adds additional information, you can translate [which] using either [que] or article + [cual]/[cuales]:
the oak dining-table, which was a present from my father, seats 10 people comfortably — la mesa de roble, que or la cual fue un regalo de mi padre, admite cómodamente diez comensales

b) (replacing clause)
When which refers to the whole of a preceding sentence or idea, translate as lo que or lo cual:

it rained hard which upset her — llovió mucho, lo que or lo cual le disgustó

they left early, which my wife did not like at all — se marcharon pronto, lo cual or lo que no agradó nada a mi mujer
After a preposition only [lo cual] can be used:
• after which we went to bed — después de lo cual nos acostamos

• from which we deduce that... — de lo cual deducimos que...

2. ADJECTIVE

1) (in direct and indirect questions, reported speech)
When which is used as an interrogative adjective, translate using qué + noun when the possibilities are very open or cuál/cuáles de + article + plural noun when the possibilities are limited: qué
which house do you live in? — ¿en qué casa vives?

which day are they coming? — ¿qué día vienen?

I don't know which tie he wants — no sé qué corbata quiere

which picture do you prefer? — ¿qué cuadro prefieres?, ¿cuál de los cuadros prefieres?

which option do you prefer? — ¿cuál de las alternativas prefieres?

which way did she go? — ¿por dónde se fue?

• which one? — ¿cuál?

I don't know which one to choose — no sé cuál escoger

tell me which ones you like best — dime cuáles te gustan más

2) (relative)

look which way you will... — mires por donde mires...

he used "peradventure", which word is now archaic — frm dijo "peradventure", palabra que ha quedado ahora anticuada

• in which case — en cuyo caso

• he didn't get here till 10, by which time Jane had already left — no llegó hasta las 10 y para entonces Jane ya se había ido

* * *

I [hwɪtʃ, wɪtʃ]
pronoun

1)

a) (in questions) (sing) cuál; (pl) cuáles

which of you wrote this? — ¿cuál or quién de ustedes escribió esto?

b) ( in indirect use) cuál

do you know which she chose? — ¿sabes cuál eligió?

I can never remember which is which — nunca recuerdo cuál es cuál

2) ( as relative)

the parcel which arrived this morning — el paquete que llegó esta mañana

the newspaper in which the article appeared — el diario en el que or en el cual apareció el artículo

he said it was an accident, which I know is not true — dijo que había sido un accidente, lo cual sé que no es cierto

II

adjective

1)

a) ( in questions) (sing) qué, cuál; (pl) qué, cuáles

in which European city is it? — ¿en qué or cuál ciudad europea está?

b) ( in indirect questions) (sing) qué, cuál; (pl) qué, cuáles

ask her which chapters we have to read — pregúntale qué or cuales capítulos hay que leer

2) ( as relative)

we arrived at two, by which time they had gone — llegamos a las dos y para entonces ya se habían ido

in which case — en cuyo caso

English-spanish dictionary > which
2 HAFA

have

* * *

(hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.

1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);

hafa elda, to keep up a five;

2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);

3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);

4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);

orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;

hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;

hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;

hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;

hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;

hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;

5) to have, hold, maintain;

hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;

hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;

hafa heilindi, to have good health;

6) to bring, carry;

hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;

hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;

hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;

7) to take, carry off;

troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;

8) to get, gain, win;

hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;

hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;

hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;

hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;

hafa betr (verr), to get the better (worse) of it;

hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;

hafa tafl, to win the game;

hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;

hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;

hafa sigr, to be worsted;

hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;

hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;

hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;

with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);

ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;

9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);

hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;

hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;

10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;

hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;

hafa sik vel, to behave;

hafa vel, to be well off or happy;

hafa hart, to be in a wretched plight;

11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;

lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;

12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);

hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;

nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;

svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;

ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;

13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;

hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;

ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;

later with indecl. neut. pp.;

hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;

14) with preps.:

hafa e-t at, to do, act;

hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;

absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;

hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);

hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;

hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;

hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;

hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;

hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one;

hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;

hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;

var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;

hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);

ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;

hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;

eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;

hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;

hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;

hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;

höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;

hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);

hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;

vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;

hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;

hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;

orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;

keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;

hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;

hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);

Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;

hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;

hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;

hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;

hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;

hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);

hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;

hafa sik við, to exert oneself;

hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;

hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;

hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;

haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;

haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;

15) refl., hafast.

* * *

pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.

A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.

II. to hold:

1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.

2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.

3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.

4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.

5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.

6. with prepp. or infin.,

α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.

β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.

III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.

2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.

IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.

2. with prepp.:

α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.

β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)

γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.

B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:

I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.

II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.

III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.

2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.

3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.

4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.

IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:

1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.

2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.

V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.

C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.

2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.

D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:

I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,

α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.

β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.

γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.

II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.

III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.

E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:

I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).

2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.

II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.

2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.

β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.

F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.

β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.

2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.

3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.

4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.

II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)

G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:

I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:

1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).

2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).

β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?

II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:

1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.

2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.

3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.

4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.

☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, that

α. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.

β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.

γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAFA
3 ownership

•• * Из многочисленных слов семантического поля, к которому относится это слово, ownership является, пожалуй, самым широким и сложным по значению. Глагол to own обозначает собственность как возможность контролировать, распоряжаться чем-то. Отсюда, например, употребление этого слова в идущей в США дискуссии о частичной приватизации пенсионной системы (у нас это уже сделали без всякой дискуссии). Пример – из комментария пресс-секретаря Белого дома о разосланных по электронной почте тезисах по проблеме будущего американской пенсионной системы:

•• White House spokesman Scott McClellan said the e-mail was sent Monday to “ opinion leaders” to lay out “the challenges we face and the importance of seizing this opportunity to strengthen Social Security for our children and grandchildren and provide them with some ownership over their retirement savings.” -...дать нашим детям и внукам возможность контролировать часть своих пенсионных накоплений.
•• Можно, наверное, сказать быть собственниками части своих пенсионных накоплений, но тогда может возникнуть вопрос – а разве человек не является фактическим собственником той части пенсионных накоплений, которая находится в государственном пенсионном фонде?
•• Далее в «январских тезисах» – ownership society:
•• “At the end of the day, we want to promote both an ownership society and advance the idea of limited government,” the e-mail said.
•• Здесь значения собственность, ответственность и контроль настолько слитны, что выбрать вариант перевода для словаря не так просто. В данном контексте я предпочел бы не общество собственников, а общество личной ответственности или даже общество самостоятельных людей.
•• Большие трудности вызывает словосочетание country ownership, широко употребляемое в международных организациях, например, в таком контексте: efforts to encourage country ownership of programs and projects. Когда один из участников переводческого форума задал вопрос о переводе этого словосочетания, последовала немедленная реакция: «Похоже, международные бюрократы опять породили какую-то абстрактную химеру. Раньше все говорили про empowerment, тоже кстати трудно переводимый». Однако это выражение встречается не только у «международных бюрократов». Конечно, все что угодно выглядит плохо при неправильном или неумеренном употреблении. Но сейчас слово ownership в модном или близком к нему значении используется и очень хорошими публицистами. Вот пример из статьи одного из лучших, обозревателя газеты International Herald Tribune Уильяма Пфаффа:
•• If in the Security Council, the Bush administration refuses even a symbolic transfer of sovereignty to the Iraqis ( as demanded by Old Europe), and refuses to cede any political authority over the occupation to the UN, Washington will continue to enjoy exclusive ownership of this problem – with all of its risks and its current $87 billion-plus cost to the American taxpayer.
•• Здесь, как и во многих других случаях употребления этого слова, наиболее подходящий вариант перевода – ответственность:
•• <...> Вашингтон будет и впредь нести исключительную ответственность за эту проблему со всеми ее рискованными последствиями и ценой свыше 87 миллиардов долларов, которую заплатит американский налогоплательщик.
•• Сам же термин появился лет пять-семь назад в связи с деятельностью ПРООН. Речь идет о том, что страны, в которых осуществляются программы или проекты ООН, не должны выступать лишь в роли получателя помощи, а должны иметь реальную возможность влиять на ход работы. Кроме вариантов ответственность стран/ национальная ответственность, переводчиками ООН предлагались также заинтересованное/деятельное участие стран, искренняя заинтересованность стран, причастность и т. д.
•• Примеры употребления этого слова наводят на мысль о том, что мода на него связана с некоторой лакуной в английском языке: отсутствием дифференциации в слове independence – это и независимость (прежде всего политическая), и самостоятельность. Такая недифференцированность заставляет пишущих искать другие слова. Во многих случаях контекстуальные варианты со словами самостоятельно, самостоятельность могут подойти в переводе. Пример из статьи в Los Angeles Times:
•• Once established, the assembly would assign a commission to prepare Iraq’s new constitution. With nationwide town hall meetings providing a forum for grass-roots participation in debating and modifying the constitution, the process would enable the Iraqi people to have ownership of the outcome.
•• Здесь, пожалуй, возможны варианты со словами причастность, контроль, но ближе всего к намерению автора – позволит иракскому народу самостоятельно определять результат этого процесса. Несколько вольнее – чувствовать себя хозяином своей судьбы (здесь теряется outcome, а это существенно).
•• (Кстати, town hall meetings – как видим, это словосочетание употребляется не только как чисто американская реалия. Вполне адекватным в данном случае мне кажется вариант собрание общественности.)
•• Еще один пример того, что слово ownership встречается не только в специфическом «международно-чиновничьем» употреблении и не только в сочетании country ownership и может закономерно, как выразился бы Я.И. Рецкер, переводиться при помощи русских слов самостоятельность или контроль, – высказывание министра иностранных дел Иордании, процитированное в журнале Newsweek:
•• Reform is needed in the Arab world, we agree on that. But for it to work, we need ownership of the process, not a one-for-all blueprint from Washington. – Мы должны иметь контроль над этим процессом или Нам нужна самостоятельность в рамках этого процесса, а не стандартное решение, навязываемое Вашингтоном.
•• Кроме country ownership есть еще и total ownership. Вот замечательный фрагмент из книги Боба Вудворда Plan of Attack:
•• Monday, Jan. 13, Powell and Bush met in the Oval Office. The president was sitting in his regular chair in front of the fireplace, and the secretary was in the chair reserved for the visiting leader or most senior U.S. official. For once, neither Cheney nor Rice was hovering.
•• <...> The president said he had made up his mind on war. The United States should go to war.
•• “You’re sure?” Powell asked.
•• Yes, said Bush.
•• “ You understand the consequences,” Powell said in a half question. <...> “You know that you’re going to be owning this place?” Powell said, reminding Bush of what he had told him at a dinner the previous August in which Powell had made the case against military action in Iraq. An invasion would mean assuming the hopes, aspirations and all the troubles of Iraq. Powell wasn’t sure whether Bush had fully understood the meaning and consequences of total ownership.
•• But I think I have to do this, the president said.
•• Right, Powell said.
•• You’re going to be owning this place – русское слово владеть здесь совсем не подходит. Видимо, фразу Пауэлла можно было бы, учитывая последующее, перевести так: Вы понимаете, что будете отвечать за все? Total ownership – полная ответственность.
•• Вообще мало что так способствует обогащению языка, как полемика по острым политическим проблемам. В США главной из них в последние годы, безусловно, является иракская война. Среди языковых новаций, связанных с ней, – the Pottery Barn rule.
•• Цитирую по National Public Radio ту же книгу Вудворда Plan of Attack:
•• According to a new book by Washington Post journalist Bob Woodward, Powell was supportive of the war in public in an effort to win international support. But he was also concerned about the complications of a war. Woodward wrote that behind the scenes, Powell used language from one of Tom Friedman’s columns in referring to the “ Pottery Barn rule” of foreign policy. That is: “you break it, you own it.”
•• ( Pottery Barn – магазин типа «для дома, для семьи», среди прочего торгует керамикой, посудой, стеклом. Таким образом, Pottery Barn rule – что-то вроде правила посудной лавки). Смысл «правила» вроде бы прост: разбил – плати. Однако не все так просто – и в жизни, и в переводе.
•• Автор статьи в Washington Post Уильям Распбери, упомянув это «правило» (the so-called Pottery Barn rule invoked by Secretary of State Colin Powell in his prewar advice to President Bush), дальше пишет: And what, finally, of the “ you break it, you own it” imperative ( which Pottery Barn says is not its policy)?
•• Проверка в Интернете подтверждает, что магазин ни при чем:
•• Responding to Colin Powell’s use of the phrase “The Pottery Barn Rule” to refer to the rule “You break it, you own it,” Williams-Sonoma, parent of Pottery Barn, has issued a press release stating that its policy is in fact to write-down breakage. Более того: The State Department <...> issued a statement yesterday indicating that it did not intend to cast aspersions on the Pottery Barn mark.
•• Да и перевод плати при ближайшем рассмотрении оказывается не лучшим вариантом, ведь Пауэлл имел в виду не только чисто финансовые последствия, но и то, что, пойдя на военные действия, администрация берет на себя ответственность за целую страну. Итак, перевод Разбил – плати верен лишь отчасти. Хотя слово платить имеет и переносный смысл (отвечать за последствия), в переводе этой фразы лучше так и сказать: Разбил/сломал – отвечай ( за последствия).

English-Russian nonsystematic dictionary > ownership
4 camino

m.

1 path, track (sendero).

camino de Santiago Milky Way; (astronomy) = pilgrimage route to Santiago de Compostela (religion)

camino trillado well-trodden path

2 way.

el camino de la estación the way to the station

camino de on the way to

está camino de la capital it's on the way to the capital

a estas horas ya estarán en camino they'll be on their way by now

me pilla de camino it's on my way

en el o de camino on the way

por este camino this way

3 journey (viaje).

nos espera un largo camino we have a long journey ahead of us

ponerse en camino to set off

4 road, footpath, pathway, track.

5 cart track, cart road.

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: caminar.

* * *

camino

► nombre masculino

1 (vía) path, track

2 (ruta) way, route

■ encontramos a Juan de camino a casa we met Juan on our way home

3 (viaje) journey

■ dos horas de camino a two-hour journey

4 figurado (medio) way

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a medio camino half-way

abrir camino to clear the way (a, for)

abrir el camino to clear the way (a, for)

abrirse camino to make one's way

■ se abrió camino entre la gente she made her way through the people

abrirse camino en la vida to get on in life

coger de camino / pillar de camino to be on the way

■ tu casa nos pilla de camino your house is on our way

estar en camino to be on the way

ir camino de to be on one's way to

ir por (el) buen/mal camino figurado to be on the right/wrong track

llevar buen camino to be on the right track

llevar camino de to be on the way to, be heading for, look set to

■ lleva camino de convertirse en un gran atleta he's on his way to becoming a great athlete

ponerse en camino to set off (on a journey)

camino de herradura bridle path

camino de rosas figurado bed of roses

camino forestal forest track

el Camino de Santiago (vía láctea) the Milky Way

el camino del éxito figurado the road to success

* * *

noun m.

1) road, path, track

2) way

3) journey

4) course

* * *

SM

1) [sin asfaltar] track; (=sendero) path; (=carretera) road

un camino de montaña — a mountain path

camino de tierra — dirt track

camino sin firme — unsurfaced road

- todos los caminos conducen a Roma

Caminos, Canales y Puertos — (Univ) Civil Engineering

camino de acceso — access road

camino de Damasco — road to Damascus

camino de entrada — access road

camino de herradura — bridle path

camino de ingresos, camino de peaje — toll road

camino de rosas, la vida no es ningún camino de rosas — life's no bed of roses

Camino de Santiago — pilgrims' route to Santiago de Compostela, Way of St James

camino de sirga — towpath

camino forestal — forest track; [para paseos] forest trail

camino francés ( Hist) —
= Camino de Santiago
camino real — highroad ( tb fig)

camino trillado, caminos turísticos no trillados — tourist routes that are off the beaten track

experimentan con nuevas técnicas, huyen de los caminos trillados — they are experimenting with new techniques and avoiding conventional approaches o the well-trodden paths

este escritor ha recorrido los caminos trillados de sus antecesores — this writer has been down the well-trodden paths followed by his predecessors

camino vecinal — minor road

2) (=ruta)

a) (lit) way, route; (=viaje) journey

volvimos por el camino más corto — we took the shortest way o route back

¿sabes el camino a su casa? — do you know the way to his house?

es mucho camino — it's a long way

está a varios días de camino — it's several days' journey away

después de tres horas de camino — after travelling for three hours

nos quedan 20 kms de camino — we still have 20 kms to go

¿cuánto camino hay de aquí a San José? — how far is it from here to San José?

camino de Lima — on the way to Lima

iba camino de Nueva York — I was on my way to New York

• abrirse camino entre la multitud — to make one's way through the crowd

• de camino a, lo puedo recoger de camino al trabajo — I can collect it on my way to work

la farmacia me queda de camino — the chemist's is on my way

• echar camino adelante — to strike out

• en el camino — on the way, en route

nos encontramos en el camino a Zaragoza — we met on the way to Zaragoza

tienen dos niños, y otro en camino — they have two children, and another on the way

ponerse en camino — to set out o off

• a medio camino — halfway (there)

a medio camino paramos para comer — halfway there, we stopped to eat

• se quedaron a mitad de camino — they only got halfway (there)

a mitad de camino entre Dublín y la frontera — halfway between Dublin and the border

la verdad está a mitad de camino entre las dos posturas — the truth is somewhere between the two views

b) (fig) (=medio) path, course

es el camino a la fama — it's the path to fame

es el camino al desastre — it's the road to ruin

• el camino a seguir, yo te explico el camino a seguir — I'll tell you the way o route

me indicaron el camino a seguir para resolver el problema — they showed me what needed to be done to solve the problem

censurar estos programas no es el camino a seguir — censoring these programmes isn't the solution o the right thing to do

- abrirse camino en la vida

allanar el camino —

eso sería allanar el camino a sus adversarios — that would make things easy for their rivals

los nervios de su rival le allanaron el camino — her opponent's nerves made it easy for her

- errar el camino

- estar en camino

estamos en camino de solucionar el problema — we're on the way to solving the problem

está en camino de desaparecer — it's on its way out

ir camino de —

va camino de convertirse en un gran centro financiero — it is on its way to becoming a major financial centre

vamos camino del desastre — we are heading for disaster

- ir por buen camino

traer a algn por buen camino — (=orientar) to put sb on the right track o road; (=desengañar) to set sb straight

- ir por mal camino

las cosas van por buen camino — things are going well

- llevar a algn por mal camino

quedarse en el camino —

varios corredores se quedaron en el camino — several runners didn't make it to the end

un 70% sacó el diploma y el resto se quedó en el camino — 70 per cent of them got the diploma, the rest didn't make it

- ir por su camino

en vez de seguir las normas él fue por su camino — instead of following the rules he just went his own sweet way o did his own thing

no me fijo en mis rivales, yo sigo por mi camino — I don't take any notice of what my rivals are doing, I just do my own thing

- tirar por el camino de en medio

3) (Inform) path

4) And, Cono Sur (=alfombra, tapete) runner, strip of carpet o matting

camino de mesa — table runner
CAMINO DE SANTIAGO The Camino de Santiago is a medieval pilgrim route stretching from the Pyrenees to Santiago de Compostela in northwest Spain, where tradition has it that the body of Saint James the Apostle (Spain's patron saint) is buried. Those who had made the long, dangerous journey returned proudly wearing on their hat or cloak the venera or concha (scallop shell) traditionally associated with this pilgrimage - Saint James' body had reportedly been found covered in scallops. Today this symbolic shell can still be seen all along the Camino de Santiago, carved on ancient buildings and painted on modern-day road signs marking the historic route for the benefit of tourists and pilgrims. In astronomy the Camino de Santiago is another name for the Vía Láctea (Milky Way), hence the title of Buñuel's famous satirical film about the route to Compostela.
* * *

masculino

1) ( de tierra) track; ( sendero) path; ( en general) road

sigan por ese camino — continue along that path (o road etc)

están todos los caminos cortados — all the roads are blocked

abrir nuevos caminos — to break new o fresh ground

allanar or preparar or abrir el camino — to pave the way, prepare the ground

el camino trillado — the well-worn o well-trodden path

la vida no es un camino de rosas — life is no bed of roses

tener el camino trillado: tenía el camino trillado he'd had the ground prepared for him; todos los caminos llevan or conducen a Roma — all roads lead to Rome

- Caminos, Canales y Puertos

- camino vecinal

2)

a) (ruta, dirección) way

el camino más corto — the shortest route o way

saberse el camino — to know the way

me salieron al camino — asaltantes they blocked my path o way; amigos/niños they came out to meet me

éste es el mejor camino a seguir — this is the best course to follow

el camino a la fama — the road o path to fame

por ese camino no vas a ninguna parte — you won't get anywhere that way o like that

siguen caminos muy diferentes — they're taking very different paths

se me fue por mal camino or por el otro camino — it went down the wrong way

abrir camino a algo — to clear the way for something

abrirse camino — to make one's way

se abrió camino entre la espesura — she made her way through the dense thickets

abrirse camino en la vida — to get on in life

buen/mal camino: este niño va por mal camino or lleva mal camino this boy's heading for trouble; ibas por or llevabas buen camino pero te equivocaste you were on the right track but you made a mistake; las negociaciones van por or llevan muy buen camino the negotiations are going extremely well; llevar a alguien por mal camino to lead somebody astray; cruzarse en el camino de alguien: superó todos los obstáculos que se le cruzaron en el camino he overcame all the problems that arose; errar el camino to be in the wrong job o the wrong line of work; tirar por el camino de en medio — to take the middle path

b) (trayecto, viaje)

el camino de regreso — the return journey

se me hizo muy largo el camino — the journey seemed to take for ever

lo debí perder en el camino al trabajo — I must have lost it on my o on the way to work

se pusieron en camino — they set off

llevamos 300 kms/una hora de camino — we've done 300 kms/been traveling for an hour

todavía estamos a o nos quedan dos horas de camino — we still have two hours to go

paramos a mitad de camino or a medio camino — we stopped halfway

cortar o acortar camino — to take a shortcut

hizo todo el camino a pie — he walked the whole way

queda aún mucho camino por recorrer — there's still a long way to go

a mitad de or a medio camino — halfway through

c) (en locs)

camino de/a: me encontré con él camino del or al mercado I ran into him on the o on my way to the market; ya vamos camino del invierno winter's on the way o on its way; llevar or ir camino de algo: una tradición que va camino de desaparecer a tradition which looks set to disappear; de camino on the way to; pilla de camino it's on the way; me queda de camino I pass it on my way; de camino a on the way; está de camino a la estación it is on the way to the station; en el camino or de camino al trabajo on my/his/her way o the way to work; en camino on the way; tiene un niño y otro en camino she has one child and another on the way; deben estar ya en camino they must be on their way already; por el camino — on the way

•

- Camino de Santiago

* * *

= avenue, path, road, route, footpath, lane, pathway, way.

Ex. In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.

Ex. It can be in only one place, unless duplicates are used; one has to have rules as to which path will locate it, and the rules are cumbersome.

Ex. Use of Woolston Library has declined slightly: the area is isolated by the River Itchen, a busy main road, and a natural escarpment.

Ex. Each packet includes the address of the final destination, and the packets travel separately, perhaps taking different routes through the network.

Ex. Equivalence relationships normally imply the selection of one form as the preferred term, as we have seen, so we make a cross-reference pointing from the non-preferred term to the preferred term: footpaths See Trails; Bovines USE Cattle.

Ex. The title of the article is 'Changing lanes on the information superhighway: academic libraries and the Internet'.

Ex. This system automates the scientific task of determining the pathway of steps underlying a chemical reaction.

Ex. He has chosen self-denial and altruism as the way to follow.

----

* abrir camino a = make + way (for).

* abrir nuevos caminos = break + new ground, push + Nombre + into new latitudes, break + ground, blaze + trail.

* abrirse camino = plough through, elbow + Posesivo + way into, elbow into, foist + Posesivo + way into, make + Posesivo + way in the world.

* abrirse camino (a empujones) = push + Posesivo + way across/into.

* abrirse camino en el mundo = make + Posesivo + way in the world.

* abrirse camino en la vida = get on in + life.

* abrir un camino = chart + direction.

* al borde del camino = at the roadside.

* alto en el camino = stopover.

* a medio camino = halfway [half-way/half way].

* a mitad de camino = halfway [half-way/half way].

* a mitad de camino entre... y... = midway between, half way between... and....

* a mitad de camino entre... y... = astride... and....

* andar camino trillado = tread + well-worn ground.

* apartarse del buen camino = go off + the rails, stray from + the straight and narrow.

* apartarse del camino de la verdad = stray from + the straight and narrow.

* apartarse de los caminos principales = go + off-road.

* borde del camino = roadside, wayside.

* buen camino, el = straight and narrow (path), the.

* buscar el camino = wind + Posesivo + way.

* cambiar de opinión a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.

* cambiar de parecer a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.

* cambiar de política a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.

* camino apartado = byway.

* camino a seguir, el = way forward, the.

* camino correcto, el = way forward, the.

* camino de acceso = approach path.

* camino definido = charted route.

* camino de herradura = bridle path, bridleway.

* camino de la verdad, el = straight and narrow (path), the.

* camino de tierra = dirt track, dirt road.

* camino elevado = causeway.

* camino hacia el estrellato = road to stardom.

* camino hacia la fama = road to stardom.

* camino largo y difícil = long haul.

* camino largo y tortuoso = long and winding road.

* camino lleno de baches = bumpy road.

* camino más fácil, el = path of least resistance, the.

* camino muy largo = circuitous route.

* camino pecuario = cattle lane.

* camino por recorrer, el = road ahead, the.

* camino rural = country lane, country road.

* camino seguro al desastre = blueprint for disaster.

* camino seguro al éxito = blueprint for success.

* camino seguro al fracaso = blueprint for failure.

* camino sin rumbo = the road to nowhere.

* camino trillado = worn path, beaten road.

* camino vecinal = country road, minor road, back road.

* construcción de caminos = road construction.

* continuar + Posesivo camino = continue on + Posesivo + way.

* cruce de caminos = crossroads, fork in the road.

* cruzar en el camino de Alguien = cross + Posesivo + path.

* cruzársele a Uno en el camino = come + Posesivo + way.

* de camino = on the way, while we're at it.

* de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.

* descanso en el camino = rest stop.

* desviarse del buen camino = go off + the rails.

* detener en el camino = waylay.

* detenerse en el camino = stop along + the way.

* detenerse en el lado del camino = pull over.

* el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.

* el camino correcto = the way ahead, the way to go.

* el camino hacia + Nombre + está lleno de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.

* el camino hacia + Nombre + está plagado de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.

* el camino por recorrer = the way ahead.

* el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.

* el camino recorrido = the road travelled so far.

* el camino se hace andando = actions speak louder than words.

* elegir el camino más fácil = take + the path of least resistance.

* en camino = on the way.

* encontrar el camino = wayfinding.

* encontrar el camino de vuelta = find + Posesivo + way back.

* en el camino = along the way, en route, in the process.

* estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....

* estar de camino a = be on the road to.

* estar en camino de = be on the way to.

* fuera de los caminos trillados = off the beaten track.

* hacerse camino = foist + Posesivo + way into.

* hacer una parada en el camino = stop along + the way.

* hallar el camino de la verdad = think + Posesivo + way to the truth.

* indicar el camino a seguir = point + the way forward.

* indicar el camino a seguir para = point + the way to.

* indicar el camino correcto = point + Nombre + in the right direction.

* ingeniería de caminos = civil engineering.

* ingeniero de caminos = civil engineer.

* ir por buen camino = be on the right track.

* ir por el buen camino = be right on track.

* ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* junto al camino = by the roadside.

* lado del camino = wayside.

* ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.

* llevar camino de enfrentamiento con = be on a collision course with.

* llevar por el camino de = lead + Pronombre + down the road to.

* llevar por el mal camino = lead + astray.

* llevar por mal camino = mislead.

* mantener Algo en el buen camino = keep + Nombre + on track.

* marcar el camino correcto = point + Nombre + in the right direction.

* mostrar el camino = blaze + the way, light + the way.

* mostrar el camino a seguir = point + the way forward.

* mostrar el camino para = point + the way to, show + the way to.

* no apartarse del buen camino = keep on + the right track.

* parada en el camino = rest stop, stop along the way.

* parapeto del camino = road bank.

* pararse en el lado del camino = pull over.

* perderse por los caminos secundarios = go + off-road.

* por buen camino = a step in the right direction.

* por caminos apartados = off-road.

* por mal camino = astray.

* preparar el camino = set + the scene, smooth + the way, open + the way, set + the stage, pave + the path (for/towards/to), pave + the way (for/towards/to), pave + the road (for/towards/to).

* preparar el camino para = smooth + the path of.

* quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.

* retomar el camino = get back on + Posesivo + path.

* retomar su camino = get back on + track.

* seguir el buen camino = keep on + the right track, keep on + the straight and narrow.

* seguir el camino de la verdad = keep on + the straight and narrow.

* seguir el camino más ético = take + the high ground, take + the high road.

* seguir este camino = go along + this road.

* seguir por el buen camino = keep out of + trouble, keep on + the right track.

* seguir un camino = take + path, take + direction, tread + path, walk + path.

* seguir un camino diferente = strike out on + a different path.

* tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* un alto en el camino = a stop on the road, a pit stop on the road.

* un camino largo y difícil = a long haul.

* volver a su camino = get back on + track, get back on + Posesivo + path.

* * *

masculino

1) ( de tierra) track; ( sendero) path; ( en general) road

sigan por ese camino — continue along that path (o road etc)

están todos los caminos cortados — all the roads are blocked

abrir nuevos caminos — to break new o fresh ground

allanar or preparar or abrir el camino — to pave the way, prepare the ground

el camino trillado — the well-worn o well-trodden path

la vida no es un camino de rosas — life is no bed of roses

tener el camino trillado: tenía el camino trillado he'd had the ground prepared for him; todos los caminos llevan or conducen a Roma — all roads lead to Rome

- Caminos, Canales y Puertos

- camino vecinal

2)

a) (ruta, dirección) way

el camino más corto — the shortest route o way

saberse el camino — to know the way

me salieron al camino — asaltantes they blocked my path o way; amigos/niños they came out to meet me

éste es el mejor camino a seguir — this is the best course to follow

el camino a la fama — the road o path to fame

por ese camino no vas a ninguna parte — you won't get anywhere that way o like that

siguen caminos muy diferentes — they're taking very different paths

se me fue por mal camino or por el otro camino — it went down the wrong way

abrir camino a algo — to clear the way for something

abrirse camino — to make one's way

se abrió camino entre la espesura — she made her way through the dense thickets

abrirse camino en la vida — to get on in life

buen/mal camino: este niño va por mal camino or lleva mal camino this boy's heading for trouble; ibas por or llevabas buen camino pero te equivocaste you were on the right track but you made a mistake; las negociaciones van por or llevan muy buen camino the negotiations are going extremely well; llevar a alguien por mal camino to lead somebody astray; cruzarse en el camino de alguien: superó todos los obstáculos que se le cruzaron en el camino he overcame all the problems that arose; errar el camino to be in the wrong job o the wrong line of work; tirar por el camino de en medio — to take the middle path

b) (trayecto, viaje)

el camino de regreso — the return journey

se me hizo muy largo el camino — the journey seemed to take for ever

lo debí perder en el camino al trabajo — I must have lost it on my o on the way to work

se pusieron en camino — they set off

llevamos 300 kms/una hora de camino — we've done 300 kms/been traveling for an hour

todavía estamos a o nos quedan dos horas de camino — we still have two hours to go

paramos a mitad de camino or a medio camino — we stopped halfway

cortar o acortar camino — to take a shortcut

hizo todo el camino a pie — he walked the whole way

queda aún mucho camino por recorrer — there's still a long way to go

a mitad de or a medio camino — halfway through

c) (en locs)

camino de/a: me encontré con él camino del or al mercado I ran into him on the o on my way to the market; ya vamos camino del invierno winter's on the way o on its way; llevar or ir camino de algo: una tradición que va camino de desaparecer a tradition which looks set to disappear; de camino on the way to; pilla de camino it's on the way; me queda de camino I pass it on my way; de camino a on the way; está de camino a la estación it is on the way to the station; en el camino or de camino al trabajo on my/his/her way o the way to work; en camino on the way; tiene un niño y otro en camino she has one child and another on the way; deben estar ya en camino they must be on their way already; por el camino — on the way

•

- Camino de Santiago

* * *

= avenue, path, road, route, footpath, lane, pathway, way.

Ex: In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.

Ex: It can be in only one place, unless duplicates are used; one has to have rules as to which path will locate it, and the rules are cumbersome.

Ex: Use of Woolston Library has declined slightly: the area is isolated by the River Itchen, a busy main road, and a natural escarpment.

Ex: Each packet includes the address of the final destination, and the packets travel separately, perhaps taking different routes through the network.

Ex: Equivalence relationships normally imply the selection of one form as the preferred term, as we have seen, so we make a cross-reference pointing from the non-preferred term to the preferred term: footpaths See Trails; Bovines USE Cattle.

Ex: The title of the article is 'Changing lanes on the information superhighway: academic libraries and the Internet'.

Ex: This system automates the scientific task of determining the pathway of steps underlying a chemical reaction.

Ex: He has chosen self-denial and altruism as the way to follow.

* abrir camino a = make + way (for).

* abrir nuevos caminos = break + new ground, push + Nombre + into new latitudes, break + ground, blaze + trail.

* abrirse camino = plough through, elbow + Posesivo + way into, elbow into, foist + Posesivo + way into, make + Posesivo + way in the world.

* abrirse camino (a empujones) = push + Posesivo + way across/into.

* abrirse camino en el mundo = make + Posesivo + way in the world.

* abrirse camino en la vida = get on in + life.

* abrir un camino = chart + direction.

* al borde del camino = at the roadside.

* alto en el camino = stopover.

* a medio camino = halfway [half-way/half way].

* a mitad de camino = halfway [half-way/half way].

* a mitad de camino entre... y... = midway between, half way between... and....

* a mitad de camino entre... y... = astride... and....

* andar camino trillado = tread + well-worn ground.

* apartarse del buen camino = go off + the rails, stray from + the straight and narrow.

* apartarse del camino de la verdad = stray from + the straight and narrow.

* apartarse de los caminos principales = go + off-road.

* borde del camino = roadside, wayside.

* buen camino, el = straight and narrow (path), the.

* buscar el camino = wind + Posesivo + way.

* cambiar de opinión a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.

* cambiar de parecer a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.

* cambiar de política a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.

* camino apartado = byway.

* camino a seguir, el = way forward, the.

* camino correcto, el = way forward, the.

* camino de acceso = approach path.

* camino definido = charted route.

* camino de herradura = bridle path, bridleway.

* camino de la verdad, el = straight and narrow (path), the.

* camino de tierra = dirt track, dirt road.

* camino elevado = causeway.

* camino hacia el estrellato = road to stardom.

* camino hacia la fama = road to stardom.

* camino largo y difícil = long haul.

* camino largo y tortuoso = long and winding road.

* camino lleno de baches = bumpy road.

* camino más fácil, el = path of least resistance, the.

* camino muy largo = circuitous route.

* camino pecuario = cattle lane.

* camino por recorrer, el = road ahead, the.

* camino rural = country lane, country road.

* camino seguro al desastre = blueprint for disaster.

* camino seguro al éxito = blueprint for success.

* camino seguro al fracaso = blueprint for failure.

* camino sin rumbo = the road to nowhere.

* camino trillado = worn path, beaten road.

* camino vecinal = country road, minor road, back road.

* construcción de caminos = road construction.

* continuar + Posesivo camino = continue on + Posesivo + way.

* cruce de caminos = crossroads, fork in the road.

* cruzar en el camino de Alguien = cross + Posesivo + path.

* cruzársele a Uno en el camino = come + Posesivo + way.

* de camino = on the way, while we're at it.

* de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.

* descanso en el camino = rest stop.

* desviarse del buen camino = go off + the rails.

* detener en el camino = waylay.

* detenerse en el camino = stop along + the way.

* detenerse en el lado del camino = pull over.

* el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.

* el camino correcto = the way ahead, the way to go.

* el camino hacia + Nombre + está lleno de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.

* el camino hacia + Nombre + está plagado de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.

* el camino por recorrer = the way ahead.

* el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.

* el camino recorrido = the road travelled so far.

* el camino se hace andando = actions speak louder than words.

* elegir el camino más fácil = take + the path of least resistance.

* en camino = on the way.

* encontrar el camino = wayfinding.

* encontrar el camino de vuelta = find + Posesivo + way back.

* en el camino = along the way, en route, in the process.

* estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....

* estar de camino a = be on the road to.

* estar en camino de = be on the way to.

* fuera de los caminos trillados = off the beaten track.

* hacerse camino = foist + Posesivo + way into.

* hacer una parada en el camino = stop along + the way.

* hallar el camino de la verdad = think + Posesivo + way to the truth.

* indicar el camino a seguir = point + the way forward.

* indicar el camino a seguir para = point + the way to.

* indicar el camino correcto = point + Nombre + in the right direction.

* ingeniería de caminos = civil engineering.

* ingeniero de caminos = civil engineer.

* ir por buen camino = be on the right track.

* ir por el buen camino = be right on track.

* ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* junto al camino = by the roadside.

* lado del camino = wayside.

* ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.

* llevar camino de enfrentamiento con = be on a collision course with.

* llevar por el camino de = lead + Pronombre + down the road to.

* llevar por el mal camino = lead + astray.

* llevar por mal camino = mislead.

* mantener Algo en el buen camino = keep + Nombre + on track.

* marcar el camino correcto = point + Nombre + in the right direction.

* mostrar el camino = blaze + the way, light + the way.

* mostrar el camino a seguir = point + the way forward.

* mostrar el camino para = point + the way to, show + the way to.

* no apartarse del buen camino = keep on + the right track.

* parada en el camino = rest stop, stop along the way.

* parapeto del camino = road bank.

* pararse en el lado del camino = pull over.

* perderse por los caminos secundarios = go + off-road.

* por buen camino = a step in the right direction.

* por caminos apartados = off-road.

* por mal camino = astray.

* preparar el camino = set + the scene, smooth + the way, open + the way, set + the stage, pave + the path (for/towards/to), pave + the way (for/towards/to), pave + the road (for/towards/to).

* preparar el camino para = smooth + the path of.

* quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.

* retomar el camino = get back on + Posesivo + path.

* retomar su camino = get back on + track.

* seguir el buen camino = keep on + the right track, keep on + the straight and narrow.

* seguir el camino de la verdad = keep on + the straight and narrow.

* seguir el camino más ético = take + the high ground, take + the high road.

* seguir este camino = go along + this road.

* seguir por el buen camino = keep out of + trouble, keep on + the right track.

* seguir un camino = take + path, take + direction, tread + path, walk + path.

* seguir un camino diferente = strike out on + a different path.

* tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* un alto en el camino = a stop on the road, a pit stop on the road.

* un camino largo y difícil = a long haul.

* volver a su camino = get back on + track, get back on + Posesivo + path.

* * *

camino Camino de Santiago (↑ camino a1)

masculine

A (de tierra) track; (sendero) path; (en general) road

sigan por ese camino continue along that path ( o road etc)

han abierto/hecho un caminito a través del bosque they've opened up/made a path o little track through the wood

están todos los caminos cortados all the roads are blocked

abrir nuevos caminos to break new o fresh ground

allanar or preparar or abrir el camino to pave the way, prepare the ground

el camino trillado the well-worn o well-trodden path

la vida no es un camino de rosas life is no bed of roses, life isn't a bowl of cherries

tener el camino trillado: tenía el camino trillado he'd had the ground prepared for him

todos los caminos llevan or conducen a Roma: por todos los caminos se va a Roma all roads lead to Rome

el camino del infierno está empedrado de buenas intenciones the road to hell is paved o strewn with good intentions

Compuestos:

● camino de herradura

bridle path

● camino de sirga

towpath

● camino real

( Hist) highway

● Caminos, Canales y Puertos

civil engineering ingeniero

● camino vecinal

minor road ( built and maintained by local council)

B

1 (ruta, dirección) way

tomamos el camino más corto we took the shortest route o way

¿sabes el camino para ir allí? do you know how to get there?, do you know the way there?

me salieron al camino «asaltantes» they blocked my path o way;

«amigos/niños» they came out to meet me

afrontaron todas las dificultades que se les presentaron en el camino they faced up to all the difficulties in their path

éste es el mejor camino a seguir en estas circunstancias this is the best course to follow in these circumstances

por ese camino no vas a ninguna parte you won't get anywhere that way o like that

al terminar la carrera cada cual se fue por su camino after completing their studies they all went their separate ways

sigue caminos muy diferentes de los trazados por sus predecesores he is taking very different paths from those of his predecessors

se me fue por mal caminoor por el otro camino it went down the wrong way

abrir(le) camino (a algo/algn) to clear the way (for sth/sb)

los vehículos que abrían camino a los corredores the vehicles that were clearing the way for the runners

abrirse camino to make one's way

se abrió camino entre la espesura/a través de la multitud she made her way through the dense thickets/through the crowds of people

no es fácil abrirse camino en esa profesión it's not easy to carve a niche for oneself in that profession

estas técnicas se están abriendo camino entre nuestros médicos these techniques are gaining ground o are beginning to gain acceptance with our doctors

tuvo que luchar mucho para abrirse camino en la vida he had to fight hard to get on in life

buen/mal camino: este niño va por mal caminoor lleva mal camino this boy's heading for trouble

ya tiene trabajo, va por buen camino he's found a job already, he's doing well

ibas por or llevabas buen camino pero te equivocaste aquí you were on the right track o lines, but you made a mistake here

las negociaciones van por or llevan muy buen camino the negotiations are going extremely well o very smoothly

llevar a algn por mal camino to lead sb astray

cruzarse en el camino de algn: la mala suerte se cruzó en su camino he ran up against o came up against some bad luck

supo superar todos los obstáculos que se le cruzaron en el camino he was able to overcome all the problems which arose o which he came across

errar el camino to be in the wrong job o the wrong line of work

2

(trayecto, viaje): emprendimos el camino de regreso we set out on the return journey

se me hizo muy largo el camino the journey seemed to take forever

lo debí perder en el camino de casa al trabajo I must have lost it on my o on the way to work

se pusieron en camino al amanecer they set off at dawn

llevamos ya una hora de camino we've been traveling for an hour now, we've been on the road for an hour now

estamos todavía a dos horas de camino we still have two hours to go o two hours ahead of us

paramos a mitad de caminoor a medio camino a descansar we stopped halfway to rest

por aquí cortamos or acortamos camino we can take a shortcut this way o this way's shorter

hizo todo el camino a pie he walked the whole way, he did the whole journey on foot

se ha avanzado mucho en este campo, pero queda aún mucho camino por recorrer great advances have been made in this field, but there's still a long way to go

el camino será largo y difícil, pero venceremos the road will be long and difficult, but we shall be victorious

quedarse a mitad de or a medio camino: iba para médico, pero se quedó a mitad de camino he was studying to be a doctor, but he never completed the course o he gave up halfway through the course

el programa de remodelación se quedó a medio camino the renovation project was left unfinished

no creo que terminemos este año, ni siquiera estamos a mitad de camino I don't think we'll finish it this year, we're not even half way through yet

3 ( en locs):

camino de/a: me encontré con él camino del or al mercado I ran into him on the o on my way to the market

ya vamos camino del invierno winter's coming o approaching, winter's on the way o on its way

llevar or ir camino de algo: un actor que va camino del estrellato an actor on his way o on the road to stardom, an actor heading for stardom, an actor who looks set for stardom

van camino de la bancarrota they are on the road to o heading for bankruptcy, they look set to go bankrupt

una tradición que va camino de desaparecer a tradition which looks set to disappear

de camino: tu casa me queda de camino I pass your house on my way, your house is on my way

ve por el pan y, de camino, compra el periódico go and get the bread and buy a newspaper on the way o your way

de camino a: íbamos de camino a Zacatecas we were on our way o the way to Zacatecas

está de camino a la estación it is on the way to the station

en el caminoor de camino al trabajo paso por tres bancos I pass three banks on my way o the way to work

en camino: deben estar ya en camino they must be on the o on their way already

tiene un niño y otro en camino she has one child and another on the way

por el camino on the way

te lo cuento por el camino I'll tell you on the way

Compuestos:

● camino del Inca

Inca trail

● Camino de Santiago

el Camino de Santiago ( Hist, Relig) the pilgrims' road to Santiago;

( Astron) the Milky Way

* * *

Del verbo caminar: ( conjugate caminar)

camino es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

caminó es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

Multiple Entries:
caminar
camino
caminar ( conjugate caminar) verbo intransitivo
1 ( andar) to walk;
◊ salieron a camino they went out for a walk;

podemos ir caminando we can walk, we can go on foot;
camino hacia algo ‹hacia meta/fin› to move toward(s) sth
2 (AmL) [reloj/motor] to work;
◊ el asunto va caminando (fam) things are moving (colloq)

verbo transitivo ‹ distancia› to walk
camino sustantivo masculino
1 ( en general) road;
( de tierra) track;
( sendero) path;
◊ camino vecinal minor road ( built and maintained by local council)

2
a) (ruta, dirección) way;

◊ saberse el camino to know the way;

me salieron al camino [ asaltantes] they blocked my path o way;

[ amigos] they came out to meet me;
◊ este es el mejor camino a seguir this is the best course to follow;

el camino a la fama the road o path to fame;
se abrió camino entre la espesura she made her way through the dense thickets;
abrirse camino en la vida to get on in life;
buen/mal camino: este niño va por mal camino this boy's heading for trouble;
ibas por buen camino pero te equivocaste you were on the right track but you made a mistake;
llevar a algn por mal camino to lead sb astray
b) (trayecto, viaje):

◊ el camino de regreso the return journey;

se pusieron en camino they set off;
todavía nos quedan dos horas de camino we still have two hours to go
c) ( en locs)

◊ camino de/a … on my/his/her way to …;

ir camino de algo: una tradición que va camino de desaparecer a tradition which looks set to disappear;
de camino on the way;
pilla de camino it's on the way;
me queda de camino I pass it on my way;
de camino a la estación on the way to the station;
en camino on the way;
deben estar ya en camino they must be on their way already;
por el camino on the way;
a mitad de or a medio camino halfway through
caminar
I verbo intransitivo to walk
II verbo transitivo (recorrer a pie) to cover,walk: camino un par de kilómetros diarios, I walk two kilometres every day
camino sustantivo masculino
1 (estrecho, sin asfaltar) path, track
(en general) road
2 (itinerario, ruta) route, way
3 (medio, modo) way
♦ Locuciones: coger o pillar de camino, to be on the way
estar en camino, to be on the way
ir camino de, to be going to
figurado ir por buen/mal camino, to be on the right/wrong track
ponerse en camino, to set off
a medio camino, halfway: lo deja todo a medio camino, she drops everything she starts halfway through
figurado una casa de turismo rural es un sitio a medio camino entre un hotel y una casa de labranza, a rural tourism house is something halfway between a hotel and a farmhouse
de camino a, on the way to
' camino' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrirse
- acceso
- ahorrar
- andar
- baja
- bajo
- bifurcación
- borde
- caminar
- como
- conducir
- cruzarse
- desbloquear
- desviarse
- dificultosa
- dificultoso
- división
- empinada
- empinado
- enderezar
- enfilar
- enrevesada
- enrevesado
- enseñar
- entorpecer
- escultórica
- escultórico
- franca
- franco
- ir
- guiar
- horqueta
- indicar
- interponerse
- intersectarse
- intrincada
- intrincado
- lado
- marcha
- margen
- media
- mitad
- mostrar
- obstáculo
- orientar
- orilla
- paso
- pillar
- por
- promedio
English:
astray
- blaze
- bridle path
- circuitous
- claw
- concrete
- devious
- dirt road
- drive
- driveway
- en route
- fight
- footpath
- guide
- half-way
- lane
- midway
- passable
- path
- pathway
- pave
- road
- rocky
- rough
- set off
- set out
- show
- signpost
- sloping
- stray
- strike out
- struggle on
- thrust aside
- towpath
- track
- up
- uphill
- wade through
- way
- wayside
- weave
- wind
- winding
- work
- work up to
- bound
- by
- continue
- direct
- do

* * *

camino nm

1. [sendero] path, track;
[carretera] road;
han abierto un camino a través de la selva they've cleared a path through the jungle;

acorté por el camino del bosque I took a shortcut through the forest;
Univ
Caminos(, Canales y Puertos) [ingeniería] civil engineering;

Comp

la vida no es un camino de rosas life is no bed of roses;

Prov

todos los caminos llevan a Roma all roads lead to Rome

Comp
camino de acceso access road; Fam Fig camino de cabras rugged path;
camino forestal forest track;

camino de grava gravel path;

camino de herradura bridle path;

camino de hierro railway, US railroad;
Am camino de mesa table runner; Hist camino real king's highway;
Camino de Santiago Rel = pilgrimage route to Santiago de Compostela;
Astron Milky Way;
camino de sirga towpath;
Fig camino trillado well-trodden path; Fig
tiene el camino trillado the hard work has already been done for him;

camino vecinal country lane

2. [ruta, vía] way;

el camino de la estación the way to the station;

equivocarse de camino to go the wrong way;

indicar el camino a alguien to show sb the way;

no recuerdo el camino de vuelta I can't remember the way back;

iremos por el camino más corto we'll go by the shortest route, we'll go the quickest way;

está camino de la capital it's on the way to the capital;

me encontré a Elena camino de casa I met Elena on the way home;

de camino [de paso] on the way;

ve a comprar el periódico, y de camino sube también la leche go for the newspaper and bring the milk up while you're at it;

me pilla de camino it's on my way;

a estas horas ya estarán en camino they'll be on their way by now;

en el camino on the way;

por este camino this way

3. [viaje] journey;

nos espera un largo camino we have a long journey ahead of us;

se detuvieron tras cinco horas de camino they stopped after they had been on the road for five hours;

estamos casi a mitad de camino we're about halfway there;

pararemos a mitad de camino we'll stop halfway;

hicimos un alto en el camino para comer we stopped (along the way) to have a bite to eat;
también Fig
todavía nos queda mucho camino por delante we've still got a long way to go;

ponerse en camino to set off

4. [medio] way;

el camino para conseguir tus propósitos es la honestidad the way to get what you want is to be honest

5. Comp

abrir camino a to clear the way for;

el hermano mayor ha abierto camino a los pequeños the older brother cleared the way for the younger ones;

dos jinetes abrían camino a la procesión two people rode ahead to clear a path for the procession;

abrirse camino to get on o ahead;

se abrió camino entre la maraña de defensas he found a way through the cluster of defenders;

abrirse camino en el mundo to make one's way in the world;

le costó mucho abrirse camino, pero ahora tiene una buena posición it wasn't easy for him to get on, but he's got a good job now;

allanar el camino to smooth the way;

atravesarse o [m5] cruzarse o [m5] interponerse en el camino de alguien to stand in sb's way;

no permitiré que nadie se cruce en mi camino I won't let anyone stand in my way;
Fam
tienen un bebé en camino they've got a baby on the way;

ir por buen camino to be on the right track;

ir por mal camino to go astray;

con su comportamiento, estos alumnos van por mal camino the way they are behaving, these pupils are heading for trouble;

fueron cada cual por su camino they went their separate ways;

van camino del desastre/éxito they're on the road to disaster/success;

va o [m5] lleva camino de convertirse en estrella she's on her way to stardom;

a medio camino halfway;

siempre deja todo a medio camino she always leaves things half-done;

estar a medio camino to be halfway there;

está a medio camino entre un delantero y un centrocampista he's somewhere between a forward and a midfielder;

quedarse a medio camino to stop halfway through;

el proyecto se quedó a medio camino por falta de presupuesto the project was left unfinished o was abandoned halfway through because the funds dried up;

iba para estrella, pero se quedó a mitad de camino she looked as if she would become a star, but never quite made it;

traer a alguien al buen camino to put sb back on the right track

CAMINO DE SANTIAGO

The Galician city of Santiago de Compostela in northwestern Spain, traditionally held to be the burial site of the Apostle St James, was one of the most important Christian pilgrimage centres in Europe during the Middle Ages, second only to Rome. Countless pilgrims made the journey from different parts of Europe to Santiago along recognized pilgrimage routes. The main one crosses the north of Spain from the Pyrenees to Galicia and is known as the Camino de Santiago. Although its religious significance has declined, it has become a popular tourist route attracting a wide range of travellers: nature lovers on day trips, hikers and cyclists, and even latter-day pilgrims, whether solitary walkers or on package tours. Many of them avail themselves of the free or low-cost accommodation provided along the way by local councils and religious institutions.

* * *

camino

m

1 ( senda) path;

no es (todo) un camino de rosas it isn’t all a bed of roses

2 INFOR path

3 ( ruta) way;

a medio camino halfway;

de camino a on the way to;

por el camino on the way;

camino de on the way to;

abrirse camino fig make one’s way;

estar en camino be on the way;

ponerse en camino set out;

abrirse camino en la vida get on;

ir por buen/mal camino fig be on the right/wrong track;

abrir camino hacia algo fig pave the way for sth;

quedarse a medio o

mitad de camino fig leave sth half finished

* * *

camino nm

1) : path, road

2) : journey

ponerse en camino: to set off

3) : way

a medio camino: halfway there

* * *

camino n

1. (sendero) path

no te alejes del camino don't stray from the path

2. (ruta, medio) way

iremos por otro camino we'll go a different way

lo encontré por el camino I found it on the way

camino de on the way / on your way

va camino del hotel he's on his way to the hotel

ponerse en camino to set off [pt. & pp. set]

Spanish-English dictionary > camino
5 dar

v.

1 to give.

dar algo a alguien to give something to somebody, to give somebody something

se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother

Ella me da dinero She gives me money.

Su elogio da ánimos His praise gives encouragement.

El negocio da muchas ganancias The business yields much profit.

2 to give, to produce.

la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice

3 to have, to hold (fiesta, cena).

dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in someone's honor

4 to turn or switch on (luz, agua, gas) (encender).

5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).

dan una película del oeste they're showing a western, there's a western on

6 to show.

dar muestras de sensatez to show good sense

7 to teach.

dar inglés/historia to teach English/history

8 to deal (repartir) (en naipes).

9 to strike (horas).

dieron las tres en el reloj three o'clock struck

10 to get, to catch.

11 to deliver, to render, to allot, to confer.

12 to feel.

Me da alegría I feel joy.

13 to be given, to be granted, to be offered, to be handed in.

Se nos dio una buena casa We were given a good house.

14 to give forth, to burst out.

Ella dio un grito She gave forth a cry.

15 to make one feel.

Eso da asco That makes one feel revolt.

16 to hit.

Da duro el sol en este lugar The sun hits hard in this place

17 to give up.

* * *

DAR

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

doy, das, da, damos, dais, dan.

Past Indicative

di, diste, dio, dimos, disteis, dieron.

Present Subjunctive

dé, des, dé, demos, deis, den.

Imperfect Subjunctive

diera, dieras, diera, diéramos, dierais, dieran;

diese, dieses, diese, diésemos, dieseis, diesen.

Future Subjunctive

diere, dieres, diere, diéremos, diereis, dieren.

Imperative

da (tú), dé (él/Vd.), demos (nos.), dad (vos.), den (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to give

2) hit, strike

3) hand over, deliver

4) produce, yield

5) be enough

•

- dar a
- dar con
- dar contra
- dar por
- darse a
- darse de sí
- dárselas de
* * *
Para las expresiones dar importancia, dar ejemplo, dar las gracias, dar clases, dar a conocer, dar a entender, darse prisa, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) (=entregar, conceder) [+ objeto, mensaje, permiso] to give; [+ naipes] to deal (out); [+ noticias] to give, tell

le dio un bocadillo a su hijo — he gave his son a sandwich

se lo di a Blanca — I gave it to Blanca

me dieron un diploma por mi buen comportamiento — I was given a diploma for good conduct

le dieron el primer premio — he was awarded {o} given first prize

déme dos kilos — I'll have two kilos, two kilos, please

• ir dando [cuerda] — to pay out rope

• dar los buenos [días] a algn — to say good morning to sb, say hello to sb

2) (=realizar) [+ paliza] to give; [+ paso] to take

dar un alarido — to shriek

dar una bofetada a algn — to slap sb

dar un golpe a algn — to hit sb

dio un golpe en la mesa — he banged on the table

dar un grito — to let out a cry, give a cry

dar un paseo — to go for a walk, take a walk

dar un suspiro — to heave {o} give a sigh, sigh

3) (=celebrar) [+ fiesta] to have, throw

la embajada dará una recepción — the embassy will hold a reception

4) (=encender) [+ luz] to turn on

¿has dado el gas? — have you turned on the gas?

5) (=presentar) [+ obra de teatro] to perform, put on; [+ película] to show, screen

dan una película de Almodóvar — there's an Almodóvar film on, they're showing {o} screening an Almodóvar film

¿qué dan hoy en la tele? — what's on TV tonight?

6) (=hacer sonar) [reloj] to strike

el reloj dio las tres — the clock struck three

ya han dado las ocho — it's past {o} gone eight o'clock

7) (=producir) [+ fruto] to bear; [+ ganancias, intereses] to yield

dar flores — to flower

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

una inversión que da un 7% de interés — an investment that pays {o} yields 7% interest

8) (=tener como resultado)

el cálculo dio 99 — the sum worked out at 99

el atleta dio positivo en el control antidoping — the athlete tested positive for drugs

9) (=hacer sentir) [+ placer] to give

me dio mucha alegría verla — I was very pleased to see her

las babosas me dan asco — I find slugs disgusting {o} revolting

este jersey me da demasiado calor — this jumper is too hot, I'm too hot in this jumper

da gusto hablar con él — he's really nice to talk to

tu padre me da miedo — I'm scared {o} frightened of your father

me da pena tener que tirarlo — it's a pity to have to throw it away

el vino me da sueño — wine makes me sleepy

10) * (=fastidiar) to ruin

vinieron a visitarme y me dieron la tarde — they came to visit and ruined my afternoon

¡me estás dando las vacaciones! — you're ruining the holiday for me!

11) dar por (=considerar) to consider

doy el asunto por concluido — I consider the matter settled, I regard the matter as settled

le dieron por desaparecido — they gave him up for lost

doy el dinero por bien empleado — I consider it money well spent

lo daba por seguro — he was sure {o} certain of it

lo podemos dar por terminado — we can consider it finished

12)

- ¡y dale!

- estar/seguir dale que dale o dale que te pego o dale y dale

la vecina está dale que dale al piano — our neighbour is pounding away at the piano

estoy dale que dale a este problema — I've been bashing away at this problem *

- a mí no me la das

- ¡ahí te las den todas!

- por si vienen mal dadas

para dar y tomar —

tenemos botellas para dar y tomar — we've got loads {o} stacks of bottles

aquí hay basura para dar y tomar — there's tons of rubbish here

- me da que...

me da que no va a venir — I have a feeling (that) he's not going to come

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=entregar) to give

dame, yo te lo arreglo — give it here, I'll fix it for you

- a quien dan no escoge

2) (=entrar)

me dieron ganas de vomitar — I felt like being sick

si te da un mareo siéntate — if you feel giddy, sit down

le dio un fuerte dolor en el costado — he felt a sudden sharp pain in his side

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

3) (=importar)

¡qué más da!, ¡da igual! — it doesn't matter!, never mind!

¿qué más te da? — what does it matter to you?

¿qué más da un sitio que otro? — surely one place is as good as another!, it doesn't make any difference which place we choose

lo mismo da — it makes no difference {o} odds

me da igual, lo mismo me da, tanto me da — it's all the same to me, I don't mind

4) [seguido de preposición]
dar a (=estar orientado) [cuarto, ventana] to look out onto, overlook; [fachada] to face
mi habitación da al jardín — my room looks out onto {o} overlooks the garden
darle a (=hacer funcionar) [+ botón] to press; (=golpear) to hit; [+ balón] to kick
dale a la tecla roja — hit {o} press the red key

darle a la bomba — to pump, work the pump

dale más fuerte a la bomba — pump harder

¡dale! — hit him!

no es capaz de darle al balón de cabeza — he can't head the ball
dar con (=encontrar) [+ persona] to find; [+ idea, solución] to hit on, come up with
dimos con él dos horas más tarde — we found him two hours later

al final di con la solución — I finally hit on the solution, I finally came up with the solution

no doy con el nombre — I can't think of the name

• dar [consigo] en — to end up in

dio consigo en la cárcel — he ended up in jail
dar contra (=golpear) to hit
el barco dio contra el puente — the ship hit the bridge
dar de
dar de palos a algn — to give sb a beating

dar de puñetazos a algn — to punch sb

dar de barniz a algo — to varnish sth

• dar de [beber] a algn — to give sb something to drink

• dar de [comer] a algn — to feed sb

• dar de [sí] — [comida, bebida] to go a long way

lo que cada uno puede dar de sí — what each person can contribute
dar en [+ blanco, suelo] to hit; [+ solución] to hit on, come up with
el sol me da en la cara — the sun is in my eyes

• dar en [hacer] algo — to take to doing sth

han dado en llamarle Boko — they've taken to calling him Boko
darle a algn por hacer algo
le ha dado por no venir a clase — he has taken to cutting classes

les dio por venir a vernos — they took it into their heads to come and see us

últimamente le ha dado por el golf — he's taken up golf lately

al chico le daba por dormirse en la clase — the boy was always falling asleep in class

la casa que a alguien le dio por llamar Miramar — the house that someone had the bright idea of calling Miramar
dar para (=ser suficiente) to be enough for
con eso da para cuatro personas — this is enough for four people

mi pobre cabeza no da para más hoy — I don't think my poor head can take any more today

5) dar que hablar to set people talking

una película que da en qué pensar — a thought-provoking film, a film which gives you a lot to think about

3.

See:

darse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Pedro — give the keys to Pedro

se las di a Jaime — I gave them to Jaime

déme un kilo de peras — can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

2) (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

qué no daría por que así fuera! — I'd give anything for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman — two can play at that game

tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

3) <cartas/mano> to deal

4)

a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give

eso me dio la idea — that's where I got the idea from

si le dan la ocasión — if he's given the chance

pide que te den más información — ask them to give you more information

b) (Mús) to give

¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo — the lights gave a festive atmosphere

6)

a) ( aplicar) to give

dale otra capa de barniz — give it another coat of varnish

hay que darle cera al piso — the floor needs waxing

dale una puntada para sujetarlo — put a stitch in to hold it

b) <sedante/masaje> to give

7)

a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles — I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago — they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

me dieron un diploma — I got a diploma

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación — I don't think they'll last more than a month together

b) (RPl) ( calcular)

¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

8)

a) (expresar, decir)

¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días — she didn't even say hello

dales saludos — give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a alguien — to welcome somebody

me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

tuve que darle la noticia — I was the one who had to break the news to him

b) (señalar, indicar)

me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco — the clock struck five

Sentido II

9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

estos campos dan mucho grano — these fields have a high grain yield

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

10)

a) ( rendir)

ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

ese jugador lo da todo — that player puts everything into the game

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

venía a todo lo que daba — it was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da — they turn the radio on full blast

11) (causar, provocar)

la comida muy salada da sed — salty food makes you thirsty

estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño — the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste — it hurts me to see her so sad

qué susto me has dado! — you gave me such a fright!

este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

Sentido III

12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

ayer daban una obra de Calderón — there was a Calderón play on yesterday

¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

13)

a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold

b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make

c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

Sentido IV

14) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

dar lectura a un comunicado — to read out a communiqué

dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

Sentido V

15) ( considerar)

dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent
2.
dar vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( entregar)

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

b) ( en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti — it's your deal

2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

3) dar a

a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto

b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face

la terraza da al mar — the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

4) ( arrojar un resultado)

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 — I made it (to be) 247

5) ( importar)

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

qué más da! — what does it matter!

¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

Sentido II

6)

a) (pegar, golpear)

darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

dale al balón con fuerza — kick the ball hard

te voy a dar (de palos) — I'm going to give you a good beating

el balón dio en el poste — the ball hit the post

b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

c) ( acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

7) (accionar, mover)

darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

dale al volante hacia la derecha — turn the wheel to the right

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba — push that lever up

dale para atrás — back up

8)

a) (fam) ( indicando insistencia)

y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy — there you go again! I've told you I'm not going (colloq)

y dale con lo de su edad! — stop going on about her age!

dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

he estado todo el día dale que dale — I've been hard at it all day

dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with

Sentido III

10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

le dio un mareo — she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

le ha dado por pintar — he's taken to painting

le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

le ha dado por el yoga — she's got into yoga

le ha dado con que me conoce — she's got it into her head that she knows me

12) sol/viento/luz

aquí da el sol toda la mañana — you get the sun all morning here

en esa playa da mucho el viento — it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos — the light was shining right in his eyes
3.
1) darse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo — wheat grows well in this area

3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise

se dio el caso que iba pasando por ahí — it so happened that I was passing by

4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

se le dan los idiomas — she's good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

Sentido II

5)

a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)

darse con alguien — to get on with somebody

no se da con los suegros — she doesn't have much to do with her in-laws

Sentido III

6)

a) (refl) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

darse un banquete — to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

b) (golpearse, pegarse)

se dio con el martillo en el dedo — he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol — they crashed into a tree

se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla — he hit his knee

c) (recípr)

se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

Sentido IV

7) ( considerarse)

darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

* * *

= allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.

Ex. Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

Ex. An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

Ex. Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.

Ex. Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.

Ex. Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

Ex. She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.

Ex. This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.

Ex. Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.

Ex. Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.

----

* acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.

* antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* da la casualidad = as it happens.

* dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dando sacudidas = jerkily.

* dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.

* dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.

* dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.

* dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.

* dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.

* dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.

* dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.

* dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.

* dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar abasto = cope.

* dar abasto con = cope with.

* dar acceso = provide + access.

* dar acceso a = give + access to.

* dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.

* dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.

* dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.

* dar agua = lose + water, leak.

* dar a la calle = give onto + the street.

* dar a la caza de = chase down.

* dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.

* dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.

* dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.

* dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.

* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.

* dar a luz = birth, deliver.

* dar a luz a = give + birth to.

* dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.

* dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.

* dar asco = stink, disgust.

* dar aullidos = caterwaul.

* dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.

* dar bandazos = lurch.

* dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.

* dar brillo a = buff, buff up.

* dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.

* dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.

* dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* dar caladas = puff.

* dar calidad = deliver + value.

* dar caprichos = pamper.

* dar cera = wax.

* dar chillidos = shriek.

* dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.

* dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.

* dar como norma = rule.

* dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.

* dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.

* dar conferencia = lecture.

* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.

* dar consentimiento = give + licence.

* dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.

* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.

* dar con una solución = come up with + solution.

* dar coraje = peeve.

* dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.

* dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.

* dar crédito = give + credence.

* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar cuenta = render + an account of.

* dar cuenta de = account for.

* dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.

* dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.

* dar cuerpo = give + substance.

* dar cuerpo a = flesh out.

* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.

* dar datos de = give + details of.

* dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.

* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.

* dar de cara a = front.

* dar de comer = feed.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dar de lleno = hit + home.

* dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.

* dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.

* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar de quilla = keel over.

* dar derecho a = entitle to.

* dar descanso de = give + relief from.

* dar de sí = stretch out.

* dar detalles de = give + details of.

* dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.

* dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.

* dar dirección = lend + direction.

* dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.

* dar duro = pack + a wallop.

* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.

* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.

* dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.

* dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.

* dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.

* dar el esquinazo = dodge.

* dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.

* dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.

* dar el nombre = label.

* dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.

* dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.

* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.

* dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar el salto = make + the leap.

* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.

* dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.

* dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* dar empujones = shove.

* dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.

* dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.

* dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.

* dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.

* dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].

* dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.

* dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.

* dar en garantía = pawn.

* dar en la diana = hit + home.

* dar en mano = hand (over).

* dar entrada = enter.

* dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.

* dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.

* dar estímulo = provide + boost.

* dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.

* dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.

* dar fe = attest, certify.

* dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.

* dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.

* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.

* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.

* dar forma cuadrada = square.

* dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.

* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.

* dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.

* dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.

* dar golpes = pound.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* dar gritos = shriek, shout.

* dar guerra = act up, play up.

* dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].

* dar hipo = hiccup.

* dar ideas = offer + clues.

* da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.

* dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.

* dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.

* dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.

* dar indicios de = show + signs of.

* dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.

* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.

* dar información adicional = give + further details.

* dar información de = give + details of.

* dar interés = spice up, add + spice.

* dar la alarma = sound + alarm.

* dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.

* dar la bienvenida = welcome.

* dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.

* dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.

* dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.

* dar la espalda = turn + aside.

* dar la idea = give + the impression that.

* dar la imagen = give + the impression that.

* dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.

* dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.

* dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.

* dar la la lata = nag (at).

* dar la lata = play up.

* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.

* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar la murga = be a pest.

* dar la noticia = give + the news.

* dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.

* dar la oportunidad = give + chance.

* dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.

* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.

* dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.

* dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.

* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].

* dar la sensación = give + a sense.

* dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.

* dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.

* dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.

* dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.

* dar latigazos = lash.

* dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.

* dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.

* dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.

* dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.

* darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a la botella = booze.

* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.

* darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.

* darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* darle al palique = gas.

* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.

* darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.

* darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.

* dar lecciones = give + lessons.

* darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle el puntillazo = nail it.

* darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.

* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).

* darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.

* darle una lección a Alguien = school.

* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.

* darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.

* darle un repaso a Alguien = school.

* darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.

* darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].

* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.

* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.

* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.

* darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.

* dar libertad = give + licence.

* dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.

* dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.

* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.

* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.

* dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar mala impresión = look + bad.

* dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].

* dar masaje = massage.

* dar más de sí = go further.

* dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.

* dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.

* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.

* dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).

* dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.

* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.

* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.

* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.

* dar muestras de = show + signs of.

* dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.

* dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].

* dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.

* dar opción = give + option.

* dar origen = mother.

* dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.

* dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.

* dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).

* dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.

* dar parte de = report.

* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).

* dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.

* dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.

* dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.

* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar pisotones = stomp.

* dar pistas = throw + hints.

* dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.

* dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.

* dar poderes = give + powers.

* dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.

* dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.

* dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.

* dar por saldado = close + the book on.

* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.

* dar por sentado = take for + granted.

* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.

* dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar preferencia = give + preference.

* dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.

* dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].

* dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.

* dar problemas = play up.

* dar propina = tipping.

* dar pruebas = provide + evidence.

* dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.

* dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.

* dar punzadas = throb, twinge.

* dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.

* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.

* dar quehacer = make + trouble.

* dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.

* dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.

* dar recompensa = mete out + reward.

* dar registro = accession.

* dar relevancia = give + relevance.

* dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.

* dar resoplidos = chug.

* dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.

* dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.

* dar resultados = produce + results.

* dar rienda suelta = unleash.

* dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.

* dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.

* dar riqueza a = add + richness to.

* dar risitas = giggle.

* dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.

* dar salida a = vent.

* dar saltitos = hop, skip.

* dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.

* darse = appear, occur.

* darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.

* darse aires = strut.

* darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.

* darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.

* darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.

* darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.

* darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.

* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.

* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* darse el gusto de = indulge in.

* darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.

* darse el lote = snog, neck.

* darse el lujo de = splurge on.

* darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.

* dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.

* dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.

* dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.

* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.

* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.

* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.

* dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.

* dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.

* dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.

* dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.

* dar señales de = show + signs of.

* dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.

* darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.

* darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.

* darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.

* darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.

* darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.

* dar servicio = service.

* darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una leche = come + a cropper.

* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.

* darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.

* darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.

* darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.

* darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.

* darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.

* darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.

* darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un festín de = feast on.

* darse un garbeo = mosey.

* darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.

* darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.

* dar significado = imbue with + meaning.

* dar sombra = shade.

* dar su conformidad a = assent to.

* dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.

* dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.

* dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.

* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.

* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.

* dar título = title.

* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar tono = tone.

* dar trabajo = present + burden.

* dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.

* dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.

* dar una azotaina = spank.

* dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.

* dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.

* dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.

* dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.

* dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.

* dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.

* dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.

* dar una cornada = gore.

* dar una excusa = give + excuse.

* dar una explicación = present + explanation.

* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* dar una fiesta = give + a party.

* dar una galleta = slap.

* dar una guantada = slap.

* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.

* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.

* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.

* dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.

* dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.

* dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.

* dar una lección de humildad = humble.

* dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.

* dar una norma = give + prescription.

* dar una opinión = offer + opinion.

* dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.

* dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.

* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.

* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.

* dar una patada = kick, boot.

* dar una pista = give + a hint.

* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.

* dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.

* dar una razón = give + reason.

* dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.

* dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.

* dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.

* dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.

* dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.

* dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.

* dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.

* dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.

* dar una torta = slap.

* dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una tunda = trounce.

* dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.

* dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.

* dar una visión general = give + a general picture.

* dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.

* dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.

* dar un aviso = make + warning.

* dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una voz = holler.

* dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.

* dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.

* dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.

* dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.

* dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.

* dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.

* dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.

* dar un calambre = cramp.

* dar un chillido = holler.

* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar un coscorrón = cuff.

* dar un ejemplo = give + example.

* dar un empujón = give + a boost.

* dar un golpe = knock.

* dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* dar un grito = holler.

* dar un guantazo = slap.

* dar un hachazo = hack.

* dar un hervor = parboil.

* dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].

* dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.

* dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.

* dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.

* dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.

* dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.

* dar un nuevo nombre = rename.

* dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar unos azotes = spank.

* dar un paseo = take + a stroll.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) ( entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Pedro — give the keys to Pedro

se las di a Jaime — I gave them to Jaime

déme un kilo de peras — can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

2) (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

qué no daría por que así fuera! — I'd give anything for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman — two can play at that game

tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

3) <cartas/mano> to deal

4)

a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give

eso me dio la idea — that's where I got the idea from

si le dan la ocasión — if he's given the chance

pide que te den más información — ask them to give you more information

b) (Mús) to give

¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo — the lights gave a festive atmosphere

6)

a) ( aplicar) to give

dale otra capa de barniz — give it another coat of varnish

hay que darle cera al piso — the floor needs waxing

dale una puntada para sujetarlo — put a stitch in to hold it

b) <sedante/masaje> to give

7)

a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles — I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago — they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

me dieron un diploma — I got a diploma

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación — I don't think they'll last more than a month together

b) (RPl) ( calcular)

¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

8)

a) (expresar, decir)

¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días — she didn't even say hello

dales saludos — give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a alguien — to welcome somebody

me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

tuve que darle la noticia — I was the one who had to break the news to him

b) (señalar, indicar)

me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco — the clock struck five

Sentido II

9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

estos campos dan mucho grano — these fields have a high grain yield

este negocio da mucho dinero — there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

10)

a) ( rendir)

ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

ese jugador lo da todo — that player puts everything into the game

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

venía a todo lo que daba — it was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da — they turn the radio on full blast

11) (causar, provocar)

la comida muy salada da sed — salty food makes you thirsty

estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño — the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste — it hurts me to see her so sad

qué susto me has dado! — you gave me such a fright!

este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

Sentido III

12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

ayer daban una obra de Calderón — there was a Calderón play on yesterday

¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

13)

a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold

b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make

c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

Sentido IV

14) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

dar lectura a un comunicado — to read out a communiqué

dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

Sentido V

15) ( considerar)

dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent
2.
dar vi

Sentido I

1)

a) ( entregar)

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

b) ( en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti — it's your deal

2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

3) dar a

a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto

b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face

la terraza da al mar — the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

4) ( arrojar un resultado)

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 — I made it (to be) 247

5) ( importar)

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

qué más da! — what does it matter!

¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

Sentido II

6)

a) (pegar, golpear)

darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

dale al balón con fuerza — kick the ball hard

te voy a dar (de palos) — I'm going to give you a good beating

el balón dio en el poste — the ball hit the post

b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

c) ( acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

7) (accionar, mover)

darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

dale al volante hacia la derecha — turn the wheel to the right

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba — push that lever up

dale para atrás — back up

8)

a) (fam) ( indicando insistencia)

y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy — there you go again! I've told you I'm not going (colloq)

y dale con lo de su edad! — stop going on about her age!

dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

he estado todo el día dale que dale — I've been hard at it all day

dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with

Sentido III

10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

le dio un mareo — she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto — he had a heart attack

me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

le ha dado por pintar — he's taken to painting

le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

le ha dado por el yoga — she's got into yoga

le ha dado con que me conoce — she's got it into her head that she knows me

12) sol/viento/luz

aquí da el sol toda la mañana — you get the sun all morning here

en esa playa da mucho el viento — it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos — the light was shining right in his eyes
3.
1) darse v pron

Sentido I

2) ( producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo — wheat grows well in this area

3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise

se dio el caso que iba pasando por ahí — it so happened that I was passing by

4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

se le dan los idiomas — she's good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

Sentido II

5)

a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)

darse con alguien — to get on with somebody

no se da con los suegros — she doesn't have much to do with her in-laws

Sentido III

6)

a) (refl) ( realizar la acción que se indica)

me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

darse un banquete — to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

b) (golpearse, pegarse)

se dio con el martillo en el dedo — he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol — they crashed into a tree

se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla — he hit his knee

c) (recípr)

se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

Sentido IV

7) ( considerarse)

darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

* * *

= allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.

Ex: Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

Ex: An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

Ex: Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.

Ex: Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.

Ex: Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

Ex: She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.

Ex: This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.

Ex: Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.

Ex: Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.

* acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.

* antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.

* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.

* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.

* da la casualidad = as it happens.

* dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dando sacudidas = jerkily.

* dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.

* dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.

* dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.

* dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.

* dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.

* dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.

* dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.

* dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.

* dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.

* dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.

* dar abasto = cope.

* dar abasto con = cope with.

* dar acceso = provide + access.

* dar acceso a = give + access to.

* dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.

* dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.

* dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.

* dar agua = lose + water, leak.

* dar a la calle = give onto + the street.

* dar a la caza de = chase down.

* dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.

* dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.

* dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.

* dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.

* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.

* dar a luz = birth, deliver.

* dar a luz a = give + birth to.

* dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.

* dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.

* dar asco = stink, disgust.

* dar aullidos = caterwaul.

* dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.

* dar bandazos = lurch.

* dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.

* dar brillo a = buff, buff up.

* dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.

* dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.

* dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.

* dar caladas = puff.

* dar calidad = deliver + value.

* dar caprichos = pamper.

* dar cera = wax.

* dar chillidos = shriek.

* dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.

* dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).

* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.

* dar como norma = rule.

* dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.

* dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.

* dar conferencia = lecture.

* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.

* dar consentimiento = give + licence.

* dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.

* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.

* dar con una solución = come up with + solution.

* dar coraje = peeve.

* dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.

* dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.

* dar crédito = give + credence.

* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar cuenta = render + an account of.

* dar cuenta de = account for.

* dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.

* dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.

* dar cuerpo = give + substance.

* dar cuerpo a = flesh out.

* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.

* dar datos de = give + details of.

* dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.

* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.

* dar de cara a = front.

* dar de comer = feed.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dar de lleno = hit + home.

* dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.

* dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.

* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar de quilla = keel over.

* dar derecho a = entitle to.

* dar descanso de = give + relief from.

* dar de sí = stretch out.

* dar detalles de = give + details of.

* dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.

* dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.

* dar dirección = lend + direction.

* dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.

* dar duro = pack + a wallop.

* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.

* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.

* dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.

* dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.

* dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.

* dar el esquinazo = dodge.

* dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.

* dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.

* dar el nombre = label.

* dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].

* dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.

* dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.

* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.

* dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar el salto = make + the leap.

* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.

* dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.

* dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.

* dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.

* dar empujones = shove.

* dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.

* dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.

* dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.

* dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.

* dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].

* dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.

* dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.

* dar en garantía = pawn.

* dar en la diana = hit + home.

* dar en mano = hand (over).

* dar entrada = enter.

* dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.

* dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.

* dar estímulo = provide + boost.

* dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.

* dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.

* dar fe = attest, certify.

* dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.

* dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.

* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.

* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.

* dar forma cuadrada = square.

* dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.

* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.

* dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.

* dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.

* dar golpes = pound.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* dar gritos = shriek, shout.

* dar guerra = act up, play up.

* dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].

* dar hipo = hiccup.

* dar ideas = offer + clues.

* da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.

* dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.

* dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.

* dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.

* dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.

* dar indicios de = show + signs of.

* dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.

* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.

* dar información adicional = give + further details.

* dar información de = give + details of.

* dar interés = spice up, add + spice.

* dar la alarma = sound + alarm.

* dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.

* dar la bienvenida = welcome.

* dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.

* dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.

* dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.

* dar la espalda = turn + aside.

* dar la idea = give + the impression that.

* dar la imagen = give + the impression that.

* dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.

* dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.

* dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.

* dar la la lata = nag (at).

* dar la lata = play up.

* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.

* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar la murga = be a pest.

* dar la noticia = give + the news.

* dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.

* dar la oportunidad = give + chance.

* dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.

* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.

* dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.

* dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.

* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.

* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].

* dar la sensación = give + a sense.

* dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.

* dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.

* dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.

* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.

* dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.

* dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.

* dar latigazos = lash.

* dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.

* dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.

* dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.

* dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.

* darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.

* darle a la botella = booze.

* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.

* darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.

* darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.

* darle al palique = gas.

* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.

* darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.

* darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.

* dar lecciones = give + lessons.

* darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle el puntillazo = nail it.

* darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.

* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).

* darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.

* darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.

* darle una lección a Alguien = school.

* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.

* darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.

* darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.

* darle un repaso a Alguien = school.

* darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.

* darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].

* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.

* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.

* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.

* darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.

* dar libertad = give + licence.

* dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.

* dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.

* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.

* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.

* dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.

* dar lugar = produce.

* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.

* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.

* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.

* dar mala impresión = look + bad.

* dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].

* dar masaje = massage.

* dar más de sí = go further.

* dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.

* dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.

* dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.

* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.

* dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).

* dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.

* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.

* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.

* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.

* dar muestras de = show + signs of.

* dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.

* dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].

* dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.

* dar opción = give + option.

* dar origen = mother.

* dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.

* dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.

* dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.

* dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).

* dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.

* dar parte de = report.

* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).

* dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.

* dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.

* dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].

* dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.

* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.

* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.

* dar pisotones = stomp.

* dar pistas = throw + hints.

* dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.

* dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.

* dar poderes = give + powers.

* dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.

* dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.

* dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.

* dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.

* dar por saldado = close + the book on.

* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.

* dar por sentado = take for + granted.

* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.

* dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.

* dar preferencia = give + preference.

* dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.

* dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.

* dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].

* dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.

* dar problemas = play up.

* dar propina = tipping.

* dar pruebas = provide + evidence.

* dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.

* dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.

* dar punzadas = throb, twinge.

* dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.

* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.

* dar quehacer = make + trouble.

* dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.

* dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.

* dar recompensa = mete out + reward.

* dar registro = accession.

* dar relevancia = give + relevance.

* dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.

* dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.

* dar resoplidos = chug.

* dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.

* dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.

* dar resultados = produce + results.

* dar rienda suelta = unleash.

* dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.

* dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.

* dar riqueza a = add + richness to.

* dar risitas = giggle.

* dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.

* dar salida a = vent.

* dar saltitos = hop, skip.

* dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.

* darse = appear, occur.

* darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.

* darse aires = strut.

* darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.

* darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.

* darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.

* darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.

* darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.

* darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.

* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.

* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.

* darse el gusto de = indulge in.

* darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.

* darse el lote = snog, neck.

* darse el lujo de = splurge on.

* darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.

* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.

* dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.

* dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.

* dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.

* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.

* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.

* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.

* dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.

* dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.

* dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.

* dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.

* dar señales de = show + signs of.

* dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.

* darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.

* darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.

* darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.

* darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.

* darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.

* darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.

* dar servicio = service.

* darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una leche = come + a cropper.

* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.

* darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.

* darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.

* darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.

* darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).

* darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.

* darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.

* darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.

* darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un festín de = feast on.

* darse un garbeo = mosey.

* darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.

* darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

* darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.

* dar significado = imbue with + meaning.

* dar sombra = shade.

* dar su conformidad a = assent to.

* dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.

* dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.

* dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.

* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.

* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.

* dar título = title.

* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.

* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* dar tono = tone.

* dar trabajo = present + burden.

* dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.

* dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.

* dar una azotaina = spank.

* dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.

* dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.

* dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.

* dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.

* dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.

* dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.

* dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.

* dar una cornada = gore.

* dar una excusa = give + excuse.

* dar una explicación = present + explanation.

* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.

* dar una fiesta = give + a party.

* dar una galleta = slap.

* dar una guantada = slap.

* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.

* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.

* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.

* dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.

* dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.

* dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.

* dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.

* dar una lección de humildad = humble.

* dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.

* dar una norma = give + prescription.

* dar una opinión = offer + opinion.

* dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.

* dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.

* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.

* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.

* dar una patada = kick, boot.

* dar una pista = give + a hint.

* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.

* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.

* dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.

* dar una razón = give + reason.

* dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.

* dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.

* dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.

* dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.

* dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.

* dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.

* dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.

* dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.

* dar una torta = slap.

* dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar una tunda = trounce.

* dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.

* dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.

* dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.

* dar una visión general = give + a general picture.

* dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.

* dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.

* dar un aviso = make + warning.

* dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una voz = holler.

* dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.

* dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.

* dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.

* dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.

* dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.

* dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.

* dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.

* dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.

* dar un calambre = cramp.

* dar un chillido = holler.

* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.

* dar un coscorrón = cuff.

* dar un ejemplo = give + example.

* dar un empujón = give + a boost.

* dar un golpe = knock.

* dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* dar un grito = holler.

* dar un guantazo = slap.

* dar un hachazo = hack.

* dar un hervor = parboil.

* dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].

* dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.

* dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.

* dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.

* dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.

* dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.

* dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.

* dar un nuevo nombre = rename.

* dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.

* dar unos azotes = spank.

* dar un paseo = take + a stroll, t

* * *

dar [ A25 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ dar (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A entregar

B regalar, donar

C en naipes

D

1 proporcionar

2 Música

E conferir, aportar

F

1 aplicar capa de barniz etc

2 dar: inyección etc

G

1 conceder prórroga etc

2 atribuir

3 pronosticando duración

4 dar: edad, años

H

1 expresar, decir

2 señalar, indicar

Sentido II

A producir

B rendir, alcanzar hasta

C causar, provocar

D arruinar, fastidiar

Sentido III

A presentar

B ofrecer, celebrar

C dar: conferencia

Sentido IV

A realizar la acción indicada

B dar: limpiada etc

Sentido V considerar

■ dar (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A

1 entregar

2 en naipes

B ser suficiente, alcanzar

C

1 dar a: puerta etc

2 llegar hasta

3 estar orientado hacia

D comunicar

E arrojar un resultado

F importar

Sentido II

A

1 pegar, golpear

2 darle a algo: tarea

3 darle a algo: hacer uso de

4 acertar

B

1 darle a algo: accionar

2 mover

C

1 indicando insistencia

2 instando a alguien a hacer algo

D dar con

Sentido III

A acometer, sobrevenir

B

1 darle a alguien por algo

2 darle a alguien con algo

C dar en

D dar: sol, viento, luz

E acabar

■ darse (verbo pronominal)

Sentido I

A producirse

B ocurrir

C resultar

Sentido II

A dedicarse, entregarse

B tratarse, ser sociable

Sentido III

A realizar la acción indicada

B

1 golpearse, pegarse

2 darse (de) golpes

3 darse (de) patadas etc

Sentido IV considerarse

vt

Sentido I

A (entregar) to give

dale las llaves a Jaime give the keys to Jaime, give Jaime the keys

se las di a Jaime I gave them to Jaime

dale esto a tu madre de mi parte give this to your mother from me

deme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?

500 dólares ¿quién da más? any advance on 500 dollars?

dar algo A + INF:

da toda la ropa a planchar/lavar she sends all her clothes to be ironed/washed, she has all her ironing/washing done for her

comer¹ vi A 2. (↑ comer (1)), conocer, entender¹ vt A 2. (↑ entender (1)), mamar

B (regalar, donar) to give

¿me lo prestas? — te lo doy, yo no lo necesito can I borrow it? — you can have it o keep it, I don't need it

a mí nunca nadie me dio nada nobody's ever given me anything

daría cualquier cosa por que así fuera I'd give anything o ( colloq) I'd give my right arm for that to be the case

donde las dan las toman two can play at that game

estarlas dando ( Chi fam): entremos sin pagar, aquí las están dando let's just walk in without paying, they're asking for it ( colloq)

con ese profesor las están dando they get away with murder with that teacher ( colloq)

para dar y tomar or vender: coge los que quieras, tengo para dar y tomar or vender take as many as you want, I have plenty to spare o ( colloq) I've stacks of them

C (en naipes) to deal

¡me has dado unas cartas horribles! you've dealt o given me a terrible hand

D

1 (proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give

sus elogios me han dado ánimos his praise has given me encouragement o has encouraged me

eso me dio la idea para el libro that's where I got the idea for the book, that's what gave me the idea for the book

me dio un buen consejo she gave me some useful advice

mi familia no pudo darme una carrera my family weren't in a position to send me to o put me through university o to give me a university education

es capaz de robar si le dan la ocasión given the chance he's quite capable of stealing

pide que te den un presupuesto/más información ask them to give you o supply you with an estimate/more information

2 ( Música) to give

¿me das el la? can you give me an A?

E (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

las luces le daban un ambiente festivo a la plaza the lights gave the square a very festive atmosphere, the lights lent a very festive atmosphere to the square

les dio forma redondeada a las puntas he rounded off the ends

necesita algo que le dé sentido a su vida he needs something that will give his life some meaning

F

1 (aplicar) ‹capa de barniz/mano de pintura› to give

dale otra capa de barniz/otra mano de pintura give it another coat of varnish/paint

hay que darle cera al piso we have to wax the floor

dale una puntada para sujetarlo put a stitch in to hold it

2 ‹inyección/lavativa/sedante› to give, administer ( frml); ‹masaje› to give

G

1 (conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give

te doy hasta el jueves I'll give you until Thursday

¿quién te ha dado permiso para entrar allí? who gave you permission to go in there?, who said you could go in there?

si usted nos da permiso with your permission, if you will allow us

el dentista me ha dado hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday

dan facilidades de pago they offer easy repayment facilities o terms

nos dieron el tercer premio we won o got third prize, we were awarded third prize

al terminar el cursillo te dan un diploma when you finish the course you get a diploma

2

(atribuir): no le des demasiada importancia don't attach too much importance to it

yo le doy otra interpretación a ese pasaje I see o interpret that passage in a different way

tuvieron que darme la razón they had to admit I was right

3 (pronosticando duración) to give

no le dan ni dos meses de vida they've given him less than two months to live

no le doy ni un mes a esa relación I don't think they'll last more than a month together

4

( RPl) ‹edad/años› ¿cuántos años or qué edad le das? how old do you think o reckon she is?

yo no le daba más de 28 I didn't think he was more than 28

H

1

(expresar, decir): ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

no me dio ni los buenos días she didn't even say hello

dales recuerdos de mi parte give/send them my regards

darle la bienvenida a algn to welcome sb

tenemos que ir a darles el pésame we must go and offer our condolences

me gustaría que me dieras tu parecer or opinión I'd like you to give me your opinion

le doy mi enhorabuena I'd like to congratulate you

¿me da la hora, por favor? have you got the time, please?

me tocó a mí darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him

te han dado una orden you've been given an order, that was an order

han dado orden de desalojar el edificio they've ordered that the building be vacated

2

(señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or ( Esp) comunicando the line's busy o ( BrE) engaged

el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

muestra

Sentido II

A

(producir): estos campos dan mucho grano these fields have a high grain yield

esta estufa da mucho calor this heater gives out a lot of heat

esta clase de negocio da mucho dinero there's a lot of money in this business

esos bonos dan un 7% those bonds give a yield of 7%

los árboles han empezado a dar fruto the trees have begun to bear fruit

no le pudo dar un hijo she was unable to bear o give him a child

B

(rendir, alcanzar hasta): ¿cuánto da ese coche? how fast can that car go?

da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

ha dado todo lo que el público esperaba de él he has lived up to the public's expectations of him

el coche venía a todo lo que daba the car was traveling at full speed

ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast

C

(causar, provocar): la comida muy salada da sed salty food makes you thirsty

¡estos críos dan tanto trabajo! these kids are such hard work!

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿no te da calor esa camisa? aren't you too warm in that shirt?

el vino le había dado sueño the wine had made him sleepy

me da mucha pena verla tan triste I can't bear o it hurts me to see her so sad

¡qué susto me has dado! you gave me such a fright!

me da no sé qué que se tenga que quedar sola I feel a bit funny about leaving her on her own

este coche no me ha dado problemas this car hasn't given me any trouble

ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc dar QUE + INF:

el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden

los niños dan que hacer children are a lot of work

lo que dijo me dio que pensar what he said gave me plenty of food for thought o plenty to think about

ver tb dar vi Sense III A.

D ( Esp fam) (arruinar, fastidiar) to spoil, ruin

Isabelita nos dio la noche we had an awful night thanks to little Isabel

Sentido III

A

(presentar): ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? ( colloq)

en el cine Avenida dan una película buenísima there's a really good movie on at the Avenida, they're showing a really good movie at the Avenida

ayer fuimos al teatro, daban una obra de Calderón we went to the theater yesterday, it was a play by Calderón

va a dar un concierto el mes que viene he's giving a concert next month

deja de gritar así, estás dando un espectáculo stop shouting like that, you're making a spectacle of yourself

B (ofrecer, celebrar) ‹fiesta› to give; ‹baile/banquete› to hold

C ‹conferencia› to give

dar examen (CS); to take o ( BrE) sit an exam

ver tb clase¹ f E. (↑ clase (1))

Sentido IV

A

(realizar la acción indicada): dieron lectura al comunicado they read out the communiqué

estuvo dando cabezadas durante toda la película he kept nodding off all through the film

dio un grito/un suspiro she shouted/sighed, she gave a shout/heaved a sigh

dio un paso atrás/adelante he took a step back/forward

(+ me/te/le etc): dame un beso/abrazo give me a kiss/hug

me dio un tirón del pelo he pulled my hair

golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

dársela a algn ( Esp fam); to take sb in, put one over on sb

dárselas a algn ( Chi fam); to beat sb up

B

‹limpiada/barrida/planchazo› con que le des una enjuagada alcanza just a quick rinse will do

hay que darle una barrida al suelo de la cocina the kitchen floor needs a sweep o needs sweeping

quiero darle otra leída a este capítulo ( AmL); I want to run o read through this chapter again

Sentido V (considerar) dar algo/a algn POR algo:

lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead

doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic

si le has prestado dinero ya lo puedes dar por perdido if you've lent him money you can kiss it goodbye

¿eso es lo que quieres? ¡dalo por hecho! is that what you want? consider it done! o ( AmE colloq) you got it!

si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado if I pass it will have been time well spent

sentado

■ dar

vi

Sentido I

A

1

(entregar): dame, yo te lo coso let me have it o give it here, I'll sew it for you

no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

¿me das para un helado? can I have some money for an ice cream?

2 (en naipes) to deal

te toca dar a ti it's your deal, it's your turn to deal

B (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar PARA algo/algn:

este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken is enough o will do for two meals

con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round

da para hablar horas y horas you could talk about it for hours

(+ me/te/le etc): eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that

no le da la cabeza para la física he hasn't much of a head for physics

no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time

dar de sí to stretch

me quedan un poco ajustados, pero ya darán de sí they're a bit tight on me, but they'll stretch o give

¡cuánto ha dado de sí esa botella de jerez! that bottle of sherry's gone a long way!

¡qué poco dan de sí seis euros! six euros don't go very far!

el pobre ya no da más de sí the poor guy's fit to drop

no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with

yo me voy, esto ya no da para más I'm leaving, this is a waste of time

ya no da para más or (CS) ya no da más de tanto trabajar he's worked himself into the ground

estoy que no doy más I'm all in ( colloq), I'm shattered o dead beat ( colloq), I'm pooped ( AmE colloq)

C dar a

1 «puerta/habitación» (comunicar con) to give on to

la puerta trasera da a un jardín/a la calle Palmar the back door opens o gives onto a garden/onto Palmar Street

todas las habitaciones dan a un patio all the rooms look onto o give onto a courtyard

2 (llegar hasta) «río» to go o flow into; «camino/sendero» to lead to

la calle va a dar directamente a la playa the street goes right down o leads straight to the beach

3 «fachada/frente» (estar orientado hacia) to face

la fachada principal da al sur the main facade faces south

la terraza da al mar the balcony overlooks o faces the sea

D

( RPl) (comunicar) darle a algn CON algn: ¿me das con Teresa, por favor? can I speak to Teresa, please?

en seguida le doy con el señor Seco I'll just put you through to Mr Seco

E

(arrojar un resultado): ¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?

a mí me dio 247 ¿y a ti? I made it (to be) 247, how about you?

el análisis le dio positivo/negativo her test was positive/negative

F

(importar): ¿cuál prefieres? — da igual which do you prefer? — I don't mind

da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿el jueves o el viernes? — a mí me da igual Thursday or Friday? — I don't mind o it doesn't matter o it doesn't make any difference to me o it's all the same to me

la sopa se ha enfriado un poco — ¡qué más da! the soup's gone a bit cold — never mind o it doesn't matter

¿qué más da un color que otro? surely one color is as good as another!, what difference does it make what color it is?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¡qué más le da a él que otros tengan que hacer su trabajo! what does he care if others have to do his work?

¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? what difference does it make to you if he comes?, what's it to you if he comes? ( colloq)

no quiere venir — tanto da she doesn't want to come — it makes no difference o so what?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿a qué hora quieren cenar? — tanto nos da what time do you want to have dinner? — it's all the same to us o whenever

Sentido II

A

1 (pegar, golpear) (+ me/te/le etc):

le dio en la cabeza it hit him on the head

dale al balón con fuerza kick the ball hard

¡te voy a dar yo a ti como no me obedezcas! you're going to get it from me if you don't do what I say ( colloq)

le dio con la regla en los nudillos she rapped his knuckles with the ruler

cuando te agarren te van a dar de palos when they get you they're going to give you a good beating

2 ( fam) (a una tarea, asignatura) darle A algo:

me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on o studying my English ( colloq)

vas a tener que darle más fuerte si quieres aprobar you're going to have to push yourself harder o put more effort into it if you want to pass

quiero darle un poco más a esta traducción antes de irme I want to do a bit more work on this translation before I go

3 ( fam) (hacer uso de) darle A algo:

¡cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o ( AmE) down the wine ( colloq)

¡cómo le han dado al queso! ¡ya casi no queda! they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! ( colloq)

¡cómo les has dado a estos zapatos! you've really been hard on these shoes!, you've worn these shoes out quickly!

lengua

4 (acertar) to hit

dar en el blanco/el centro to hit the target/the bull's-eye

clavo

B

1 (accionar) darle A algo:

dale a esa palanca hacia arriba push that lever up

le dio al interruptor she flicked the switch

le di a la manivela I turned the handle

dale al pedal press the pedal

tienes que darle a este botón/esta tecla you have to press this button/key

2 (mover) (+ compl):

dale al volante hacia la derecha turn the wheel to the right

dale para atrás ( Auto) back up

C

1 ( fam)

(indicando insistencia): ¡y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy there you go again! I've told you I'm not going ( colloq)

estuvo todo el día dale que dale con el clarinete he spent the whole day blowing away on his clarinet

¡y dale con lo de la edad! ¿qué importa eso? stop going on about her age! what does it matter?

¡dale que te pego! ( fam): he estado toda la mañana dale que te pego con esto I've been slaving away at this all morning

yo quiero olvidarlo y él ¡dale que te pego con lo mismo! I want to forget about it and he keeps on and on about it o he keeps banging on about it

2

( RPl fam) (instando a algn a hacer algo): dale, metete, el agua está lindísima come on, get in, the water's lovely

dale, prestámelo come on o go on, lend it to me

D dar con (encontrar) to find

por mucho que buscaron no dieron con él although they searched high and low they couldn't find him

creo que ya he dado con la solución I think I've hit upon o found the solution

cuando uno no da con la palabra adecuada when you can't come up with o find the right word

Sentido III

A (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc):

le dio un mareo she felt dizzy

le dio un infarto he had a heart attack

como no se calle, me va a dar algo ( fam); if you don't shut up, I'm going to have a fit ( colloq)

¡me da una indignación cuando hace esas cosas …! I feel so angry when he does those things!

me da que ya no vienen ( fam); I have a (funny o sneaky) feeling they're not coming ( colloq)

ver tb dar vt Sense II C., escalofrío, frío² m B. (↑ frío (2)), gana, impresión, etc

B (hablando de ocurrencias, manías)

1 darle a algn POR algo:

le ha dado por decir que ya no lo quiero he's started saying that I don't love him any more

le ha dado por beber he's taken to drink, he's started drinking

le ha dado por el yoga she's got into yoga

¡menos mal que me dio por preguntar por cuánto saldría! it's just as well it occurred to me to ask o I thought to ask how much it would be!

darle a algn por ahí ( fam): ¿ahora hace pesas? — sí, le ha dado por ahí is he doing weights now? — yes, that's his latest craze o that's what he's into now

¿por qué lo hiciste? — no sé, me dio por ahí why did you do it? — I don't know, I just felt like it

cualquier día le da por ahí y la deja one of these days he'll just up and leave her

2 darle a algn CON algo:

le ha dado con que me conoce he's got it into his head he knows me

C dar en

(tender a): ha dado en salir acompañada por galanes jóvenes she has taken to being escorted in public by handsome young men

ha dado en esta locura she has got this crazy idea into her head

lo que se ha dado en llamar `drogodependencia' what has come to be known as `drug-dependence'

D

«sol/viento/luz»: aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here

siéntate aquí, donde da el sol sit down here in the sun

en esa playa da mucho el viento it's very windy on that beach

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes

E

(acabar): ir/venir a dar: la pelota había ido a dar al jardín de al lado the ball had ended up in the next door garden

¿cómo habrá venido a dar esto aquí? how on earth did this get here?

■ darse

v pron

Sentido I

A (producirse) to grow

en esta zona se da bien el trigo wheat grows well in this area

B

(ocurrir) «caso/situación»: bien podría darse una situación así this kind of situation could well arise o occur

se dio la circunstancia de que la alarma estaba desconectada the alarm happened to be disconnected

para esto se tienen que dar las siguientes circunstancias this requires the following conditions

¿qué se da? ( fam); what's going on o happening? ( colloq)

C (resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):

se le dan muy bien los idiomas she's very good at languages

¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? how are you at sewing?, how's your sewing?

Sentido II

A (dedicarse, entregarse) darse A algo:

se dio a la bebida she took to drink, she hit the bottle ( colloq)

se da a la buena vida he spends his time having fun o living it up

se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

B

( RPl) (tratarse, ser sociable) darse CON algn: no se da con la familia del marido she doesn't have much to do with her husband's family

Sentido III

A ( refl)

(realizar la acción indicada): voy a darme una ducha I'm going to take o have a shower

vamos a darnos un banquete we're going to have a feast

dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot

va dándoselas de rico y no tiene un duro he makes out he's rich but he hasn't got a penny

¿pero ése de qué se las da? si es un obrero como tú y yo who does he think he is? he's just another worker like you and me

no te las des de listo don't act so smart

B

1

(golpearse, pegarse): se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer

no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed o went into a tree

se va a dar un golpe en la cabeza/espalda he's going to hit o bump his head/hit his back

se dio con la nariz or de narices contra la puerta he ran/walked straight into the door, he went smack into the door ( colloq)

2 ( refl):

darse (de) golpes to hit oneself

¡podría darme (de) patadas! I could kick myself!

3 ( recípr):

se estaban dando (de) patadas/tortazos en plena calle they were kicking/punching each other right there on the street

Sentido IV (considerarse) darse POR algo:

con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that

no se dará por vencida hasta que lo consiga she won't give up until she gets it

puedes darte por contento de haber salido con vida you can count yourself lucky you weren't killed

no quiere darse por enterado he doesn't want to know

aludir vi 1. (↑ aludir)

* * *

dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( entregar) to give;

◊ dale las llaves a Pedro give the keys to Pedro;

déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
b) ‹cartas/mano› to give

2
a) (donar, regalar) ‹sangre/limosna› to give;

◊ me dio su reloj she gave me her watch

b) ( proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give;

‹información/idea› to give
3
a) (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

b) ( aplicar) ‹mano de pintura/barniz› to give

c) ‹sedante/masaje› to give

4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;
◊ el dentista me dio hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday;

nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
5
a) (expresar, decir) ‹parecer/opinón› to give;

◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;

dales saludos give/send them my regards;
tuve que darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
b) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;

◊ el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five

1
a) ( producir) ‹fruto/flor› to bear;

‹ dividendos› to pay;
◊ un negocio que da mucho dinero a business which makes a lot of money

b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):

◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;

venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
‹ problemas› to cause;
◊ dar trabajo to be hard work;

el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;
◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);

¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
2
a) ‹fiesta/conferencia› to give;

‹baile/banquete› to hold;
‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
b) (CS) ‹ examen› to take o (BrE) sit;

ver tb clase 4
( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;
◊ dar un paso atrás to take a step back;

dame un beso give me a kiss;
ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
( considerar) dar algo/a algn por algo:
◊ lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead;

ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
verbo intransitivo
1
◊ dar a [ puerta] to give onto, open onto;

[ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
[fachada/frente] to face
2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;
◊ no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time;

dar de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
3 ( arrojar un resultado):
◊ el análisis le dio positivo her test was positive;

¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
4 ( importar):
◊ da lo mismo it doesn't matter;

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
me da igual I don't mind
5 ( en naipes) to deal
1
a) (pegar, golpear): darle a algn to hit sb;

( como castigo) to smack sb;
◊ dale al balón kick the ball;

el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post
b) ( acertar) to hit;

◊ dar en el blanco to hit the target

2 (accionar, mover) darle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
3
◊ dar con ( encontrar) ‹ persona› to find;

‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
‹ palabra› to come up with
4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) darle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;
◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …

5 [sol/luz]:
◊ aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here;

la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
darse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se le dan los idiomas she's good at languages

a) ( refl) ( realizar lo que se indica) ‹ducha/banquete› to have;

◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;

dárselas de listo to act smart
b) (golpearse, pegarse):

◊ se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer;

se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
( considerarse) darse por algo:
◊ con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that;

ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
dar
I verbo transitivo
1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
(un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
dar las gracias, to thank
4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
(fruto, flores) to bear
(beneficio, interés) to give, yield
7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
(un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
(impartir clases) to teach
(recibir una clase) to have
US to take
10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
(del gas, agua) to turn on
13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
(un masaje, medicamento) to give
15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
dar un paseo, to go for a walk
dar una voz, to give a shout
II verbo intransitivo
1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
(una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
dar que hablar, to set people talking
dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
' dar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abasto
- abrigar
- acelerón
- acertar
- acogerse
- acomodar
- acreditar
- admitir
- aflojar
- agradecer
- alarma
- albergue
- alcance
- alerta
- alimentar
- alojamiento
- alta
- amagar
- apetecer
- apurar
- armar
- asesorar
- atinar
- baño
- batalla
- blanca
- blanco
- bola
- bote
- brazo
- brinco
- buena
- bueno
- cabezada
- cabida
- cada
- calabaza
- calentar
- callar
- callada
- callo
- campanada
- cancha
- cante
- cara
- carpetazo
- carrete
- casar
- chivatazo
- citar
English:
about-face
- about-turn
- act up
- advance
- amplify
- announce
- around
- attach
- attest
- back
- backpedal
- barge into
- bear
- beat
- beat up
- beg
- begrudge
- birth
- block
- bluster
- bolster
- bop
- boss about
- boss around
- bother
- bounce
- bound
- breast-feed
- brief
- buff
- bull's-eye
- butt
- call
- chase down
- checkmate
- cheer
- chime
- circle
- clout
- coach
- come across
- credence
- day
- deal
- death
- deliver
- deposit
- direct
- discharge
- disgust

* * *

dar

♦ vt

1. [entregar, otorgar] to give;

dar algo a alguien to give sth to sb, to give sb sth;

da parte de sus ingresos a los necesitados she gives o donates part of her income to the poor;

dame el azúcar, por favor could you pass o give me the sugar, please?;

¡dámelo! give it to me!, give me it!;

se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother;

daría cualquier cosa por saber lo que piensa I'd give anything to know what he's thinking

2. [pagar] to give;
[ofrecer en pago] to offer;
¿cuánto te dieron por la casa? how much did they give you for the house?;

el concesionario me da 2.000 euros por la moto vieja the dealer's offering 2,000 euros for my old motorbike;

300 dólares, ¿quién da más? [en subasta] is there any advance on 300 dollars?

3. [proporcionar] to give, to provide with;

la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice;

este color le da un aspecto diferente a la habitación this colour makes the room look different;

le di instrucciones de cómo llegar a casa I gave her directions for getting to my house;

no nos dio ninguna explicación sobre su ausencia he didn't give us o provide us with any explanation for his absence;

le dimos ánimos para que siguiera con su trabajo we encouraged her to continue with her work;

su familia hizo un gran esfuerzo por darle estudios universitarios his family went to a great deal of effort to enable him to go to university

4. [conceder] to give;

le han dado el Premio Nobel she has been awarded o given the Nobel Prize;

le dieron una beca he was awarded o given a grant;

yo no le daría demasiada importancia I wouldn't attach too much importance to it;

al final me dieron la razón in the end they accepted that I was right;

le dieron una semana más para presentar el informe they gave o allowed him one more week to hand in the report;

me dieron permiso para ir al médico I got o was allowed time off work to go to the doctor;

¿da su permiso para entrar? may I come in?;

nos dieron facilidades de pago they offered us easy payment terms;

los médicos no le dan más de seis meses de vida the doctors don't give him more than six months (to live);

¿qué interpretación das a este descubrimiento? how would you interpret this discovery?

5. [decir]
dar los buenos días to say hello;

dar la bienvenida a alguien to welcome sb;

le di las gracias por su ayuda I thanked her for her help;

fuimos a darles el pésame we went to offer them our condolences;

dale recuerdos de mi parte give him my regards, say hello to him from me;

dale la enhorabuena give her my congratulations;

me dio su opinión al respecto he gave me his opinion on the matter;

¿quién le dará la noticia? who's going to tell o give her the news?

6. [producir] to give, to produce;
[frutos, flores] to bear; [beneficios, intereses] to yield;
estas vacas dan mucha leche these cows produce a lot of milk;

esta cuenta da un 5 por ciento de interés this account offers a 5 percent interest rate, this account bears interest at 5 percent;

esta lámpara da mucha luz this light is very bright;

le dio tres hijos she bore him three children

7. [provocar] to give;

me da vergüenza/pena it makes me ashamed/sad;

me da risa it makes me laugh;

me da miedo it frightens me;

¡me da una rabia que me traten así! it infuriates me that they should treat me in this way!;

me dio un susto tremendo she gave me a real fright;

el viaje me dio mucho sueño the journey made me really sleepy;

da gusto leer un libro tan bien escrito it's a pleasure to read such a well-written book;

los cacahuetes dan mucha sed peanuts make you very thirsty;

este paseo me ha dado hambre this walk has made me hungry o given me an appetite;

estas botas dan mucho calor these boots are very warm

8. [luz, agua, gas] [encender] to turn o switch on;
[suministrar por primera vez] to connect; [suministrar tras un corte] to turn back on
9. [fiesta, cena] to have, to hold;

dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in sb's honour;

darán una recepción después de la boda there will be a reception after the wedding

10. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal

11. [sujeto: reloj] to strike;

el reloj dio las doce the clock struck twelve

12. Cine, Teatro & TV to show;
[concierto, interpretación] to give;
¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? – dan una película del oeste what's on the TV tonight? – they're showing a western o there's a western on;

dieron la ceremonia en directo they broadcast the ceremony live

13. [propinar]
le di una bofetada I slapped him, I gave him a slap;

dio una patada a la pelota he kicked the ball;

darle un golpe/una puñalada a alguien to hit/stab sb

14. [untar con, aplicar]
dar una capa de pintura al salón to give the living-room a coat of paint;

dar barniz a una silla to varnish a chair

15. [señales, indicios] to show;

dar pruebas de sensatez to show good sense;

dar señales de vida to show signs of life

16. [enseñar] to teach;
[conferencia] to give;
dar inglés/historia to teach English/history;

dio una clase muy interesante she gave a very interesting class;

mañana no daremos clase there won't be a class tomorrow

17. Esp [recibir] [clase] to have;

doy clases de piano con una profesora francesa I have piano classes with a French piano teacher;

doy dos clases de francés a la semana I have two French classes a week

18. [expresa acción]
dar un grito to give a cry;

dar un suspiro to sigh, to give a sigh;

dar un vistazo a to have a look at;

dio lectura a los resultados de la elección she read out the election results;

cuando se enteró de la noticia, dio saltos de alegría when he heard the news, he jumped for joy;

voy a dar un paseo I'm going (to go) for a walk

19. Esp Fam [fastidiar] to ruin;

es tan pesado que me dio la tarde he's so boring that he ruined the afternoon for me;

el bebé nos da las noches con sus lloros the baby never lets us get a decent night's sleep

20. [considerar]
dar algo por to consider sth as;

eso lo doy por hecho I take that for granted;

doy por sentado que vendrás a la fiesta I take it for granted that o I assume you'll be coming to the party;

doy por explicado este periodo histórico that's all I want to say about this period of history;

doy esta discusión por terminada I consider this discussion to be over;

dar a alguien por muerto to give sb up for dead

21. Fam [presentir]
me da que no van a venir I have a feeling they're not going to come

22. RP [inyección] to give

23. Comp

donde las dan las toman you get what you deserve;

no dar una to get everything wrong

♦ vi

1. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal;

me toca dar a mí it's my deal

2. [entregar]
dame, que ya lo llevo yo give it to me, I'll carry it

3. [horas] to strike;

dieron las tres three o'clock struck

4. [golpear]
le dieron en la cabeza they hit him on the head;

la piedra dio contra el cristal the stone hit the window;

como no te portes bien, te voy a dar if you don't behave, I'll smack you

5. [accionar]
dar a [llave de paso] to turn;
[botón, timbre] to press;
dale al control remoto hit the remote control;

dale al pedal press down on the pedal;
Informát
dale a la tecla de retorno hit o press return;

dale a la manivela turn the handle

6. [estar orientado]
dar a [sujeto: ventana, balcón] to look out onto, to overlook;
[sujeto: pasillo, puerta] to lead to; [sujeto: casa, fachada] to face;
todas las habitaciones dan al mar all the rooms look out onto o face the sea

7. [sujeto: luz, viento]
el sol daba de lleno en la habitación the sunlight was streaming into the room;

la luz me daba directamente en la cara the light was shining directly in my face;

aquí da mucho viento it's very windy here

8. [encontrar]
dar con algo/alguien to find sth/sb;

he dado con la solución I've hit upon the solution

9. [proporcionar]
dar de beber a alguien to give sb something to drink;

da de mamar a su hijo she breast-feeds her son

10. [ser suficiente]
dar para to be enough for;

Comp

no dar ni para pipas: ¡eso no te da ni para pipas! that's not even enough to buy a bag of peanuts!

11. [motivar]
esta noticia va a dar mucho que hablar this news will set people talking;

aquello me dio que pensar that made me think

12. [importar]
¡y a ti qué más te da! what's it to you?;

me da igual o [m5] lo mismo it's all the same to me, I don't mind o care;

no vamos a poder ir al cine – ¡qué más da! we won't be able to go to the cinema – never mind!;

y si no lo conseguimos, ¿qué más da? if we don't manage it, so what?;

¡qué más da quién lo haga con tal de que lo haga bien! what does it matter o what difference does it make who does it as long as they do it properly?;

lo siento, no voy a poder ayudar – da igual, no te preocupes I'm sorry but I won't be able to help – it doesn't matter, don't worry;

¿vamos o nos quedamos? – da lo mismo should we go or should we stay? – it doesn't make any difference

13. [acertar]
dio en el blanco she hit the target;

diste en el blanco, hay que intentar reducir las pérdidas you hit the nail on the head, we have to try and reduce our losses

14. [tomar costumbre]
le ha dado por el yoga he's decided to go in for yoga;

ahora le ha dado por no comer fruta now she's decided not to eat fruit;

le dio por ponerse a cantar en medio de la clase he took it into his head to start singing in the middle of the class;

¿está aprendiendo ruso? – sí, le ha dado por ahí is she learning Russian? – yes, that's her latest thing;
Formal
dar en hacer algo to take to doing sth;

el viejo dio en leer libros de caballería the old man took to reading books on chivalry

15. [expresa repetición]
le dieron de palos they beat him repeatedly with sticks

16. [afectar]
le dio un infarto he had a heart attack

17.
dar de sí [ropa, calzado] to give, to stretch;

no dar más de sí o [m5] para más [persona, animal] not to be up to much any more;

este sueldo da mucho de sí this salary goes a long way;

estos zapatos no dan para más these shoes have had it;

es un poco tonto, no da para más he's a bit stupid, he's not up to anything else

18. [expresa enfado]
te digo que pares y tú, ¡dale (que dale)! I've told you to stop, but you just carry on and on!;

¡y dale con la música! there he goes again, playing loud music!;

te hemos dicho que no menciones el tema, y tú, dale que te pego we've told you not to mention the subject, but you just carry on regardless o but here you are, bringing it up again;

¡y dale! te lo he dicho bien claro, no voy a ir how many times do I have to tell you? o I've said it once and I'll say it again, I'm not going

19. RP [comunicar]
¿me darías con tu madre? could I speak to your mother?, could you put your mother on?;

le doy con el Sr. Hualde I'll put you through to Mr Hualde

20. Comp
Fam
para dar y tomar: había cerveza para dar y tomar there was loads of beer;
Fam
darle a: ¡cómo le da a la cerveza! he certainly likes his beer!;
Fam
darle algo a alguien: si no se calla me va a dar algo if he doesn't shut up soon, I'll go mad;

si sigues trabajando así te va a dar algo you can't go on working like that;
Esp muy Fam
¡que le den!: ¿que no quiere cooperar? ¡que le den! he doesn't want to co-operate? well, stuff him!

♦ See also the pronominal verb darse

* * *

dar

<part dado>

I v/t

1 give; fiesta give, have;

dar un salto/una patada jump/kick, give a jump/kick;

dar miedo a frighten;

el jamón me dio sed the ham made me thirsty;

dar de comer/beber a alguien give s.o. something to eat/drink

2 fruta bear; luz give off; beneficio yield

3 película show, screen

4

:

el reloj dio las tres the clock struck three

5

:

¡dale (que dale)! fam don’t keep on! fam ;

y siguió dale que te pego fam and he kept on and on

II v/i

1 give; de cartas en juego deal;

dame give it to me, give me it

2

:

dar a de ventana look onto

3

:

dar con algo/alguien come across sth/s.o., find sth/s.o.;

no di con el nombre I couldn’t think of the name

4

:

dar de sí de material stretch, give;

dar para be enough for;

no da para más it’s past its best

5

:

le dio por insultar a su madre fam she started insulting her mother

6

:

¡qué más da! what does it matter!;

da igual it doesn’t matter

7

:

dar contra o

en algo hit sth;

el sol le daba en la cara he had the sun in his eyes, the sun was in his eyes

8

:

dar por muerto a alguien give s.o. up for dead

9

:

dar que hablar give people something to talk about;

da que pensar it makes you think, it gives you something to think about

* * *

dar {22} vt

1) : to give

2) entregar: to deliver, to hand over

3) : to hit, to strike

4) : to yield, to produce

5) : to perform

6) : to give off, to emit

7)

dar como or

dar por : to regard as, to consider

dar vi

1) alcanzar: to suffice, to be enough

no me da para dos pasajes: I don't have enough for two fares

2)

dar a or

dar sobre : to overlook, to look out on

3)

dar con : to run into

4)

dar con : to hit upon (an idea)

5)

dar de sí : to give, to stretch

♦ See also the reflexive verb darse

* * *

dar vb

1. (en general) to give [pt. gave; pp. given]

dale esta carta a tu madre give this letter to your mother

me has dado una idea you've given me an idea

me dio permiso para ir a la excursión he gave me permission to go on the trip

¿cuánto me das por lavarte el coche? how much will you give me for washing your car?

2. (poner en las manos) to pass

me puedes ayudar dándome los libros you can help me by passing me the books

3. (pedir en una tienda)

¿me da un kilo de naranjas, por favor? could I have a kilo of oranges, please?

4. (poner en la televisión) to be on

esta noche dan una película estupenda en la tele there's a great film on TV tonight

5. (ofrecer fiesta) to have

los García dan una fiesta the Garcías are having a party

6. (impartir clases) to teach [pt. & pp. taught]

da clases de inglés she teaches English

7. (tener ataque, enfermedad) to have

le ha dado un ataque de asma she had an asthma attack

8. (producir fruto, flores) to bear [pt. bore; pp. borne]

el peral da peras the pear tree bears pears

9. (sonar las horas) to strike [pt. & pp. struck]

el reloj dio las ocho the clock struck eight

ya han dado las diez it's gone ten o'clock

10. (encender, conectar) to turn on

¿has dado el gas? have you turned the gas on?

11. (chocar, golpear) to hit [pt. & pp. hit]

la pelota dio contra el cristal the ball hit the window

12. (decir) to say [pt. & pp. said]

me dio las buenas noches he said goodnight to me / he wished me goodnight

le di las gracias I thanked him

dar a to overlook / to look onto

esta habitación da a la calle this room overlooks the street

dar a entender to imply [pt. & pp. implied]

dar a luz to give birth [pt. gave; pp. given]

dio a luz a una niña preciosa she gave birth to a beautiful little girl

dar de comer to feed [pt. & pp. fed]

dar igual not to matter / not to mind

da igual it doesn't matter

me da igual I don't mind

¿qué más da? what difference does it make?

Spanish-English dictionary > dar
6 faire

faire [fεʀ]

━━━━━━━━━

1. transitive verb

2. intransitive verb

3. impersonal verb

4. auxiliary verb

5. reflexive verb

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 60

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque faire est suivi d'un nom dans une locution comme faire une faute, se faire des idées, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque faire est utilisé pour parler d'une activité non précisée, ou qu'il remplace un verbe plus spécifique, il se traduit par to do. Lorsque faire veut dire créer, préparer, fabriquer, il se traduit souvent par to make.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

   a. (activité non précisée) to do

• que fais-tu ce soir ? what are you doing tonight?

• je n'ai rien à faire I have nothing to do

• que voulez-vous qu'on y fasse ? what can be done about it?

• faire la chambre to do the room

• faire 10 km to do 10km

• faire 100 km/h to do 100km/h

• on a fait Lyon-Paris en cinq heures we did Lyon to Paris in five hours

• je n'en ferai rien ! I'll do nothing of the sort!

► faire de ( = utiliser) to do with

• je ne sais pas quoi faire de mon temps libre I don't know what to do with my spare time

• qu'avez-vous fait de votre sac ? what have you done with your bag?► ne faire que

• il ne fait que se plaindre he's always complaining

• il ne fait que bavarder he won't stop chattering

• je ne fais que passer I'm just passing

   b. (School) [+ devoirs, matière, auteur] to do

• faire de l'allemand to do German

• faire l'école hôtelière to go to a catering school

   c. ( = créer, préparer, fabriquer) to make

• faire un film to make a film

• faire de la confiture to make jam

   d. ( = constituer) c'est ce qui fait tout son charme that's what makes him so charming

   e. (Sport) [+ football, tennis, rugby] to play ; [+ sport de combat] to do

• faire du sport to do sport

• faire du judo to do judo

• faire de la boxe to box

   f. (Music) ( = jouer) to play

• faire du piano/du violon to play the piano/the violin

   g. (Medicine) [+ diabète, attaque] to have

• faire de la tension to have high blood pressure

   h. ( = chercher dans) il a fait toute la ville pour en trouver he's been all over town looking for some

   i. ( = vendre) nous ne faisons pas cette marque we don't stock that make

• je vous le fais à 700 € I'll let you have it for 700 euros

   j. ( = mesurer, peser, coûter) to be

• la cuisine fait 6 mètres de large the kitchen is 6 metres wide

• combien fait cette chaise ? how much is this chair?

• ça fait 130 € that's 130 euros

• deux et deux font quatre two and two is four

• cela fait combien en tout ? how much is that altogether?

   k. ( = agir sur, importer) ils ne peuvent rien me faire they can't do anything to me

• on ne me la fait pas à moi ! (inf) I wasn't born yesterday!

• qu'est-ce que cela peut bien te faire ? what's it to you?

• qu'est-ce que ça fait ? so what? (inf)

• cela ne vous ferait rien de sortir ? would you mind leaving the room?

   l. ( = imiter) il a fait celui qui ne comprenait pas he pretended not to understand

• ne fais pas l'enfant/l'idiot don't be so childish/so stupid

   m. ( = être, servir de) [personne] to be ; [acteur] to play ; [objet] to be used as

• tu fais l'arbitre ? will you be referee?

• cet hôtel fait aussi restaurant the hotel has its own restaurant

• quel imbécile je fais ! what a fool I am!

• il fera un bon avocat he'll make a good lawyer

   n. ( = dire) to say

• « vraiment ? » fit-il "really?" he said

• le chat fait miaou the cat goes miaow

   o. (Grammar) « canal » fait »canaux » au pluriel the plural of "canal" is "canaux"

2. <

   a. (remplaçant un autre verbe) to do

• as-tu payé la note ? -- non, c'est lui qui l'a fait did you pay the bill? -- no, he did

• puis-je téléphoner ? -- faites, je vous en prie could I use the phone? -- yes, of course

   b. ( = agir) faire vite to act quickly

• faites vite ! be quick!

• faites comme chez vous make yourself at home

   c. ( = paraître) to look

• ce vase fait bien sur la table the vase looks nice on the table

• faire vieux to look old

• faire jeune to look young

   d. (besoins naturels) (inf) [personne] to go ; [animal] to do its business

3. <

► il fait

• il fait nuit it is dark

• il faut chaud it is hot

• il fait bon vivre ici this is a nice place to be

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► since et for ne se construisent pas avec le même temps.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► cela or ça fait... que

• cela fait très longtemps que je ne l'ai pas vu I haven't seen him for a very long time it's a long time since I saw him

• ça fait trois ans qu'il est parti it's three years since he left he's been gone for three years

• ça fait que... that means...

4. <

   a. ( = pousser à) to make

• ça m'a fait pleurer it made me cry

• il lui a fait boire du whisky he made her drink some whisky

• ce genre de musique me fait dormir that kind of music puts me to sleep

• j'ai fait démarrer la voiture I got the car started

• faire réparer une montre to have a watch repaired

• elle a fait tomber une tasse she knocked a cup over

► faire faire

• faire faire qch par qn to get sth made (or done) by sb

• faire faire qch à qn to get sb to do (or to make) sth ; (en le forçant) to make sb do (or make) sth

• se faire faire une robe to have a dress made

   b. ( = aider à) faire traverser la rue à un aveugle to help a blind man across the road

• faire manger un patient to feed a patient

   c. ( = laisser) faire entrer qn (qn que l'on attendait) to let sb in ; (qn que l'on n'attendait pas) to ask sb in

• faire venir le médecin to call the doctor

5. <

► se faire

   a. (pour soi)

il s'est fait beaucoup d'ennemis he has made a great many enemies

   b. ( = être fait) si ça doit se faire, ça se fera sans moi if it's going to happen, it'll happen without me

   c. ( = être convenable, courant) ça se fait d'offrir des fleurs à un homme ? is it OK to give flowers to a man?

• cela ne se fait pas it's not done

   d. (locutions)

► se faire + adjectif (involontairement) to get ; (volontairement) to make o.s.

• se faire vieux to be getting old

• il se faisait tard it was getting late

• se faire beau to make o.s. look nice

• sa voix se fit plus douce his voice became softer► se faire + infinitif

• il se faisait apporter le journal tous les matins he had the paper brought to him every morning

• fais-toi expliquer le règlement get someone to explain the rules to you

• se faire couper les cheveux to have one's hair cut

• je me suis fait couper les cheveux I've had my hair cut

• il s'est fait attaquer par deux jeunes he was attacked by two youths

• elle s'est fait renvoyer she was sacked

• tu vas te faire gronder you'll get yourself into trouble

• faut se le faire ! (inf!) he's a real pain in the neck! (inf)► se faire à ( = s'habituer à) to get used to

• il ne se fait pas au climat he can't get used to the climate► s'en faire to worry

• ne t'en fais pas don't worry

• il ne s'en fait pas ! he's got a nerve!► il se fait que

• il pourrait se faire qu'il pleuve it might rain

• comment se fait-il qu'il soit absent ? how come he's not here? (inf)

* * *
fɛʀ
1.

verbe transitif

1) ( produire) to make

trois et deux font cinq — three and two make five

combien font 13 fois 13? — what's 13 times 13?

œil fait yeux au pluriel — œil is yeux in the plural

2) ( façonner) to shape [histoire, période]

3) ( étudier) to do [licence, sujet]

faire du violon — to study ou play the violin

tu as fait ton piano? — have you practised your piano?

faire une école de commerce — to go to business school

4) ( préparer) to make [soupe, thé]; to prepare [salade]

faire du poulet — to cook a chicken

5) ( nettoyer) to do, to clean [vitres]; to clean, to polish [chaussures]

6) Commerce ( proposer) to do [service, marque]; ( vendre) to do, to sell [article]

ils ne font pas le petit déjeuner — they don't do breakfast

l'hôtel fait-il restaurant? — does the hotel have a restaurant?

7) ( cultiver)

faire des céréales — [personne] to grow ou do cereals; [région] to produce cereals

8) ( se fournir en)

faire de l'eau — Nautisme, Chemin de Fer to take on water

faire (de) l'essence — (colloq) Automobile to get petrol GB ou gas US

9) ( parcourir) to do [distance, trajet]; to go round [magasins, agences]; ( visiter) to do (colloq) [région, musées]

faire toute la ville — to go all over town

faire l'Écosse — to visit Scotland

j'ai fait tous les tiroirs — I went through all the drawers

10) ( souffrir de) to have [diabète, tension, complexe]

faire une crise cardiaque — to have a heart attack

11) ( demander un prix)

faire quelque chose à 30 francs — to sell something for 30 francs, to charge 30 francs for something

12) ( servir de) to serve as

13) (user, disposer de) to do

qu'as-tu fait du billet? — what have you done with the ticket?

pour quoi faire? — what for?

je n'ai que faire de — I have no need for

je n'en ai rien à faire — (colloq) I couldn't care less

14) ( avoir un effet)

que veux-tu que j'y fasse? — what do you want me to do about it?, what am I supposed to do about it?

ça y fait — (colloq) it has an effect

leur départ ne m'a rien fait — their departure didn't affect me at all

ça me fait quelque chose de la voir dans cet état — it upsets me to see her in that state

pour ce que ça fait! — (colloq) for all the good it does!

ça ne fait rien à la chose — it makes no difference

qu'est-ce que ça peut bien te faire? — (colloq) what is it to you?

15) (entraîner, causer)

faire des jaloux — to make some people jealous

l'explosion a fait 12 morts — the explosion killed 12 people, the explosion left 12 people dead

ça ne fait rien! — ( pas grave) it doesn't matter!

ça fait ou ce qui fait que j'ai oublié — (colloq) as a result I forgot

16) ( transformer) to make

elle en a fait sa confidente — she's made her her confidante

faire d'un garage un atelier — to make ou turn a garage into a workshop

17) ( proclamer)

faire quelqu'un général — to make somebody a general

18) ( imiter)

faire le courageux — to pretend to be brave

faire le dictateur — to act the dictator

19) ( tenir le rôle de) to be

quel plaisantin vous faites! — what a joker you are!

20) ( dans un souhait)

mon Dieu, faites qu'il réussisse! — God, please let him succeed!

21) (colloq) ( tromper)

il me l'a fait au baratin — he talked me into it

on ne me la fait pas! — I'm not a fool!

22) ( dire) to say

‘bien sûr,’ fit-elle — ‘of course,’ she said

le canard fait ‘coin-coin’ — the duck says ou goes ‘quack’

2.

verbe intransitif

1) ( agir) to do, to act

fais comme tu veux — do as you like

faire vite — to act quickly

vas-y, mais fais vite! — go, but be quick about it!

fais comme chez toi — lit, iron make yourself at home

2) ( paraître) to look

faire jeune — to look young

3) (colloq) ( être) to be

il veut faire pompier — he wants to be a fireman

4) ( durer) to last

sa robe lui a fait deux ans — her dress lasted her two years

5) ( valoir)

ça fait cher — it is expensive

6) ( pour les besoins naturels) to go

tu as fait? — have you been?

7) (colloq)

faire avec — ( se contenter de) to make do with; ( supporter) to put up with

3.

se faire verbe pronominal

1)

se faire un café — to make oneself a coffee

se faire des amis — to make friends

se faire la cuisine soi-même — to do one's own cooking

combien se fait-il (colloq) par mois? — how much does he make a month?

2) ( devenir) to get, to become

il se fait tard — it's getting late

3) ( se rendre)

se faire tout petit — to make oneself very small

4) ( s'inquiéter)

s'en faire — to worry

il ne s'en fait pas! — ( sans inquiétude) he's not the sort of person to worry about things!; ( pas gêné) he's got a nerve!

5) ( s'habituer)

se faire à — to get used to [lieu, situation, idée]

6) ( être d'usage)

ça se fait encore ici — it's still done here

ça ne se fait pas — it's not the done thing ( de faire to do)

7) ( être à la mode) to be in (fashion)

ça ne se fait plus — it's no longer fashionable, it's out of fashion

8) ( être produit)

c'est ce qui se fait de mieux — it's the best there is

le pont se fera bien un jour — the bridge will be built one day

9) ( emploi impersonnel)

il se fit que — it (so) happened that

il se fit un grand silence — there was complete silence

comment se fait-il que...? — how is it that...?

10) [fromage] to ripen; [vin] to mature

11) (colloq)

il faut se le faire, son copain! — his/her mate is a real pain! (colloq)

12) ( avec infinitif)

se faire couler un bain — to run oneself a bath

se faire comprendre — to make oneself understood

••

Un très grand nombre de tournures et locutions contenant ce verbe sont traitées ailleurs, généralement sous le terme qui suit faire, en particulier

- les expressions décrivant les tâches domestiques, agricoles (faire la cuisine/moisson), les occupations manuelles (faire du tricot/bricolage), les activités professionnelles ou de loisir (faire du théâtre/de la photo), les types d'études ( faire médecine). Pour ce qui est des jeux, sports et loisirs, voir également la note d'usage correspondante

- les locutions décrivant un mouvement, l'expression, un comportement (faire un geste/une grimace/le pitre)

- les expressions dans lesquelles faire signifie ‘formuler’ (faire une promesse/offre etc)

- les expressions décrivant la qualité de la lumière (il fait jour/sombre) ou l'état du temps

- les expressions contenant une mesure (faire 20 mètres de long/15 kilos/20°/15 kilomètres à l'heure etc) pour lesquelles on consultera les notes d'usage

- les expressions décrivant une démarche de l'esprit (se faire une opinion/du souci etc)

- les expressions indiquant l'effet produit (faire peur/mal/plaisir/du tort etc, faire cuire/sécher/tomber etc)

- faire + venir/ entrer/ sortir etc

- les locutions telles que faire semblant/exprès, se faire avoir etc

- les expressions familières ( faire un enfant etc)

Par ailleurs pour les expressions décrivant

- une activité sportive (faire du tennis/de la marche/du parapente)

- une durée ( ça fait 15 ans)

la consultation des notes d'usage vous fournira des traductions utiles. Voir la liste

En outre, certaines entrées telles que combien, ce, que, comment, laisser, rien, mieux, bien etc fourniront également des traductions utiles

To make ou to do?

Les principales traductions de faire sont to make et to do mais elles ne sont pas interchangeables

to make traduit faire + objet dénotant ce qui est créé, confectionné, composé, réalisé, obtenu; l'objet est le résultat de l'action: faire son lit/des confitures = to make one's bed/jam; faire un discours/une faute/un bénéfice = to make a speech/a mistake/a profit; je me suis fait un café = I made myself a coffee

to do a le sens plus vague de se livrer à une activité, s'occuper à quelque chose; l'objet peut préciser la nature de l'activité: faire de la recherche/un exercice/une réparation = to do research/an exercise/a repair job; faire son devoir = to do one's duty

ou bien la nature de l'activité reste indéterminée: que fait-il (dans la vie)? = what does he do in life?; qu'est-ce que tu fais ce soir? = what are you doing tonight?; la science peut tout faire = science can do anything; j'ai à faire = I have things to do

ou encore le contexte suggère la nature de l'activité: faire une pièce = to do a room, peut vouloir dire la nettoyer, la ranger, la peindre

Si faire remplace un verbe plus précis, on traduira fréquemment par celui-ci: faire une maison/un nid = to build a house/a nest; faire une lettre = to write a letter; faire une visite = to pay a visit; faire un numéro de téléphone = to dial a number

Les périphrases verbales sont parfois rendues par un seul verbe: faire voir (= montrer) = to show; faire du tissage (= tisser) = to weave, mais faire un peu de tissage = to do a bit of weaving

Faire + infinitif + quelqu'un

faire + infinitive + quelqu'un, c'est-à-dire obtenir de quelqu'un qu'il agisse d'une certaine manière, se traduit selon le sens de faire, par: to make somebody do something (forcer, être cause que): fais-la lever = make her get up; ça m'a fait rire = it made me laugh; ça fait dormir = it makes you sleep; par to get somebody to do something (inciter): fais-leur prendre un rendez-vous = get them to make an appointment; par to help somebody to do something (aider): faire traverser la rue à un vieillard = to help an old man across the street; mais faire manger un bébé = to feed a child. Dans l'exemple ça fait dormir on notera qu'en anglais le sujet du verbe est toujours exprimé, ce qui n'est pas le cas en français

(se) faire faire quelque chose (par quelqu'un) se traduit par to have something done ou made (by somebody), ou, dans une langue plus familière, to get something done ou made (by somebody): (se) faire construire une maison = to have a house built; faire réparer sa voiture = to have ou get one's car repaired; c'est la table qu'il a fait faire = it's the table he had made; elle fait exécuter les travaux par un ami = she's having the work done by a friend

Ne faire que

exprime soit la continuité: il ne fait que pleuvoir = it never stops raining, it rains all the time

soit la restriction: je ne fais qu'obéir aux ordres = I'm only obeying orders

Faire reprend un autre verbe

Dans ce cas il sera généralement traduit par to do: ‘je peux regarder? ’ - ‘faites ou faites je vous en prie ’ = ‘may I look?’ - ‘please do’; il souffla, comme il avait vu faire son père = he blew, as he had seen his father do; on veut que je parte, mais je n'en ferai rien = they want me to leave, but I'll do nothing of the sort

Vous trouverez d'autres exemples dans l'entrée faire

* * *
fɛʀ
1. vt

1) (= fabriquer) to make

faire un film — to make a movie

faire du pain — to make bread

faire un gâteau — to make a cake

faire une offre — to make an offer

faire du bruit — to make a noise

Ils font trop de bruit. — They're making too much noise.

2) (= effectuer) to do

Que faites-vous? — What are you doing?

Que faites-vous dans la vie? — What do you do?

Que faire? — What can be done about it?

Qu'allons-nous faire? — What are we going to do?

faire la lessive — to do the washing

faire le ménage — to do the housework

faire la vaisselle — to do the dishes, to do the washing up

3) [études, sujet] to do

faire du droit — to do law

faire du français — to do French

Il fait de l'italien. — He's doing Italian.

4) (pratiquer régulièrement) [musique, rugby] to play

Il fait du piano. — He plays the piano.

faire du rugby — to play rugby

faire de la natation — to swim

faire de l'équitation — to ride

5) (se livrer ponctuellement à une activité)

faire du cheval — to go riding

faire du ski — to go skiing

6) (= visiter)

faire les magasins — to go shopping

faire l'Europe — to tour Europe, to do Europe

7) (= imiter)

faire le malade — to play the invalid

faire le mort — to play dead

faire l'ignorant — to play the fool

8) (= mesurer, totaliser) to be, to make

2 et 2 font 4. — 2 and 2 are 4., 2 and 2 make 4.

Ça fait 10 m. — It's 10 m.

Ça fait 15 euros. — It's 15 euros.

Ça fait cinquante-trois euros en tout. — That's fifty-three euros all together., That makes fifty-three euros all together.

Je vous le fais 10 euros. — I'll let you have it for 10 euros.

9) (= dire) to go

"Vraiment?" fit-il. — "Really?" he goes.

10) (= souffrir de) [diabète, eczéma] to have

faire du diabète — to have diabetes

faire de la tension — to have high blood pressure

11) (autres constructions)

faire qch à qn — to do sth to sb

Il regrettait ce qu'il avait fait à son frère. — He was sorry for what he had done to his brother.

ça ne fait rien — it doesn't matter

ça ne me fait rien — I don't mind

faire qch de qch — to do sth with sth

Qu'a-t-il fait de sa valise? — What has he done with his case?

faire de qn un avocat — to make sb a lawyer

faire que (= impliquer que) — to mean that

ce qui fait que... — which means that...

ne faire que (= ne pas arrêter de) Il ne fait que critiquer. — All he ever does is criticize.

2. vi

1) (= agir) to act

Il faut faire vite. — We must act quickly., It's important to act quickly.

je n'ai pas pu faire autrement — there was nothing else I could do

laissez-moi faire! — let me do it!

faites comme chez vous — make yourself at home

2) (= s'y prendre)

comment a-t-il fait pour...? — how did he manage to...?

3) (= paraître) (avec adjectif) to look

faire vieux — to look old

faire démodé — to look old-fashioned

Tu fais jeune dans cette robe. — That dress makes you look younger.

ça fait bien — it looks good

4) (remplaçant autre verbe) to do

Ne le casse pas comme je l'ai fait. — Don't break it like I did.

Je peux regarder? - Faites! — Can I have a look? - Please do!

Remets-le en place. - Je viens de le faire. — Put it back in its place.- I just did.

3. vb aux

(suivi d'un infinitif) to make

faire tomber qch — to make sth fall, to knock sth over

Le chat a fait tomber le vase. — The cat knocked over the vase.

faire bouger qch — to make sth move

faire démarrer un moteur — to start up an engine

faire chauffer de l'eau — to heat some water

cela fait dormir — it makes you sleep

faire travailler les enfants — to make the children work, to get the children to work

faire réparer qch — to get sth repaired, to have sth repaired

Je dois faire réparer ma voiture. — I've got to get my car repaired.

faire faire qch — to have sth done

Elle fait faire des travaux dans sa maison. — She's having some work done on her house.

Il a fait faire son portrait. — He's had his portrait done.

faire faire des économies à qn — to save sb money

Cela fait faire des économies au consommateur. — This saves the consumer money.

4. vb impers (temps)
to be
il fait beau — it's a lovely day

Espérons qu'il fera beau demain. — Let's hope it'll be nice weather tomorrow.

Qu'est-ce qu'il fait chaud! — Isn't it hot!

1) (durée)

ça fait 2 ans qu'il est parti — it's 2 years since he left

ça fait 2 ans qu'il y est — he's been there for 2 years

ça fait trois ans qu'ils habitent à Paris — they've lived in Paris for three years, they've been living in Paris for three years

2) (autres locutions)

il fait bon; Il fait bon se promener dans cette région. — It's nice to go walking in this area.

Il ne fait pas bon traîner ici le soir. — It's not a good idea to hang around here at night.

* * *

faire ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: faire

A vtr

1 (donner, émettre, produire) to make; le raisin fera un vin excellent the grapes will make ou produce (an) excellent wine; cet arbre fait des fleurs/baies this tree produces flowers/berries; le garage ferait une belle pièce the garage would make a nice room; ils font un beau couple they make a handsome couple; il fera un bon médecin he'll make a good doctor; les qualités qui font un champion the qualities which make a champion; trois et deux font cinq three and two make five; ça fait deux chacun that makes two each; combien font 13 fois 13? what's 13 times 13?; œil fait yeux au pluriel œil is yeux in the plural;

2 fig ( façonner) to shape [période]; les événements qui font l'histoire events which shape history;

3 ( étudier) to do [licence, diplôme]; on a fait la Chine en géographie we did China in geography; faire du violon to study ou play the violin; tu as fait ton piano? have you practised your piano?; faire une école de commerce/les Beaux-Arts to go to business school/art college;

4 ( préparer) to make [sauce, soupe, thé]; to prepare [salade]; faire du poulet to do ou cook a chicken; qu'est-ce que je fais pour le déjeuner? what shall I cook ou prepare for lunch?;

5 ( nettoyer) to do, to clean [vitres]; to clean, to polish [chaussures];

6 ( proposer) Comm to do [service, marque]; ( vendre) to do, to sell [article]; ils ne font pas le petit déjeuner/les réparations they don't do breakfast/repairs; je fais beaucoup ce modèle en ce moment I'm selling a lot of this particular model at the moment; l'hôtel fait-il restaurant? does the hotel do meals, does the hotel have a restaurant?;

7 (cultiver, produire) Agric faire des céréales [personne] to grow ou do cereals; [région] to produce cereals;

8 ( se fournir en) faire de l'eau Naut, Rail to take on water; faire (de) l'essence○ Aut to get petrol GB ou gas US; faire du bois dans la forêt to gather wood in the forest; faire de l'herbe pour les bêtes to cut grass for the animals;

9 ( parcourir) to do [distance, trajet]; to go round [magasins, agences]; ( visiter) to do○ [région, ville, musées]; faire 200 kilomètres to do 200 kilometres^GB; faire Rome-Nice en avion to do the Rome-Nice journey by plane; représentant qui fait○ la région parisienne rep○ who does the Paris area; j'ai dû faire toute la ville/toutes les boutiques pour trouver ça I had to go all over town/round GB ou around US all the shops to find this; faire la vallée de la Loire to do○ the Loire Valley; faire l'Écosse to visit Scotland; j'ai fait tous les tiroirs mais je ne l'ai pas trouvé I went through all the drawers but I couldn't find it;

10 ( dans le domaine de la santé) to have [diabète, tension, complexe]; faire une crise cardiaque to have a heart attack; faire de la fièvre○ to have ou run a temperature; faire de l'angine de poitrine to get angina; elle m'a encore fait une otite○! she's had another ear-infection!;

11 ( demander un prix) faire qch à 30 euros to sell sth for 30 euros, to charge 30 euros for sth; il me l'a fait à 500 euros he charged me ou sold it to me for 500 euros;

12 ( servir de) to serve as; ce coin fera bureau this corner will serve as a study;

13 (user, disposer de) to do; que vais-je faire des bagages/enfants? what am I going to do with the luggage/children?; qu'as-tu fait du billet? what have you done with the ticket?; pour ce qu'elle en fait! for all she does with it/them!; pour quoi faire? what for?; je n'ai que faire de I have no need for; je n'en ai rien à faire it's nothing to do with me;

14 ( avoir un effet) faire plus de mal que de bien to do more harm than good; qu'as-tu fait à ta sœur? what have you done to your sister?; que veux-tu que j'y fasse? what do you want me to do about it?, what am I supposed to do about it?; le cachet ne m'a rien fait the tablet didn't do anything, the tablet had no effect; ça y fait it has an effect; leur départ ne m'a rien fait their departure didn't affect me at all, their departure left me cold; ça me fait quelque chose de la voir dans cet état it upsets me to see her in that state; ça fait quelque chose pour la grippe? is it any good for flu?; pour ce que ça fait! for all the good it does!; ça ne vous fait rien que je fume? do you mind ou does it bother you if I smoke?; ça ne fait rien à la chose it doesn't alter ou change anything, it makes no difference; qu'est-ce que ça peut bien te faire? what is it to you?;

15 (entraîner, causer) faire des jaloux to make some people jealous; ça a fait leur fortune it made them rich; l'explosion a fait 12 morts the explosion killed 12 people, the explosion left 12 people dead; ne t'inquiète pas, ça ne fait rien! don't worry, it doesn't matter!; ça fait ou ce qui fait que j'ai oublié○ as a result I forgot; ‘qu'est-ce que j'ai fait?’-‘tu as fait que tu as menti○’ ‘what have I done?’-‘you lied, that's what you've done’; faites que tout se passe bien make sure that all goes well;

16 ( transformer) to make; l'armée en a fait un homme the army made a man of him; ils veulent en faire un avocat they want to make a lawyer of him; elle en a fait sa confidente she's made her her confidante; ça a fait de lui un révolté it turned him into a rebel, it made him a rebel; j'en ai fait un principe I made it a principle; faire d'un garage un atelier to make ou turn a garage into a workshop; faire sien qch to make sth one's own;

17 ( proclamer) faire qn duc/général to make sb a duke/general; la presse l'a fait diplomate ( à tort) the press made him out to be a diplomat; ne le fais pas pire qu'il n'est! don't make him out to be worse than he is!, don't paint him blacker than he is!;

18 ( imiter) faire le malade/le courageux to pretend to be ill/brave; faire l'ignorant or celui qui ne sait rien to pretend not to know; faire le dictateur to act the dictator;

19 ( tenir le rôle de) to be; quel plaisantin vous faites! what a joker you are!; vous ferez les voleurs! Jeux you be the robbers!; l'acteur qui fait le roi○ Cin, Théât the actor who plays the part of the king, the actor who is the king;

20 ( dans un souhait) mon Dieu, faites qu'il réussisse! God, please let him succeed!; Dieu or le ciel fasse qu'il ne leur arrive rien! may God ou Heaven protect them!;

21 ○( tromper) il me l'a fait au baratin/chantage he talked/blackmailed me into it; on ne me la fait pas! I'm not a fool!, I wasn't born yesterday!

B vi

1 (agir, procéder) to do, to act; je n'ai pas pu faire autrement I couldn't do otherwise; fais comme tu veux do as you like; elle peut faire mieux she can do better; dans ces situations, il faut faire vite in that sort of situation, one must act quickly; vas-y, mais fais vite! go, but be quick about it!; fais comme chez toi lit, iron make yourself at home;

2 ( paraître) to look; faire jeune/son âge to look young/one's age; ça fait bien avec du bleu it looks nice with blue; tes lunettes font très distingué your glasses make you look very distinguished; il croit que ça fait chic de dire ça he thinks it's chic to say that;

3 ( être) to be; il veut faire pompier he wants to be a fireman;

4 ( dire) to say; ‘bien sûr,’ fit-elle ‘of course,’ she said; le canard fait ‘coin-coin’ the duck says ou goes ‘quack’; faire plouf/aïe etc to go plop/ouch etc;

5 ( durer) to last; sa robe lui a fait deux ans her dress lasted her two years;

6 (+ adverbe de quantité) ça fait cher/grand/trop etc it is expensive/big/too much etc;

7 ( pour les besoins naturels) to go; tu as fait? have you been?; faire dans sa culotte ( déféquer) to dirty one's pants; ( uriner) to wet one's pants; fig to wet oneself;

8 ○ faire avec ( se contenter de) to make do with [personne, objet, quantité]; ( supporter) to put up with [personne, situation]; elle est là, et il faudra faire avec she's here, and we'll have to put up with her.

C se faire vpr

1 (confectionner, exécuter, obtenir pour soi) se faire un café to make oneself a coffee; se faire de l'argent/des amis to make money/friends; se faire ses vêtements to make one's own clothes; se faire la cuisine soi-même to do one's own cooking; combien se fait-il par mois? how much does he make a month? ; se faire un mec◑ to have◑ a man;

2 ( devenir) (+ adjectif attribut) to get, to become; (+ nom attribut) to become; il se fait vieux he's getting old; il se fait tard it's getting late; sa voix se fit dure his/her voice hardened ou became hard; se faire avocat to become a lawyer;

3 ( se rendre) se faire belle/tout petit to make oneself beautiful/very small;

4 ( s'inquiéter) s'en faire to worry; il ne s'en fait pas! ( sans inquiétude) he's not the sort of person to worry about things!; ( pas gêné) he's got a nerve!;

5 ( s'habituer) se faire à to get used to [lieu, situation, idée]; je ne m'y fais pas I can't get used to it;

6 ( être d'usage) ça se fait encore ici it's still done here; ça ne se fait pas de manger avec les doigts it's not the done thing ou it's not polite to eat with one's fingers;

7 ( être à la mode) [couleur, style] to be in (fashion); le tweed se fait beaucoup cette année tweed is very much in this year; ça ne se fait plus it's no longer fashionable, it's out of fashion;

8 ( être produit ou accompli) c'est ce qui se fait de mieux it's the best there is; le mariage s'est fait à Paris the wedding took place in Paris; le pont se fera bien un jour the bridge will be built one day; souhaitons que la paix se fasse let's hope there'll be peace;

9 ( emploi impersonnel) il se fit que it (so) happened that; il se fit un grand silence there was complete silence; il s'est fait un déclic dans mon esprit something clicked in my mind; il pourrait se faire que je parte I might leave; comment se fait-il que…? how is it that…?;

10 ( mûrir) [fromage] to ripen; [vin] to mature;

11 ○( supporter) to put up with, to endure [importun]; il faut se le faire, son copain! his/her mate is a real pain○!;

12 ( avec infinitif) se faire couler un bain to run oneself a bath; se faire comprendre to make oneself understood; se faire agresser to get mugged; tu vas te faire écraser! you'll get run over!

[fɛr] verbe transitif

A.[FABRIQUER, RÉALISER]

1. [confectionner - objet, vêtement] to make ; [ - construction] to build ; [ - tableau] to paint ; [ - film] to make ; [ - repas, café] to make, to prepare ; [ - gâteau, pain] to make, to bake ; [ - vin] to make ; [ - bière] to brew

[concevoir - thèse, dissertation] to do

qu'as-tu fait (à manger) pour ce soir ? what have you prepared for dinner ?

c'est elle qui fait ses chansons she writes her own songs

il sait tout faire he can turn his hand to anything

grand-mère est super — oui, on n'en fait plus des comme ça! (familier) grandma's great — yes, they broke the mould when they made her!

2. [produire, vendre]

faire de l'élevage de bétail to breed cattle

faire du blé/de la vigne to grow wheat/grapes

faire une marque/un produit to stock a make/an article

je vous fais les deux à 350 euros (familier) you can have both for 350 euros, I'll take 350 euros for both

3. [obtenir, gagner - bénéfices] to make

faire de l'argent to earn ou to make money

4. [mettre au monde]

faire un enfant to have a child

il lui a fait deux enfants he had two children with her

la chatte a fait des petits the cat has had kittens

5. PHYSIOLOGIE

faire ses besoins (euphémisme) to do one's business

(en usage absolu)

tu as fait ce matin ? did you go to the toilet this morning ?

il a fait dans sa culotte (familier) he messed his pants

B.[ACCOMPLIR, EXÉCUTER]

1. [effectuer - mouvement, signe] to make

[saut périlleux, roue] to do

fais-moi un bisou (familier) /un sourire give me a kiss/a smile

faire la tête ou la gueule (très familier) to sulk

2. [accomplir - choix, erreur, réforme, proposition] to make ; [ - inventaire] to do ; [ - discours] to deliver, to make, to give ; [ - conférence] to give ; [ - exercice] to do ; [ - recherches] to do, to carry out (separable) ; [ - enquête] to carry out (separable)

faire ses études to study

faire son devoir to do one's duty

faire une blague à quelqu'un to play a joke on somebody

faire son lit to make one's bed

la faire à quelqu'un (familier) [plaisanterie]: on ne me la fait pas, à moi! I won't be taken in!

on me l'a déjà faite, celle-là I know that one already

3. [étudier - matière, œuvre] to study, to do

[suivre les cours de]

elle voulait faire l'ENA she wanted to go to the ENA

4. [pratiquer]

faire de la poterie to do pottery

faire de la flûte/du violon to play the flute/the violin

faire de la danse [cours] to go to dance classes

il voulait faire de la danse he wanted to be a dancer

faire de l'équitation/de la natation/de la voile to go horseriding/swimming/sailing

faire du basket/du tennis to play basketball/tennis

5. [écrire - lettre] to write ; [ - contrat, testament] to write, to make

6. [dire] to say

il fit oui/non de la tête he nodded/he shook his head

"non", fit-elle "no", she said

la vache fait "meuh!" the cow goes "moo!"

7. [nettoyer - chambre, vitres] to clean, to do ; [ - chaussures] to polish, to clean

[tapisser, aménager - pièce, maison] to do, to decorate

8. [action non précisée] to do

que fais-tu dans la vie ? what do you do (for a living) ?

je ne t'ai jamais rien fait! I've never done you any harm!

ne faire que: elle ne fait que se plaindre she does nothing but complain

je ne veux rien avoir à faire avec eux! I don't want anything to do with them!

faire quelque chose de quelqu'un/quelque chose: qu'ai-je fait de mes clefs ? what have I done with ou where did I put my keys ?

que fais-tu de mes sentiments dans tout ça ? what about my feelings ?

que vais-je faire de toi ? what am I going to do with you ?

donne-le moi! — non, rien à faire! give it to me! — nothing doing ou no way!

tu lui as parlé ? — oui, mais rien à faire, il ne cédera pas did you talk to him ? — yes, but it's no use, he won't give in

je vais vous raccompagner — n'en faites rien! (soutenu) I'll take you back — there's really no need!

faire avec (familier) to make do

j'apprécie peu sa façon de travailler mais il faut bien faire avec! I don't like the way he works but I suppose I'll just have to put up with it!

faire sans (familier) to (make) do without

autant que faire se peut if possible, as far as possible

n'avoir que faire de: je n'ai que faire de tes conseils I don't need your advice

mais bien sûr, tu n'as que faire de ma carrière! but of course, my career matters very little to you! ou you don't care about my career!

pour ce faire for that

ce faisant in so doing

C.[AVEC IDÉE DE DÉPLACEMENT]

1. [se déplacer à la vitesse de]

le train peut faire jusqu'à 400 km/h the train can do 400 km/h

2. [couvrir - distance]

le Concorde fait Paris-New York en moins de quatre heures Concorde goes ou flies from Paris to New York in less than fours hours

il y a des cars qui font Londres-Glasgow there's a coach service between London and Glasgow

3. [visiter - pays, ville] to do, to go to, to visit

[inspecter, passer au crible]

j'ai fait tous les étages avant de vous trouver I looked on every floor before I found you

j'ai fait tous les hôtels de la ville

a. [j'y suis allé] I did ou went to ou tried every hotel in town

b. [j'ai téléphoné] I called ou did ou tried every hotel in town

faire les antiquaires to go round the antique shops

D.[AVEC IDÉE DE TRANSFORMATION]

1. [nommer]

elle l'a fait baron she gave him the title of Baron, she made him a baron

elle l'a fait chevalier she knighted him

2. [transformer en]

faire quelque chose de quelqu'un/quelque chose: des rats, la fée fit des laquais the fairy changed the rats into footmen

ce feuilleton en a fait une vedette this series made him a star

et ta robe bleue ? — j'en ai fait une jupe what about your blue dress ? — I made it into a skirt

garde les restes, j'en ferai une soupe keep the leftovers, I'll make a soup with them

c'était un tyran et votre livre en fait un héros! he was a tyrant, and your book shows ou presents him as a hero!

3. [devenir]

"cheval" fait "chevaux" au pluriel the plural of "cheval" is "chevaux"

4. [servir de]

une fois plié, le billard fait table the billiard table, when folded, can be used ou can serve as a normal table

un canapé qui fait lit a convertible settee

c'est un hôtel qui fait restaurant it's a hotel with a restaurant

5. [remplir un rôle, une fonction]

il fera un bon mari he'll make ou be a good husband

il fait le Père Noël dans les rues he goes around the streets disguised as Father Christmas

CINÉMA & THÉÂTRE to play the part of, to be

[imiter - personne] to imitate, to take off, to impersonate ; [ - automate, animal] to imitate

ne fais pas l'idiot don't be stupid

ne fais pas l'innocent don't play the innocent, don't come the innocent with me (UK)

il essayait de faire son intéressant he was showing off

E.[INDIQUE UN RÉSULTAT]

1. [provoquer]

faire de la poussière to raise dust

ce charbon fait beaucoup de fumée this coal makes a lot of smoke

ça va faire une marque/une auréole it will leave a mark/a ring

l'accident a fait cinq morts the accident left five dead ou claimed five lives

ce qui fait l'intérêt de son livre what makes his book interesting

faire quelque chose à quelqu'un [l'émouvoir] to move somebody, to affect somebody

la vue du sang ne me fait rien I don't mind the sight of blood, the sight of blood doesn't bother me

si cela ne vous fait rien if you don't mind

faire que: la gravitation, force qui fait que les objets s'attirent gravitation, the force which causes objects to be attracted towards each other

ce qui fait que je suis arrivé en retard which meant I was late

[pour exprimer un souhait]

faites qu'il ne lui arrive rien! please don't let anything happen to him!

2. [importer]

qu'est-ce que cela peut faire? what does it matter ?, so what?

qu'est-ce que cela peut te faire? what's it to (do with) you ?

cela ne fait rien it doesn't matter, never mind

F.[INDIQUE UNE QUALITÉ, UNE FORME, UNE MESURE]

1. [former]

la route fait un coude the road bends

le circuit fait un huit the circuit is (in the shape of) a figure of eight

le tas fait une pyramide the heap looks like a pyramid

2. [coûter] to be, to cost

ça fait combien ? how much is it ?

3. [valoir, égaler] to be, to make

2 et 2 font 4 2 and 2 are 4

ça fait 23 en tout that makes 23 altogether

on a dix euros, ça ne fait pas assez we've got ten euros, that's not enough

4. [mesurer]

il doit bien faire 1 m 90 he must be 1 m 90 tall

[taille, pointure]

je fais du 38 I take size 38

[peser]

je fais 56 kg I weigh ou am 56 kg

5. [indique la durée, le temps]

ça fait deux jours qu'il n'a pas mangé he hasn't eaten for two days

elle a téléphoné, cela fait bien une heure she phoned at least an hour ago

G.[VERBE ATTRIBUTIF]

1. [paraître]

la broche fait bien ou joli ou jolie sur ta robe the brooch looks nice on your dress

elle parle avec un léger accent, il paraît que ça fait bien! she talks with a slight accent, it's supposed to be smart!

ça fait bizarre it looks strange

il me faudrait un nom qui fasse artiste I would need a name which sounds good for an artist

ça fait comment ou quoi de voir son nom sur une affiche? what's it like to see your name on a poster ?

faire son âge to look one's age

2. (familier) [devenir, embrasser la carrière de] to be

je veux faire pompier I want to be a fireman

H.[VERBE DE SUBSTITUTION] (toujours en rappel du verbe utilisé)

range ta chambre — je l'ai déjà fait go and tidy up your room — I've already done it

vous le lui expliquerez mieux que je ne saurais le faire you'll explain it to her better than I could

tu lui écriras ? — oui, je le ferai will you write to him ? — yes I will

puis-je prendre cette chaise ? — (mais) faites donc! (soutenu) may I take this chair ? — please do ou by all means!

————————

[fɛr] verbe intransitif

[agir] to do

fais comme chez toi [à l'arrivée de quelqu'un] make yourself at home

fais comme chez toi, surtout! (ironique) you've got a nerve!, don't mind me! (ironique)

faites comme vous voulez do as you please

fais comme tu veux! [ton irrité] suit yourself!

je le lui ai rendu — tu as bien fait! I gave it back to him — you did the right thing ou you did right!

pourquoi l'as-tu acheté ? — je croyais bien faire! why did you buy it ? — I thought it was a good idea!

tu ferais bien d'y réfléchir you'd do well to ou you should ou you'd better think about it!

pour bien faire, il faudrait réserver aujourd'hui the best thing would be to book today, ideally we should book today

ça commence à bien faire! enough is enough!

————————

[fɛr] verbe impersonnel

1. MÉTÉOROLOGIE

il fait chaud/froid it's hot/cold

il faisait nuit it was dark

il fait (du) soleil the sun is shining

2. (locution)

c'en est fait de (soutenu) : c'en est fait de vous you've had it, you're done for

c'est bien fait pour toi it serves you right

————————

[fɛr] verbe auxiliaire

1. [provoquer une réaction]

tu l'as fait rougir you made her blush

ça me fait dormir it puts ou sends me to sleep

2. [forcer à] to make, to have

fais-moi penser à le lui demander remind me to ask him

faites-le attendre

a. [pour qu'il s'impatiente] let him wait

b. [en lui demandant] ask him to wait

n'essaie pas de me faire croire que... don't try to make ou to have me believe that...

ne me fais pas dire ce que je n'ai pas dit don't put words into my mouth

il me faisait faire ses dissertations he had me write his essays for him

3. [commander de]

fairefaire quelque chose par quelqu'un to have somebody do ou make something, to have something done ou made by somebody

il fait faire ses costumes sur mesure he has his suits tailormade

————————

faire dans verbe plus préposition

(familier)

il ne fait pas dans le détail he doesn't bother about details

son entreprise fait maintenant dans les produits de luxe her company now produces luxury items

————————

se faire verbe pronominal (emploi réfléchi)

1. [réussir]

elle s'est faite seule she's a self-made woman

2. [se forcer à]

se faire pleurer/vomir to make oneselfcry/vomit

————————

se faire verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)

se faire la guerre to wage war on each other

————————

se faire verbe pronominal (emploi passif)

1. [être à la mode] to be fashionable, to be in fashion

les salopettes ne se font plus dungarees are out of fashion

2. [être convenable]

ça ne se fait pas de demander son âge à une femme it's rude ou it's not done to ask a woman her age

3. [être réalisé]

sans argent le film ne se fera pas without money the film will never be made

les choses se font petit à petit things evolve gradually

je dois signer un nouveau contrat, mais je ne sais pas quand cela va se faire I'm going to sign a new contract, but I don't know when that will be

tu pourrais me prêter 1 500 euros ? — ça pourrait se faire could you lend me 1,500 euros ? — that should be possible

(tournure impersonnelle)

comment se fait-il que... ? how come ou how is it that... ?

il pourrait se faire que... it might ou may be that..., it's possible that...

c'est ce qui se fait de mieux en papiers peints lavables it's the best washable wallpaper available

————————

se faire verbe pronominal intransitif

1. [se former]

les couples se font et se défont people get together and separate

2. (suivi d'un infinitif)

se faire opérer to have an operation

se faire tuer to get killed

se faire couper les cheveux to have one's hair cut

3. [devenir] to become

sa voix se fit plus grave his voice became deeper

s'il arrive à l'heure, je veux bien me faire nonne! (familier) if he arrives on time, I'll eat my hat!

(tournure impersonnelle)

il se fait tard it's getting late

4. [s'améliorer - fromage] to ripen ; [ - vin] to mature

mes chaussures me serrent — elles vont se faire my shoes feel tight — they'll stretch

————————

se faire verbe pronominal transitif

1. [fabriquer]

elle se fait ses vêtements she makes her own clothes

2. [effectuer sur soi]

il se fait ses piqûres seul he gives himself his own injections

je me suis fait une natte I've plaited my hair

[se maquiller]

se faire les ongles to do one's nails

se faire les yeux to make up one's eyes

3. (familier) [gagner]

elle se fait 4000 euros par mois she earns 4,000 euros per month, she gets 4,000 euros every month

4. (familier) [s'accorder]

on se fait un film/un petit café ? what about going to see a film/going for a coffee ?

on s'est fait les trois musées dans la journée we did the three museums in one day

5. (familier) [supporter]

il faut se la faire! she's a real pain!

6. (très familier & argot milieu) [tuer] to kill, to bump off

[agresser] to beat up

7. (vulgaire) [posséder sexuellement] to screw (vulgaire), to lay (vulgaire)

————————

se faire à verbe pronominal plus préposition

to get used to

————————

s'en faire verbe pronominal intransitif

to worry

je ne m'en fais pas pour lui I'm not worried about him

elle s'en souviendra, ne t'en fais pas! she'll remember, don't you worry!

encore au lit ? tu ne t'en fais pas! still in bed ? you're taking it easy, aren't you ?

tu as ouvert mon courrier ? faut pas t'en faire! (familier) you've opened my mail ? you've got some nerve ou don't mind me!

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > faire

7 jouer

jouer [ʒwe]

━━━━━━━━━

1. intransitive verb

2. transitive verb

3. reflexive verb

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 1

1. <

   a. to play

• les enfants aiment jouer children like playing

• faire qch pour jouer to do sth for fun

• à qui de jouer ? whose go is it?

• bien joué ! well played! ; (figurative) well done!

► jouer avec to play with

• elle jouait avec son collier she was fiddling with her necklace

• jouer avec les sentiments de qn to play with sb's feelings

• jouer avec sa santé to put one's health at stake

• jouer avec le feu to play with fire

• on ne joue pas avec ces choses-là matters like these are not to be treated lightly► jouer à

• jouer à la poupée to play with dolls

• jouer au ping-pong to play table tennis

• jouer aux échecs to play chess

• jouer au docteur to play doctors

• jouer au chat et à la souris to play cat and mouse

• jouer au héros to play the hero

• à quoi joues-tu ? what are you playing at?

• n'essaie pas de jouer au plus malin avec moi don't try to be clever with me► jouer de

• jouer d'un instrument to play an instrument

• jouer du piano to play the piano

• jouer de son influence pour obtenir qch to use one's influence to get sth

• jouer des coudes pour entrer to elbow one's way in

• jouer de malchance to be dogged by ill luck► jouer sur

• jouer sur les mots to play with words

• jouer sur l'effet de surprise to use the element of surprise

• il a réussi en jouant sur les différences de législation he succeeded by exploiting differences in legislation

   b. (pour de l'argent) to gamble

• jouer aux courses to bet on the horses

• jouer en Bourse to gamble on the Stock Exchange

   c. [acteur, musicien] to play

• il joue dans « Hamlet » he's in "Hamlet"

• il joue au Théâtre des Mathurins he's appearing at the Théâtre des Mathurins

• elle joue très bien (actrice) she acts very well

• la troupe va jouer à Arles the company is going to perform in Arles

   d. ( = bouger) faire jouer un ressort to activate a spring

   e. ( = intervenir) l'âge ne joue pas age doesn't come into it

• ses relations ont joué pour beaucoup dans la décision his connections were an important factor in the decision

• cet élément a joué en ma faveur this factor worked in my favour

• le temps joue contre lui time is against him

• les distributeurs font jouer la concurrence the distributors are playing the competitors off against each other

• il a fait jouer ses appuis politiques pour obtenir ce poste he made use of his political connections to get this post

2. <

   a. (gén) to play

• il joue une pièce de Brecht he's in a play by Brecht

• on joue « Macbeth » ce soir "Macbeth" is on this evening

• jouer les victimes to play the victim

• jouer la surprise to act surprised

• jouer un double jeu to play a double game

• il va jouer du Bach he is going to play some Bach

• jouer la belle to play the decider

• jouer pique to play a spade

• jouer la montre to play for time

• il faut jouer le jeu you've got to play the game

• jouer franc jeu to play fair

• jouer la prudence to be cautious

• jouer la sécurité to play safe

► jouer + tour(s)

• jouer un tour à qn to play a trick on sb

• jouer un mauvais tour à qn to play a dirty trick on sb

• cela te jouera un mauvais tour you'll be sorry

• ma mémoire me joue des tours my memory's playing tricks on me

   b. ( = mettre en jeu) [+ argent] (au casino) to stake ; (aux courses) to bet ( sur on ) ; [+ cheval] to back

• jouer gros jeu to play for high stakes

• jouer son poste sur qch to stake one's job on sth

• il joue sa tête he's risking his neck

• rien n'est encore joué ( = décidé) nothing is settled yet

   c. (Computing) [+ application] to play

3. <

► se jouer

   a. ( = être joué)

ce jeu se joue à quatre this is a game for four people

• la pièce se joue au Théâtre des Mathurins the play is on at the Théâtre des Mathurins

   b. ( = être décidé) tout va se jouer demain everything will be decided tomorrow

• c'est l'avenir de l'entreprise qui se joue the future of the company is at stake

• son sort se joue en ce moment his fate is hanging in the balance at the moment

   c. ( = se moquer) se jouer de qn to deceive sb

• se jouer des difficultés to make light of the difficulties

* * *
ʒwe
1.

verbe transitif

1) Jeux, Sport to play [match, jeu, carte]; to back [cheval, favori]; to stake [argent]; to risk [réputation, vie]

c'est joué d'avance — it's a foregone conclusion

tout n'est pas encore joué — the game isn't over yet

jouer le tout pour le tout — to go for broke (colloq)

2) Musique to play [morceau, compositeur, disque]

3) Cinéma, Théâtre [personne] to perform [pièce]; [personne] to act [Shakespeare]; [personne] to play [rôle]; [cinéma] to show [film]; [théâtre] to put on [pièce]

jouer Figaro — to play Figaro

faire jouer une pièce — to stage a play

quel film joue-t-on au Rex? — what film is showing at the Rex?

4) ( incarner)

jouer les imbéciles — to play dumb

jouer la surprise — to pretend to be surprised

jouer les héros — to take unnecessary risks

2.

jouer à verbe transitif indirect

jouer à — to play [tennis, échecs, roulette]; to play with [poupée]; to play [cowboy, Tarzan]

à quoi jouez-vous? — lit what are you playing?; fig what are you playing at?

jouer à qui perd gagne — to play ‘loser takes all’

jouer à la marchande/au docteur — to play shops/doctors and nurses

3.

jouer de verbe transitif indirect

1) Musique

jouer de — to play [instrument]

jouer du violon — to play the violin

2) ( se servir de)

jouer de — to use [influence] ( pour faire to do)

4.

verbe intransitif

1) ( s'amuser) [enfant, animal] to play ( avec with)

allez jouer dehors! — go and play outside!

arrête de jouer avec ta bague! — stop fiddling with your ring!

c'était pour jouer, ne le prenez pas mal! — I/he etc was only joking, don't be offended!

2) ( pratiquer un jeu) to play; ( avec de l'argent) to gamble

jouer pour de l'argent — to play for money

à toi de jouer! — ( au jeu) your turn!; fig the ball's in your court!

bien joué! — ( au jeu) well played!; fig well done!

j'en ai assez, je ne joue plus! — I've had enough, count me out!

3) ( traiter à la légère)

jouer avec — to gamble with [vie, santé]; to put [something] on the line [réputation]; to play with [sentiments]

4) ( spéculer) to gamble

jouer en Bourse — to gamble on the stock exchange

jouer aux courses — to bet on the horses

jouer sur — to play on [crédulité, lassitude]; to speculate in [valeur boursière]

5) Cinéma, Musique, Théâtre [acteur] to act; [musicien, radio] to play

6) ( produire des effets) [lumière, flammes, vent] to play ( sur on; dans in)

7) ( intervenir) [argument, clause] to apply; [âge, qualification] to matter

les questions d'argent ne jouent pas entre eux — money is not a problem in their relationship

jouer en faveur de quelqu'un — to work in somebody's favour [BrE]

jouer comme un déclic — to serve as the trigger

faire jouer la clé dans la serrure — to jiggle the key in the lock

faire jouer ses relations — to make use of one's connections

8) ( être mal ajusté) to be loose

le contrevent a joué — the shutter has worked loose

5.

se jouer verbe pronominal

1) Cinéma, Musique, Théâtre [musique] to be played; [film] to be shown; [pièce] to be performed

2) Jeux, Sport [jeu, sport] to be played; [partie, rencontre] ( amicalement) to be played; ( avec enjeu) to be played out

3) ( être en jeu) [avenir, sort, paix] to be at stake

c'est l'avenir du pays qui se joue — the future of the country is at stake

le sort des réfugiés va se jouer à la conférence sur la paix — the fate of the refugees hangs on the peace conference

4) ( triompher de)

se jouer de — to make light of [difficulté]; to defy [pesanteur, gravité]; to make light work of [obstacle]

* * *
ʒwe
1. vi

1) (= s'amuser) to play

Elle est allée jouer avec les petits voisins. — She's gone to play with the children next door.

jouer à un jeu — to play a game

2) THÉÂTRE, CINÉMA to act

Je trouve qu'il joue très bien dans ce film. — I think he acts very well in this film.

3) (= avoir du jeu) [clef, pièce] to be loose

4) (= se voiler) [bois, porte] to warp

5) (= être en jeu) to come into play, to come into it

6) (= parier) to gamble, to play for money

jouer sur — to gamble on, to bet on

jouer aux courses — to bet on the horses

7) (autres constructions)

jouer de qch MUSIQUE — to play sth, fig (= tirer parti de) to use sth

Il joue de la guitare et du piano. — He plays the guitar and the piano.

jouer du couteau — to use knives

jouer des coudes — to use one's elbows

jouer à qch (= pratiquer) [jeu, sport] — to play sth

Elle joue au tennis. — She plays tennis.

jouer aux cartes — to play cards

jouer avec qch — to gamble with sth

8) (autres locutions)

jouer à la baisse — to play for a fall

jouer à la hausse — to play for a rise

jouer serré — to play a close game

jouer de malchance — to be dogged with bad luck

jouer sur les mots — to play with words

à toi de jouer — it's your go, it's your turn, figit's up to you now

2. vt

1) MUSIQUE to play

2) [partie, carte, coup] play

3) [argent, réputation] to stake, to wager

4) [pièce] to perform, [rôle] to play, [film] to show

On joue Hamlet au Théâtre de la Ville. — Hamlet is on at the Théâtre de la Ville., They're doing Hamlet at the Théâtre de la Ville.

C'est un très jeune acteur qui joue le rôle principal. — A very young actor is playing the lead role.

jouer la comédie fig — to put on an act, to put it on

5) (= simuler) [sentiment] to affect, to feign

6) (autres locutions)

jouer un tour à qn (= faire une plaisanterie) — to play a trick on sb

jouer des tours à qn [mémoire] — to play tricks on sb

Ma mémoire me joue des tours. — My memory is playing tricks on me., [comportement] to backfire

Ce genre de comportement risque de lui jouer des tours. — This kind of behavior could well backfire on him.

* * *

jouer verb table: aimer

A vtr

1 Jeux, Sport, Turf to play [match, jeu, partie]; to play [carte, couleur, atout]; to move [pièce d'échecs, pion de dames]; to back [cheval, favori]; to stake [somme, argent, objet]; to risk [réputation, vie]; partie mal jouée poorly played game; jouer carreau to play diamonds; jouer un cheval gagnant/placé to back a horse to win/for a place; jouons le dîner à la courte paille let's draw straws to see who pays for dinner; c'est joué d'avance it's a foregone conclusion; tout n'est pas encore joué the game isn't over yet; jouer le tout pour le tout to go for broke○; ⇒ pendable;

2 Mus to play [morceau, compositeur, disque] (à on); jouer du Bach à la guitare to play some Bach on the guitar; concerto admirablement joué beautifully played concerto;

3 Cin, Théât [personne] to perform [pièce]; [personne] to play [rôle, personnage]; [personne] to act [Shakespeare]; [cinéma] to show [film]; [théâtre] to put on [pièce]; l'auteur le plus joué de France the most frequently performed playwright in France; mon rêve est de jouer Figaro my dream is to play Figaro; faire jouer une pièce to stage a play; quel film joue-t-on au Rex? what film is showing at the Rex?; théâtre qui ne joue que de l'avant-garde theatre^GB that only puts on avant-garde plays; ⇒ fille, scène;

4 ( incarner) jouer les imbéciles to play dumb; jouer les innocents or l'innocent to play the innocent; jouer le désespoir/la surprise to pretend to be in despair/surprised; jouer les héros to take unnecessary risks.

B jouer à vtr ind to play [tennis, échecs, roulette]; to play with [poupée]; to play [cowboy, Tarzan]; to bet on [courses]; à quoi jouez-vous? lit what are you playing?; fig what are you playing at?; jouer à qui perd gagne to play ‘loser takes all’; jouer à la marchande/au docteur to play shops/doctors and nurses; jouer au con◑ to play dumb; ⇒ souris.

C jouer de vtr ind

1 Mus jouer de to play [instrument]; jouer du violon/de la flûte to play the violin/the flute;

2 ( se servir de) jouer de to use [capacité, ascendant, influence, infirmité] (pour faire to do).

D vi

1 ( s'amuser) [enfant, animal] to play (avec with); allez jouer dehors, les enfants! go and play outside, children!; va faire jouer les enfants dans le parc take the children to play in the park; chat qui joue avec une souris cat playing with a mouse; on n'est pas ici pour jouer! we're not here to play games!; c'était pour jouer, ne le prenez pas mal! I was only joking, don't be offended!;

2 ( pratiquer un jeu) to play; ( avec de l'argent) to gamble; jouer pour de l'argent to play for money; il joue dans l'équipe de Bordeaux he plays for Bordeaux; à toi de jouer! lit your turn!; fig the ball's in your court!; bien joué! ( au jeu) well played!; fig well done!; jouer gagnant/perdant to be onto a winner/loser; j'en ai assez, je ne joue plus! I've had enough, count me out!; arrête de jouer avec ton stylo/ta bague! stop fiddling with your pen/your ring!;

3 ( traiter à la légère) jouer avec to gamble with [vie, santé]; to put [sth] on the line [réputation]; to play with [sentiments]; ne joue pas avec mon cœur don't play with my feelings;

4 ( spéculer) to gamble; jouer en Bourse to gamble on the stock exchange; jouer gros/petit to gamble for high/small stakes; jouer le sterling à la baisse to sell sterling short; jouer le sterling à la hausse to take a long position on sterling; jouer sur to play on [crédulité, lassitude]; to speculate in [valeur boursière]; jouer sur les dissensions au sein d'un parti to play on disagreements within a party; ⇒ tableau;

5 Cin, Mus, Théât [acteur] to act; [musicien, radio, disque, musique] to play; jouer dans un film to act in a film; dans quelle pièce/quel théâtre joue-t-elle? which play/theatre^GB is she acting in?; jouer en mesure to play in time; le pianiste a joué devant/pour un public réduit the pianist played to/for a small audience;

6 ( produire des effets) [lumière, flammes, vent] to play (sur on; dans in); une brise légère jouait dans tes cheveux/dans les branchages a light breeze played with your hair/in the branches;

7 ( intervenir) [argument, clause] to apply; [âge, qualification] to matter; cet argument ne joue pas dans ce cas that argument doesn't apply ou mean much in this case; l'âge ne joue pas dans ce métier age doesn't matter in this job; les questions d'argent ne jouent pas entre eux money is not a problem in their relationship; les considérations qui ont joué dans ma décision the considerations that played a part in my decision; jouer en faveur de qn to work in sb's favour^GB; jouer comme un déclic to serve as the trigger; faire jouer la clé dans la serrure to jiggle the key in the lock; faire jouer ses relations to make use of one's connections; ses relations n'ont pas joué comme prévu his/her connections didn't prove as useful as expected; faire or laisser jouer le marché to allow the free play of market forces;

8 Mécan ( être mal ajusté) to be loose; le contrevent a joué et ne ferme plus the shutter has worked loose and won't close any more; l'humidité a fait jouer les boiseries the damp has made the panelling^GB warp.

E se jouer vpr

1 Cin, Mus, Théât [musique, air] to be played; [film] to be shown; [pièce, auteur, compositeur] to be performed;

2 Jeux, Sport [jeu, sport] to be played; [partie, rencontre] ( amicalement) to be played; ( avec enjeu) to be played out; le match s'est joué sous la pluie the match was played in the rain;

3 ( être en jeu) [avenir, sort, paix] to be at stake, to hang in the balance; c'est l'avenir du pays qui se joue the future of the country is at stake ou hangs in the balance; le sort des réfugiés va se jouer à la conférence sur la paix the fate of the refugees hangs on the peace conference; le drame qui se joue dans le tiers-monde the drama which is being played out in the Third World; il va se jouer une partie décisive entre les deux firmes a decisive contest is going to be played out between the two firms;

4 ( triompher de) se jouer de to make light of [difficulté]; to defy [pesanteur, gravité]; to make light work of [obstacle]; il a triomphé de tous ses concurrents/tous les obstacles comme en se jouant he triumphed over all his competitors/all obstacles without even trying.

[ʒwe] verbe intransitif

1. [s'amuser] to play

jouer au ballon/au train électrique/à la poupée to play with a ball/an electric train/a doll

jouer à la guerre to play soldiers

jouer à la marchande/au docteur to play (at) shops/doctors and nurses

on ne joue pas avec un fusil! a gun isn't a toy!

il jouait avec sa gomme he was playing ou fiddling with his eraser

jouer avec les sentiments de quelqu'un to play ou to trifle with somebody's feelings

tu joues avec ta santé/vie you're gambling with your health/life

il a passé sa soirée à faire jouer le chien avec la balle he spent the evening throwing the ball around for the dog

je ne joue plus

a. (sens propre) I'm not playing anymore

b. (figuré) I don't want to have any part of this any more

2. LOISIRS & SPORT to play

jouer au golf/football/squash to play golf/football/squash

jouer aux cartes/au billard to play cards/billiards

il joue à l'avant/à l'arrière he plays up front/in defence

(c'est) à toi de jouer

a. [aux cartes] (it's) your turn

b. [aux échecs] (it's) your move

c. (figuré) now it's your move

ils ont bien joué en deuxième mi-temps there was some good play in the second half

jouer contre quelqu'un/une équipe to play (against) somebody/a team

à quel jeu joues-tu? what do you think you're playing at?

ne joue pas au plus fin avec moi! don't try to be smart ou clever with me!

3. [parier - au casino] to gamble ; [ - en Bourse] to play, to gamble ; [ - aux courses] to bet

jouer à la roulette to play roulette

jouer aux courses to bet on horses

jouer au loto sportif ≃ to do the pools (UK), ≃ to play the pools (US)

jouer à la Bourse to gamble on ou to speculate on ou to play the Stock Exchange

4. CINÉMA & THÉÂTRE to act, to perform

jouer dans un film/une pièce to be in a film/a play

j'ai déjà joué avec lui I've already worked with him

nous jouons à l'Apollo en ce moment at the moment, we are playing at ou our play is on at the Apollo

elle joue vraiment bien she's a really good actress

5. MUSIQUE to play, to perform

bien/mal jouer

a. [généralement] to be a good/bad musician

b. [dans un concert] to give a good/bad performance, to play well/badly

tu joues d'un instrument? do ou can you play an instrument?

elle joue très bien du piano/de la clarinette she's a very good pianist/a very good clarinet player

6. [intervenir - facteur] to be of consequence ou of importance ; [ - clause] to apply

les événements récents ont joué dans leur décision recent events have been a factor in ou have affected ou have influenced their decision

il a fait jouer la clause 3 pour obtenir des indemnités he had recourse to ou made use of clause 3 to obtain compensation

il a fait jouer ses relations pour obtenir le poste he pulled some strings to get the job

jouer pour ou en faveur de quelqu'un to work in somebody's favour

jouer contre ou en défaveur de quelqu'un to work against somebody

7. [se déformer - bois] to warp

[avoir du jeu] to work loose

8. [fonctionner]

faire jouer une clé (dans une serrure)

a. [pour ouvrir la porte] to turn a key (in a lock)

b. [pour l'essayer] to try a key (in a lock)

fais jouer le pêne get the bolt to slide

faire jouer un ressort to trigger a spring

9. [faire des effets]

une brise légère jouait dans ou avec ses cheveux a gentle breeze was playing with her hair

————————

[ʒwe] verbe transitif

1. LOISIRS & SPORT [match, carte] to play

[pièce d'échecs] to move, to play

ils jouent la balle de match it's match point

ils ont joué le ballon à la main they passed the ball

j'ai joué cœur I played hearts

(figuré)

il joue un drôle de jeu he's playing a strange ou funny (little) game

bien joué!

a. CARTES & SPORT well played!

b. JEUX good move!

c. (figuré) well done!

jouer le jeu to play the game

rien n'est encore joué nothing has been decided yet

2. [au casino - somme] to stake, to wager ; [ - numéro] to play (on) (inseparable)

[au turf - somme] to bet, to stake ; [ - cheval] to bet on (inseparable), to back

je ne joue jamais d'argent I never play for money

il joue d'énormes sommes he gambles vast sums, he plays for high stakes ou big money

jouer 50 euros sur un cheval to bet 50 euros on a horse

jouons les consommations! the loser pays for the drinks!

jouer gros jeu (sens propre & figuré) to play for high stakes ou big money

3. [risquer - avenir, réputation] to stake

4. [interpréter - personnage] to play (the part of), to act ; [ - concerto] to play, to perform

il a très bien joué Cyrano/la fugue he gave an excellent performance as Cyrano/of the fugue

l'intrigue est passionnante mais c'est mal joué the plot is gripping but the acting is poor

jouer Brecht

a. [acteur] to play Brecht, to be in a Brecht play

b. [troupe] to play Brecht, to put on (a) Brecht (play)

jouer du Chopin to play (some) Chopin

elle ne sait pas jouer la tragédie she's not a good tragic actress

(figuré)

ne joue pas les innocents! don't play the innocent ou don't act innocent (with me)!

jouer la prudence to play it safe

jouer l'étonnement/le remords to pretend to be surprised/sorry

jouer un rôle (sens propre & figuré) to play a part

5. [montrer - film, pièce] to put on (separable), to show

qu'est-ce qu'on joue en ce moment? what's on at the moment?

la pièce a toujours été jouée en anglais the play has always been performed in English

6. (soutenu) [berner] to dupe, to deceive

————————

jouer de verbe plus préposition

1. [se servir de] to make use of, to use

jouer du couteau/marteau to wield a knife/hammer

elle joue de son infirmité she plays on ou uses her handicap

jouer des poings to use one's fists

2. [être victime de]

jouer de malchance ou malheur to be dogged by misfortune ou bad luck

————————

jouer sur verbe plus préposition

[crédulité, sentiment] to play on (inseparable)

arrête de jouer sur les mots! stop quibbling!

————————

se jouer verbe pronominal (emploi passif)

1. [film] to be on, to be shown

[pièce] to be on, to be performed

[morceau de musique] to be played ou performed

ce passage se joue legato this passage should be played legato

bien des drames se sont joués derrière ces murs (soutenu) these walls have witnessed many a scene

2. SPORT to be played

3. [être en jeu] to be at stake

des sommes considérables se jouent chaque soir huge amounts of money are played for every night

————————

se jouer verbe pronominal intransitif

1. [dépendre]

mon sort va se jouer sur cette décision my fate hangs on this decision

l'avenir du pays se joue dans cette négociation the fate of the country hinges ou depends on the outcome of these negotiations

2. (soutenu) [produire un effet] to play

3. (locution)

(comme) en se jouant (soutenu) with the greatest of ease

————————

se jouer de verbe pronominal plus préposition

1. [ignorer] to ignore

2. (littéraire) [duper] to deceive, to dupe, to fool

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > jouer

8 BERA

tote

* * *

I)

(ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.

I.

1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);

bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;

bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;

bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;

2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);

bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;

3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);

4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;

kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;

absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;

the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;

verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;

þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;

borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;

Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;

borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;

5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;

bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;

bera e-n málum, to bear one down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit;

bera e-n sök, to charge one with a fault;

bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;

verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;

borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;

þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;

borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;

6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);

þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;

fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);

of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);

absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;

similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;

bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;

hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?

hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;

bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;

7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);

bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);

bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;

bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;

bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;

bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;

bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;

bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;

bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;

bera e-m vel (illa) söguna, to give a favourable (unfavourable) account of one;

refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);

8) to set forth, report, tell;

bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);

bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;

bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;

bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;

bera upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle;

bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;

bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;

eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;

9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);

bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);

bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;

vel viti borinn, endowed with a good understanding;

bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;

bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;

bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;

10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);

bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;

hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;

bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;

bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;

bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;

bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;

11) with preps.:

bera af e-m, to surpass;

en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;

bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;

bera eld at, to set fire to;

bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;

bera vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons;

bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);

bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);

bera e-t um, to wind round;

þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;

bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;

bera út barn, to expose a child;

12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);

láta af berast, to die;

láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);

berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);

at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;

berast vápn á, to attack one another;

berast at or til, to happen;

þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;

ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;

berast í móti, to happen, occur;

hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;

berast við, to be prevented;

ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;

II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;

1) with acc., it bears or carries one to a place;

alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);

bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;

esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;

þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;

Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;

ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;

e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;

hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);

2) followed by preps.:

Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;

hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;

e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;

Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;

e-t berr á milli, comes between;

leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;

fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;

mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;

veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;

e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;

bera saman, to coincide;

bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;

fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;

fund várn bar saman, we met;

3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;

svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;

þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;

bar honum svá til, it so befell him;

þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;

raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;

4) of time, to fall upon;

ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;

bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;

5) denoting cause;

e-t berr til, causes a thing;

konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;

ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;

berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;

6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;

hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;

e-t berr frá, is surpassing;

er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;

7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;

e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;

8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;

e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);

used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).

II)

(að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).

III)

f. she-bear, = birna.

* * *

1.

u, f.

I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.

II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.

2.

bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].

A. Lat. ferre, portare:

I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.

2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.

3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.

II. without a sense of motion:

1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.

β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.

2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:

α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.

β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.

3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:

α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.

β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.

III. in law terms or modes of procedure:

1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)

2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.

β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.

B. Various and metaph. cases.

I. denoting motion:

1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.

β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.

2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.

II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.

2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.

III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.

IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.

β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.

γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.

C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:

I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.

β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.

γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.

2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.

II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.

2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.

3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.

4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.

β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.

γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.

5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.

β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.

III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.

IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.

D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA

9 Reichenbach, Georg Friedrich von

SUBJECT AREA: Mechanical, pneumatic and hydraulic engineering, Photography, film and optics, Public utilities

[br]

b. 24 August 1772 Durlach, Baden, Germany

d. 21 May 1826 Munich, Germany

[br]

German engineer.

[br]

While he was attending the Military School at Mannheim, Reichenbach drew attention to himself due to the mathematical instruments that he had designed. On the recommendation of Count Rumford in Munich, the Bavarian government financed a two-year stay in Britain so that Reichenbach could become acquainted with modern mechanical engineering. He returned to Mannheim in 1793, and during the Napoleonic Wars he was involved in the manufacture of arms. In Munich, where he was in the service of the Bavarian state from 1796, he started producing precision instruments in his own time. His basic invention was the design of a dividing machine for circles, produced at the end of the eighteenth century. The astronomic and geodetic instruments he produced excelled all the others for their precision. His telescopes in particular, being perfect in use and of solid construction, soon brought him an international reputation. They were manufactured at the MathematicMechanical Institute, which he had jointly founded with Joseph Utzschneider and Joseph Liebherr in 1804 and which became a renowned training establishment. The glasses and lenses were produced by Joseph Fraunhofer who joined the company in 1807.

In the same year he was put in charge of the technical reorganization of the salt-works at Reichenhall. After he had finished the brine-transport line from Reichenhall to Traunstein in 1810, he started on the one from Berchtesgaden to Reichenhall which was an extremely difficult task because of the mountainous area that had to be crossed. As water was the only source of energy available he decided to use water-column engines for pumping the brine in the pipes of both lines. Such devices had been in use for pumping purposes in different mining areas since the middle of the eighteenth century. Reichenbach knew about the one constructed by Joseph Karl Hell in Slovakia, which in principle had just been a simple piston-pump driven by water which did not work satisfactorily. Instead he constructed a really effective double-action water-column engine; this was a short time after Richard Trevithick had constructed a similar machine in England. For the second line he improved the system and built a single-action pump. All the parts of it were made of metal, which made them easy to produce, and the pumps proved to be extremely reliable, working for over 100 years.

At the official opening of the line in 1817 the Bavarian king rewarded him generously. He remained in the state's service, becoming head of the department for roads and waterways in 1820, and he contributed to the development of Bavarian industry as well as the public infrastructure in many ways as a result of his mechanical skill and his innovative engineering mind.

[br]

Further Reading

Bauernfeind, "Georg von Reichenbach" Allgemeine deutsche Biographie 27:656–67 (a reliable nineteenth-century account).

W.Dyck, 1912, Georg v. Reichenbach, Munich.

K.Matschoss, 1941, Grosse Ingenieure, Munich and Berlin, 3rd edn. 121–32 (a concise description of his achievements in the development of optical instruments and engineering).

WK

Biographical history of technology > Reichenbach, Georg Friedrich von

10 Hamilton, Harold Lee (Hal)

SUBJECT AREA: Land transport, Railways and locomotives, Steam and internal combustion engines

[br]

b. 14 June 1890 Little Shasta, California, USA

d. 3 May 1969 California, USA

[br]

American pioneer of diesel rail traction.

[br]

Orphaned as a child, Hamilton went to work for Southern Pacific Railroad in his teens, and then worked for several other companies. In his spare time he learned mathematics and physics from a retired professor. In 1911 he joined the White Motor Company, makers of road motor vehicles in Denver, Colorado, where he had gone to recuperate from malaria. He remained there until 1922, apart from an eighteenth-month break for war service.

Upon his return from war service, Hamilton found White selling petrol-engined railbuses with mechanical transmission, based on road vehicles, to railways. He noted that they were not robust enough and that the success of petrol railcars with electric transmission, built by General Electric since 1906, was limited as they were complex to drive and maintain. In 1922 Hamilton formed, and became President of, the Electro- Motive Engineering Corporation (later Electro-Motive Corporation) to design and produce petrol-electric rail cars. Needing an engine larger than those used in road vehicles, yet lighter and faster than marine engines, he approached the Win ton Engine Company to develop a suitable engine; in addition, General Electric provided electric transmission with a simplified control system. Using these components, Hamilton arranged for his petrol-electric railcars to be built by the St Louis Car Company, with the first being completed in 1924. It was the beginning of a highly successful series. Fuel costs were lower than for steam trains and initial costs were kept down by using standardized vehicles instead of designing for individual railways. Maintenance costs were minimized because Electro-Motive kept stocks of spare parts and supplied replacement units when necessary. As more powerful, 800 hp (600 kW) railcars were produced, railways tended to use them to haul trailer vehicles, although that practice reduced the fuel saving. By the end of the decade Electro-Motive needed engines more powerful still and therefore had to use cheap fuel. Diesel engines of the period, such as those that Winton had made for some years, were too heavy in relation to their power, and too slow and sluggish for rail use. Their fuel-injection system was erratic and insufficiently robust and Hamilton concluded that a separate injector was needed for each cylinder.

In 1930 Electro-Motive Corporation and Winton were acquired by General Motors in pursuance of their aim to develop a diesel engine suitable for rail traction, with the use of unit fuel injectors; Hamilton retained his position as President. At this time, industrial depression had combined with road and air competition to undermine railway-passenger business, and Ralph Budd, President of the Chicago, Burlington \& Quincy Railroad, thought that traffic could be recovered by way of high-speed, luxury motor trains; hence the Pioneer Zephyr was built for the Burlington. This comprised a 600 hp (450 kW), lightweight, two-stroke, diesel engine developed by General Motors (model 201 A), with electric transmission, that powered a streamlined train of three articulated coaches. This train demonstrated its powers on 26 May 1934 by running non-stop from Denver to Chicago, a distance of 1,015 miles (1,635 km), in 13 hours and 6 minutes, when the fastest steam schedule was 26 hours. Hamilton and Budd were among those on board the train, and it ushered in an era of high-speed diesel trains in the USA. By then Hamilton, with General Motors backing, was planning to use the lightweight engine to power diesel-electric locomotives. Their layout was derived not from steam locomotives, but from the standard American boxcar. The power plant was mounted within the body and powered the bogies, and driver's cabs were at each end. Two 900 hp (670 kW) engines were mounted in a single car to become an 1,800 hp (l,340 kW) locomotive, which could be operated in multiple by a single driver to form a 3,600 hp (2,680 kW) locomotive. To keep costs down, standard locomotives could be mass-produced rather than needing individual designs for each railway, as with steam locomotives. Two units of this type were completed in 1935 and sent on trial throughout much of the USA. They were able to match steam locomotive performance, with considerable economies: fuel costs alone were halved and there was much less wear on the track. In the same year, Electro-Motive began manufacturing diesel-electrie locomotives at La Grange, Illinois, with design modifications: the driver was placed high up above a projecting nose, which improved visibility and provided protection in the event of collision on unguarded level crossings; six-wheeled bogies were introduced, to reduce axle loading and improve stability. The first production passenger locomotives emerged from La Grange in 1937, and by early 1939 seventy units were in service. Meanwhile, improved engines had been developed and were being made at La Grange, and late in 1939 a prototype, four-unit, 5,400 hp (4,000 kW) diesel-electric locomotive for freight trains was produced and sent out on test from coast to coast; production versions appeared late in 1940. After an interval from 1941 to 1943, when Electro-Motive produced diesel engines for military and naval use, locomotive production resumed in quantity in 1944, and within a few years diesel power replaced steam on most railways in the USA.

Hal Hamilton remained President of Electro-Motive Corporation until 1942, when it became a division of General Motors, of which he became Vice-President.

[br]

Further Reading

P.M.Reck, 1948, On Time: The History of the Electro-Motive Division of General Motors Corporation, La Grange, Ill.: General Motors (describes Hamilton's career).

PJGR

Biographical history of technology > Hamilton, Harold Lee (Hal)

11 VERA

being

* * *

I)

(er; var, várum or vórum; verit), v.

1) to be, exist; þeir menn vóru, er, there were men who;

2) to be, happen; þat var, at hón fór brott, so it was that she went away; en er váraði, var þar búskortr, there was scarcity in the household; hvat er henni, what is the matter with her! þat var einn dag, at, it happened one day that; kann (má) v., at, it is possible, it may be that;

3) to last; meðan þingit væri, while the Thing lasted;

4) láta e-n v., to leave one alone (lát mik v. ok ger mér ekki illt); bað hann láta v., begged him to leave it undone, not to do it;

5) to dwell, stay; hann bað hana vera í búð sinni, he asked her to stay in his booth; hann var á Höskuldsstöðum um nótt, he passed a night at H.;

6) with infin., hlymr var at heyra, a clattering was to be heard; þar var at sjá, there was to be seen; v. at gera e-t, to be doing a thing; kvað hann v. at telja silfr, said he was counting the money; denoting necessity, a thing about to happen, or to be done; nú er þeim út at ganga öllum, er leyft er, now all those must go out to whom leave is given; er nú eigi Kára at varast, now there is no need to beware of K.; nú er þar til máls at taka, at, now it is to be told that; nú er at segja frá Skamkatli, now we must tell of S.;

7) with a predicate (noun, a., or adv.); v. konungr, Jarl, biskup, to be king, earl, bishop; v. glaðr, sæll, hryggr, ungr, gamall, to be glad, happy, sad, young, old; v. vel, illa til e-s, to be well, ill-disposed towards one; þat er illa, it is sad; vera spakliga í heraði, to behave gently; orð kvað þá Vingi þats án veri, words which he had better not have said;

8) impers., e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt, one is warm, cold;

9) with past participles in passive sense; v. kallaðr, sagðr, tekinn, to be called, said, taken;

10) with preps., v. af e-u, to be off, out of (v. af klæðum); v. at e-u, to be busy at; verkmenn váru at arningu, they were ploughing; to be present (þar varstu at); ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers; v. eptir, to be left, remain (A. kvazt vilja v. eptir ok hvílast); v. fyrir, to lead ( see fyrir); v. til, to exist; v. um, undir, see um, undir.

II)

f.

1) stay, sojourn; ef hann á sér í vá veru, if he has a corner to stay in;

2) comfort (slíkt er válaðs v.).

* * *

older form vesa, the verb substantive; pres. em, ert, er, pl. erum, eruð, eru: pret. var, vart (mod. varst), var, pl. váru or vóru; a obsolete óru occurs, Sæm. (once), Orkn. 426. l. 11, Nj. 81, Thom. 28, 90, 102, 116, 150, 196, Ísl. ii. 482: pres. subj. sé, sér (Vþm. 4, 7), sé; the older form is sjá, en ek sjá, Clem. 138. l. 14; at ek sjá, … ok sé mér eigi reiðr, 145, Fms. viii. 299, x. 384, xi. 124, Eg. 127; for the forms sják, sjákk, see below: the mod. forms are sé, sért, sér (eg sé, þú sért; s ert and ert make a rhyme in Pass. 34. 5): imperat. ver, vertú; see Gramm. p. xxiii: there also occurs a subj. pres. verir, veri, Sdm. 22, Ls. 54; þatz án veri, Am. 36; skósmiðr þú verir, Hm. 126, but rarely.

A. CHANGES AND FORMS.—Vera is an anomalous verb, which has undergone several changes:

I. by changing s to r; of the older form there occur, the infin. vesa, pres. es, pret. vas, vast (vastu), vas; pres. subj. vesi; imperat. ves, MS. 623. 25. l. 14, 645. 6l. l. 33, 677. 40. l. 38; vestu, 623. 25, Post. (Unger) 129. l. 27, 229. l. 12; vesum, Hom. (Arna-Magn. 237) p. 214. l. 8; pres. indic. 2nd pers. est, Glúm. 372; 3rd pers. es: but no traces remain of the older form in pret. plur. indic. and subj. (váru væri, never vásu væsi). Rhymes in poets and the spelling of the oldest extant poems shew that the s form alone existed in Icel. down to about the end of the 12th century, the time of Snorri Sturluson, when the modern forms crept in probably from Norway, for there the change seems to have taken place a century or so earlier; the old Norse vellums (written in Norway or by Norsemen) are distinguished from the Icel. by their constant use of the r: the phrase ‘at upp vesandi sólu’, in N. G. L. i. 4, being the only instance of the s form in all the Norse vellums. The earliest instances extant of a rhyme to the r form are, the Ht. of Rögnvald, earl of the Orkneys; he was a native of Norway, born about A. D. 1100, and the poem was composed about A. D. 1145; another instance is ‘vara, fara’ in Fms. vii. 185, in a poem about A. D. 1140, written by an Icelander who had lived in Norway the greater part of his life, the rhyme is therefore a Norwegianism. The first instance in an Icel. poem is in the Ht. of Snorri, A. D. 1222. Instances from poets, Hallfred, Sighvat, Arnórr, and coeval poets; vesa, vísi; sás með Sygna ræsi; þági vas sem þessum; vask til Róms í háska; vastu, kosta; vas fyrir Mikkjals- messu; nú es um verk þau er vísi; bráskat þat dægr háski: from A. D. 1100–1150, Geisli, Pd., etc., svás, ræsir; esat, risnu; vasa, tysvar; vestu. freistni; vestu, traustla: on the other hand, in the poem of earl Rögvald, vera, skera; gera, vera; var, skar (twice): from later Icel. poems it is sufficient to note, erðu, fyrðum; ertú, h jarta; verðú, f orðast, Leiðarv. etc. This may sometimes serve as a test, e. g. var ek nær viðr-eign þ eirra, Grett., and skap-kers saman vera, Gísl., are impossible in the mouth of poets of the early Saga time; the verses of both these Sagas are a later composition.

2. as to the spelling of the MSS.,—the oldest (the Arna-Magn. 677, the Eluc. 674, the Íb. etc.) use the s throughout: vellums of the next period, about A. D. 1200 (e. g. Arna-Magn. 623 and 645), use the later form sparingly, even the second hand in the Reykholts máldagi gives ‘es,’ not ‘er.’ Again, in the vellums of the middle of the 13th century, such as the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm., the Grág., and the Mork., the mod. spelling has entirely got the better of the old, and an ‘es’ only creeps in, as if unawares, from an older copy. Of the poetical literature, the Pd. alone has been preserved in a copy old enough to retain the s; all the rest have the modernised spelling, even in the rhymed syllables quoted above; such too is the case with the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm. Edda; but had that vellum been but fifty or sixty years older, the forms vesa, es, vas, etc. would now be the established spelling in Editions of these poems.

3. on Danish and Swedish Runic stones, the 3rd pers. pret. sing. is a word of frequent occurrence; the best Danish monuments have vas, e. g. ias vas farinn vestr, Thorsen 93 and 101 (on a stone of the reign of Sweyn, died A. D. 1014). In Sweden the great majority present the later form: the so-called Ingvar stones are chronologically certain, being of the middle of the 11th century (Ingvar died A. D. 1039); there we read, ‘vas’ (twice), ‘varinn’ (once), ‘var’ (thrice, being twice spelt with ᛦ, once with ᚱ): this shews that about this time in Sweden the later or more modern form had begun to be used, but that the old was still remembered.

II. suffixed personal pronoun or suffixed negation; em’k (tautologically ek em’k = I-am-I), emk, Ad. 1, Vþm. 8, Fms. xi. 91; ek emk, Mork. 89. l. 13, 104. l. 23, Clem. 136. l. 20, 138. l. 13; vask, I was, 133. l. 25, Mork. 89. l. 16; vark, Post. 225, v. l. 15; ek vark, Ls. 35; vestu, be thou, Clem. 129. l. 27; es þú, art thou, l. 30, 130. l. 11; sjá’k ( may I be), ek sják, Mork. 134; at sják, 189. l. 29; ek sják, Hbl. 9, Hkv. 1. 20; at ek gjarn sják, Stor.; with double kk, þó at ek sjákk, Mork. 89.

2. a medial form, erumk, erumz, or apocopated erum, Stor. 1, Ad. 16, Hkv. 1. 25, Korm. ch. 5. 2, Ls. 35, Bragi (see senna); leið erum-k fjöll, Edda (in a verse); várumk, were to me, Am. 78.

3. suff. neg. eru-mk-a, it is not to me, Stor. 17, Eg. (in a verse); emkat-ek, am I not I, i. e. I am not, Hbl. 34, Skm. 18, Ó. H. 192 (in a verse): er-at, es-at, or er-a, es-a, is not, passim; eru-ð, are not, Skv. 1. 42; ert-attu, thou art not, Vtkv.; vart-attu, thou wast not, Gs., Eg. (in a verse); veri-a, be not, Mork. 37. l. 8.

4. sá’s = sá es, that is, Hallfred (Fs. 95); svá’s = svá es, so is, Fms. vii. (in a verse).

III. the plur. eru when suffixed to words ending in r drops the initial e, and is suffixed; this spelling, which agrees with mod. Icel. pronunciation, was afterwards disused; þeir-ro, they are, Gm. 34; margir-ro, many are, Hkv. 2. 11; Æsir-ro, the Ases are, Vsp. 49; skildir-ro, shields are, 44; torogætir-ro, rare are, Korm. (in a verse); hverjar-ro, which are, Vþm. 48; langir-ro, long are, Gg.; tveir-ro, þrír-ro, fjórir-ro, two, three, four are, Edda 108; báðir-ro, both are, Mork. 169; hér-ro, here are, 234; þér-ro, ye are, MS. 686 B. 1; hryggvir-ro, id.; hver-ro, who are, Mork. 96; úvar-ro, wroth are, Gm. 53; værrom, vérrom, we are, Edda i. 526, Fms. x. 421; hverrtu [cp. North. E. wh’art’ou, lad] (hverrtú karl, who art thou, carle?), Frissb. 256. l. 8; ir-rot, ye are, Ó. H. 151.

IV. the pres. 1st pers. em [Engl. am] has changed into er (eg er, þú ert, hann er), making the 1st and 3rd pers. uniform; this new form appears in vellums about the end of the 13th century, but the word being usually abbreviated (ē = em, eͬ = er), it is often hard to distinguish. In the Icel. N. T. and in hymns the old ‘em’ still remains in solemn language, em eg, Matth. xxvii. 24; eigi em eg, John xviii. 17; eg em hann, 5, 8, xi. 25, xv. 1, 5, Matth. xiv. 27; em eg eigi postuli, em eg eigi frjáls, 1 Cor. ix. 1; em eg orðinn, 20, 22, and passim.

B. USAGE.—To be:

I. to be, exist; þær sakir skal fyrst dæma, ef þær eru, if such there are, Grág. (Kb.) i. 73; eigi vóru hans jafningjar, Eg. 1; Rachel grét sonu sína, … þvi at þeir eru eigi, Hom. 49; þeir menn vóru, er þess gátu, there were men who, Nj. 90.

2. to be, happen; þat var, at hón for brott, Nj. 51; él eitt mun vera, 198; þess sem vera vill, that which is to be, 186; ok er (is) Vagn þá fimtán vetra gamall, er þetta er, when this came to pass, Fms. xi. 97; at þessi orrosta hafi verit á öðrum degi viku, iii. 11; í þann tið var úfriðr Kristnum mönnum, Ver. 43; hvat er henni, what is the matter with her? Fms. ii. 290; hvat er þér, Atli? er þér hryggt í hug, Gkv. 3.

3. to last; meðan þingit væri, Nj. 12; hirðit eigi at óttask píslir þeirra—þvíat stund eina eru, 623. 32; meðan líf hans var, Bret. 100; þykkir eigi vera mega svá búit, Fms. xi. 62: to remain, leave alone, láttu það vera, let that be, Flóv.

4. to be, dwell, stay, sojourn; vask til Róms, I was at Rome, Sighvat; hann bað hana vera í búð sinni, Nj. 12; Gunnarr var á Höskuld-stöðum um nótt, passed a night there, 34, N. G. L. i. 347: so the phrase, biðja að lofa sér að vera, to ask for night-quarters, of a stranger or traveller; lofa honum að vera, to take a stranger in; honum var boðit at vera, Vápn. 23; hefi ek hér verit síðan, Nj. 45; Hallkell var þar með Otkatli, 73; þeir vildu eigi vesa hér við heiðna menn, Íb. 4; vera samvistum við e-n, Grág. ii. 80; vera við e-t, to be present at, Hom. 129: vera at, to be present; vark at þar, Glúm.: vera brottu, to be away, absent, Nj. 113; meðan ek em í brautu, 52: sagðisk eigi vita hvar þau væri, were to be found, Dipl. ii. 20; hvar ertu? slá ein var um þvert skipit, Nj. 44; hygg ek at þar hafi verit Bolli, Ld. 274; er þér hér nú minja-griprinn, Nj. 203: as with the notion of ‘towards’ a place, an irregular construction, vartú á land upp, Fas. ii. 174; meðan þeir vóru til Danmerkr, Fms. x. 104; Ribbungar höfðu ekki verit út í landit, ix. 359; verit eigi til orrostu, vii. 263, v. l.; vera á fund hans, Eg. 26.

5. with prepp.; vera at, to be busy at (see ‘at’ A. II, p. 26, col. 2): vera fyrir, to lead (see fyrir): vera til, to exist (see til IV); eiga fjölskyldi, vandræði, um at vera, to be in straits (see um C. VII); e-m er mikit, lítið, ekki um e-t (see um C. I. 3); vera við (see við B. VIII).

II. with a predicate:

1. with a noun, to be so and so; vera bróðir, systir, faðir, sonr, dóttir … e-s, vera konungr, jarl, biskup …, passim; hvers son ertú?—Ek emk Kattarson, Mork. 104; ek skal þer Mörðr vera, Nj. 15: followed by a gen. ellípt., er þat ekki karla, that is not men’s (affair), 75; er þat ekki margra, ‘that is not for many,’ few are equal to that (cp. Lat. ‘non cuivis homini,’ etc.), 48.

2. with adjectives, to be so and so, of a state or condition; vera kunnigr, Fms. x. 370; vera glaðr, sæll, hryggr, dauðr, lifandi, … ungr, gamall, to be glad …, young, old, passim; þó at ek sjákk ótignari, Mork. 89; nema ek dauðr sják, Hbl. 9; þótt ek sják einn, Mork. 134; vera kominn, to be come: so too with adverbs, vera vel, ílla … til e-s, er við e-n, to be, behave well, ill … to one, passim; or also, þat er ílla, it is sad, Nj. 70, 71; ílla er þá, fyrr væri ílla, 75, 260; drengr góðr, þar sem vel skyldi vera, when it was to be, i. e. when she wished, 147; vera spakliga í heraði, to behave gently, Sturl. iii. 143; at þú frændr þína vammalaust verir, to behave blamelessly, Sdm. 22; orð kvað hann þats án veri, words which he had better not have said, Am. 36.

3. impers., e-t er skylt, it is incumbent, Grág.; e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt, one is warm, cold, Nj. 95; er auðit, q. v.

4. with participles, in a passive sense; vera kallaðr, vera sagðr, tekinn, elskaðr, etc., to be called, said, taken, loved.

5. with infin.; hlymr var at heyra, was to hear, i. e. to be heard, Am.; þar var at sjá, there was to be seen, passim.

6. ellipt., dropping a noun or the like, denoting futurity, necessity, a thing at hand, about to happen, or to be done; ok er hér at þiggja, Hrafn, þann greiða sem þú vill, and it is now for thee, Rafn, to partake of what food thou wilt, Ísl. ii. 262; nú er þeim út at ganga öllum, er leyft er, now it is for them to go out, Nj. 200; nú er at verja sik, 83; er nú eigi Kára at varask, now there is no need to beware of K., 259; nú er at segja frá, now is to be told, 75, 259; er nú ekki fyrr frá at segja en þeir koma …, 21; er ekki um hans ferðir at tala fyrr en …, 215.

III. irregular usages:

1. ellipse of the infin. vera; ek skal þér Hrútr, I will [be] Hrútr to thee, Nj. 15; Gunnarr segir sér þat alvöru, G. says it [ is to be] his earnestness, 49; vil ek þá lauss máls þessa, 76; bað hann alla metta at miðri nótt, he begged all eating [ to be over] at midnight, Fms. ix. 353; þá þótti hverjum gott þar sem sat, Nj. 50; at skamt skyli okkar í meðal, 114; mun þín skömm lengi uppi, mun hans vörn uppi meðan landit er bygt, 116, 117: or also ‘var,’ ‘er’ may be understood, hann hafði hjálm á höfði, og gyrðr sverði, 70; sá ek glöggt hvat títt var,—barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju, a bairn in age, and to have slain such a champion! Glúm. 382: the dropping of the infin. vera is esp. freq. after the reflex. forms kveðsk, segjask, látask, þykkjask, virðask, sýnask when followed by a part. pret. or by an adjective, as also after the verbs munu, skulu,—thus, hann sagðisk kominn, he said he was come; hann lezt búinn, he made as if he was ready; hann þóttisk staddr, he thought that he was …; skal þat á þínu umdæmi, Fms. xi. 89; þess eins er mér þykkir betr, … til hvers þykkjast þessir menn færir, Hrafn. 17; mun þat harðla lítið, 21; at fátt muni manna á fótum, 20; þú virðisk okkr vaskr maðr, 23; þessi hestr sýnisk mér eigi betri en aðrir, id.

2. an irregularity, occurring now and then, is the use of the sing. ‘er’ for plur. eru; mannföll þessi er sögð, Gullþ. 71; nú er fram komin sóknar-gögn, Nj. 242.

IV. recipr., erusk, vórusk; viðr-gefendr ok endr-gefendr erosk lengst vinir, Hm. 40; þeir er í nánd erusk, those who are neighbours, 655 xxi. 3; þótt þau sésk eigi hjóna, though they be not man and wife, K. Þ. K. 158; ok városk góðir vinir, were good friends, Fms. xi. 39, 89; ok várusk þeir fóstbræðr, 55.

V. as to the poët. medial form, erumk, várumk (see ek C), the following instances are from the poems of Egil: grimmt várumk hlið, the breach was cruel to me, Stor.; erumk-a leitt, it is not to me, Eg. (in a verse); erumka þokkt þjóða sinni, see sinni II; mærðar-efni erumk auð-skæf, Ad.; mjök erum(k) tregt tungu at hræra, it is hard for me to move the tongue, Stor. 1; (hence one might correct the end verse of that poem into nú ‘erumk’ torvelt, for the modernised nú ‘er mér’ torvelt); blautr erumk bergi-fótar borr, Eg. (at the end); to which add, þat erumk sennt, it is told us, Bragi; lyst várumk þess, I had a longing to, Am. 74; ván erumk, ‘a hope is to me,’ I hope, Fagrsk. 122; the phrase, títt erumk, ‘tis ready to me, Eb. (in a verse).

VI. part., allir menn verandi ok eptir komandi, Dipl. i. 3; æ-verandi, everlasting, Hom. 107; hjá-verandi, being present, Vm. 47; nær-verandis, present; engi nær-verandis maðr, öllum lýð nær-verandis, Th. 77; klerkar ok nær-verandi leikmenn, Mar.; at upp-vesandi sólu, at sunrise, N. G. L. i. 4; verandi eigi úminnigr, being not unmindful, Fms. v. 230.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > VERA

12 Adamson, Daniel

SUBJECT AREA: Mechanical, pneumatic and hydraulic engineering, Metallurgy, Steam and internal combustion engines

[br]

b. 1818 Shildon, Co. Durham, England

d. January 1890 Didsbury, Manchester, England

[br]

English mechanical engineer, pioneer in the use of steel for boilers, which enabled higher pressures to be introduced; pioneer in the use of triple-and quadruple-expansion mill engines.

[br]

Adamson was apprenticed between 1835 and 1841 to Timothy Hackworth, then Locomotive Superintendent on the Stockton \& Darlington Railway. After this he was appointed Draughtsman, then Superintendent Engineer, at that railway's locomotive works until in 1847 he became Manager of Shildon Works. In 1850 he resigned and moved to act as General Manager of Heaton Foundry, Stockport. In the following year he commenced business on his own at Newton Moor Iron Works near Manchester, where he built up his business as an iron-founder and boilermaker. By 1872 this works had become too small and he moved to a 4 acre (1.6 hectare) site at Hyde Junction, Dukinfield. There he employed 600 men making steel boilers, heavy machinery including mill engines fitted with the American Wheelock valve gear, hydraulic plant and general millwrighting. His success was based on his early recognition of the importance of using high-pressure steam and steel instead of wrought iron. In 1852 he patented his type of flanged seam for the firetubes of Lancashire boilers, which prevented these tubes cracking through expansion. In 1862 he patented the fabrication of boilers by drilling rivet holes instead of punching them and also by drilling the holes through two plates held together in their assembly positions. He had started to use steel for some boilers he made for railway locomotives in 1857, and in 1860, only four years after Bessemer's patent, he built six mill engine boilers from steel for Platt Bros, Oldham. He solved the problems of using this new material, and by his death had made c.2,800 steel boilers with pressures up to 250 psi (17.6 kg/cm²).

He was a pioneer in the general introduction of steel and in 1863–4 was a partner in establishing the Yorkshire Iron and Steel Works at Penistone. This was the first works to depend entirely upon Bessemer steel for engineering purposes and was later sold at a large profit to Charles Cammell \& Co., Sheffield. When he started this works, he also patented improvements both to the Bessemer converters and to the engines which provided their blast. In 1870 he helped to turn Lincolnshire into an important ironmaking area by erecting the North Lincolnshire Ironworks. He was also a shareholder in ironworks in South Wales and Cumberland.

He contributed to the development of the stationary steam engine, for as early as 1855 he built one to run with a pressure of 150 psi (10.5 kg/cm) that worked quite satisfactorily. He reheated the steam between the cylinders of compound engines and then in 1861–2 patented a triple-expansion engine, followed in 1873 by a quadruple-expansion one to further economize steam. In 1858 he developed improved machinery for testing tensile strength and compressive resistance of materials, and in the same year patents for hydraulic lifting jacks and riveting machines were obtained.

He was a founding member of the Iron and Steel Institute and became its President in 1888 when it visited Manchester. The previous year he had been President of the Institution of Civil Engineers when he was presented with the Bessemer Gold Medal. He was a constant contributor at the meetings of these associations as well as those of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers. He did not live to see the opening of one of his final achievements, the Manchester Ship Canal. He was the one man who, by his indomitable energy and skill at public speaking, roused the enthusiasm of the people in Manchester for this project and he made it a really practical proposition in the face of strong opposition.

[br]

Principal Honours and Distinctions

President, Institution of Civil Engineers 1887.

President, Iron and Steel Institute 1888. Institution of Civil Engineers Bessemer Gold Medal 1887.

Further Reading

Obituary, Engineer 69:56.

Obituary, Engineering 49:66–8.

Obituary, Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers 100:374–8.

H.W.Dickinson, 1938, A Short History of the Steam Engine, Cambridge University Press (provides an illustration of Adamson's flanged seam for boilers).

R.L.Hills, 1989, Power from Steam. A History of the Stationary Steam Engine, Cambridge University Press (covers the development of the triple-expansion engine).

RLH

Biographical history of technology > Adamson, Daniel

13 disponer

v.

1 to arrange.

dispuso todo para el viaje he got everything ready for the journey

Ella dispone las flores She arranges flowers.

2 to lay on (cena, comida).

3 to decide (decidir) (sujeto: persona).

el juez dispuso que se cerrara el local the judge ordered that the premises be closed

en su testamento dispuso que… she stated in her will that…

según lo dispuesto en el artículo 8,… according to the provisions of Article 8,…

4 to determine, to decide.

Ella dispone las reglas She determines the rules.

5 to decide to, to determine to, to resolve to.

Ella dispone ahorrar She decides to save.

* * *

disponer

Conjugation model [ PONER], like link=poner poner (pp dispuesto,-a)

► verbo transitivo

1 (colocar) to dispose, arrange, set out

2 (preparar) to prepare, get ready

■ dispondremos la habitación we'll get the room ready

3 (ordenar) to order, decree

4 DERECHO to provide, stipulate

■ la ley lo dispone the law stipulates it

► verbo intransitivo

1 (tener) to have (de, -)

■ todas las habitaciones disponen de aire acondicionado all the rooms are equipped with air conditioning

■ no disponemos de tiempo we haven't got time

2 (hacer uso) to make use (de, of), have the use (de, of)

■ dispuso de su dinero he made use of his money

► verbo pronominal disponerse

1 (prepararse) to get ready (a, to), prepare (a, to)

■ me dispongo a salir I'm getting ready to go out

* * *

verb

1) to arrange

2) set out

3) order

4) prepare

* * *
( pp dispuesto)
1. VT

1) (=colocar) [por orden] to arrange; [en fila] to line up; [de otro modo] to set out

dispuso los discos por orden alfabético — he arranged the records in alphabetical order

dispuso a los niños de dos en dos — he lined up the children in twos

dispuso los cubiertos sobre la mesa — he set out the cutlery on the table

dispón las sillas en círculo — set out o arrange the chairs in a circle

2) (=preparar) to prepare, get ready

dispuso la sala para el concierto — he prepared the hall o he got the hall ready for the concert

disponer la mesa — to lay the table

3) (=mandar)

a) [persona, comisión] to order; [juez] to rule, decree, order

dispuso cerrar todas las puertas — he ordered all the doors to be shut

el general dispuso que no saliera nadie — the general gave orders that o ordered that nobody was to go out

el médico dispuso que guardara cama — the doctor ordered that she should stay in bed

se dispuso que debía abandonar el país — it was decreed that he should leave the country

mis padres lo han dispuesto así — my parents have decided that it should be that way

el juez ha dispuesto que tenía que pagar la multa — the judge ruled o decreed o ordered that he must pay the fine

b) [en código, testamento] to lay down, stipulate

el artículo 52 dispone que... — Article 52 lays down o stipulates that...

dispuso que su patrimonio no fuera dividido — she laid down o stipulated that her estate should not be divided

2. VI

1)

disponer de algo — (=tener) to have sth (at one's disposal)

no dispongo de dinero suficiente — I don't have enough money (at my disposal)

disponemos de muy poco tiempo — there is very little time available (to us), we have very little time (at our disposal)

los medios de que disponemos — the means available to us, the means at our disposal

dispone de coche propio — he has his own car

dispone de quince días para apelar — you have fifteen days to appeal

2)

disponer de algo — (=hacer uso de) to make use of sth, use sth

no puede disponer de esos bienes hasta que él muera — she cannot make use of o use those assets until his death

puede disponer de mí para lo que necesites — I am at your disposal for whatever you might need

3.

See:

disponerse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1) (frml) (establecer, ordenar) ley to provide (frml), to stipulate (frml); rey to decree; general/juez to order

en cumplimiento con lo dispuesto en el artículo primero — in accordance with the provisions of article one

la junta ha dispuesto subir la cuota de los socios — the committee has decided to increase membership fees

disponer que + subj: dispuso que todos sus bienes pasaran a la Iglesia he stipulated that his entire estate should go to the Church; el juez dispuso que fuera puesta en libertad — the judge ordered her release

2) (frml) (colocar, arreglar) to arrange, set out, lay out
2.
disponer vi

disponer de alguien/algo — to have somebody/something at one's disposal

puede disponer de mí para lo que guste — (frml) I am at your disposal (frml)

¿dispones de un minuto? — do you have a minute?, have you got a minute?

con los recursos de que dispongo — with the means available to me o at my disposal
3.
disponerse v pron (frml)

disponerse a + inf: mientras se disponían a tomar le tren as they were about to catch the train; la tropa se dispuso a atacar — the troops prepared to attack

* * *

= set, set + aside, dispose, set out, lay out.

Ex. If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.

Ex. A special note has been set aside for information about the person who is making the catalog entry.

Ex. This system promises to augment existing networks with the appropriate intelligence which will enable them to build, test, manage, maintain, change, dispose and withdraw services easily, rapidly and cost effectively.

Ex. The regulation sets out the requirement for compulsory notification of agreements to the Commission and gives the Commission powers to grant exemption to the rules.

Ex. There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.

----

* cómo disponer de (algo) = disposition.

* disponer de = command, have + in place, make + use of, have at + Posesivo + disposal.

* disponer de fax = be telefacsimile capable.

* disponer de fondos = dispose of + funds.

* disponer de un rato libre = spare + time.

* el hombre propone y Dios dispone = Man proposes, God disposes.

* plan de cómo disponer de Algo = disposition instruction.

* sin disponer de = in the absence of.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1) (frml) (establecer, ordenar) ley to provide (frml), to stipulate (frml); rey to decree; general/juez to order

en cumplimiento con lo dispuesto en el artículo primero — in accordance with the provisions of article one

la junta ha dispuesto subir la cuota de los socios — the committee has decided to increase membership fees

disponer que + subj: dispuso que todos sus bienes pasaran a la Iglesia he stipulated that his entire estate should go to the Church; el juez dispuso que fuera puesta en libertad — the judge ordered her release

2) (frml) (colocar, arreglar) to arrange, set out, lay out
2.
disponer vi

disponer de alguien/algo — to have somebody/something at one's disposal

puede disponer de mí para lo que guste — (frml) I am at your disposal (frml)

¿dispones de un minuto? — do you have a minute?, have you got a minute?

con los recursos de que dispongo — with the means available to me o at my disposal
3.
disponerse v pron (frml)

disponerse a + inf: mientras se disponían a tomar le tren as they were about to catch the train; la tropa se dispuso a atacar — the troops prepared to attack

* * *

= set, set + aside, dispose, set out, lay out.

Ex: If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.

Ex: A special note has been set aside for information about the person who is making the catalog entry.

Ex: This system promises to augment existing networks with the appropriate intelligence which will enable them to build, test, manage, maintain, change, dispose and withdraw services easily, rapidly and cost effectively.

Ex: The regulation sets out the requirement for compulsory notification of agreements to the Commission and gives the Commission powers to grant exemption to the rules.

Ex: There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.

* cómo disponer de (algo) = disposition.

* disponer de = command, have + in place, make + use of, have at + Posesivo + disposal.

* disponer de fax = be telefacsimile capable.

* disponer de fondos = dispose of + funds.

* disponer de un rato libre = spare + time.

* el hombre propone y Dios dispone = Man proposes, God disposes.

* plan de cómo disponer de Algo = disposition instruction.

* sin disponer de = in the absence of.

* * *

disponer [ E22 ]

vt

A ( frml) (establecer, ordenar) to provide ( frml), to stipulate ( frml)

la ley dispone que … the law provides o stipulates that …

en cumplimiento con lo dispuesto en el artículo primero in accordance with the provisions of article one

disponer + INF:

la junta ha dispuesto subir la cuota de los socios the committee has decided to increase membership fees

el juez dispuso cumplir la orden de inmediato the judge ruled that the order be complied with immediately

disponer QUE + SUBJ:

dispuso que todos sus bienes pasaran a la Iglesia he laid down o stipulated that his entire estate should go to the Church, he bequeathed his entire estate to the Church

se dispuso que se efectuara por la noche it was decided that it should be carried out at night

el juez dispuso que fuera puesta en libertad the judge ordered her release o ordered that she should be freed

la ley dispone que se haga así the law stipulates o says that it must be done like this

B ( frml) (colocar, arreglar) to arrange, set out, lay out

■ disponer

vi

1 (tener a disposición) disponer DE algn/algo to have sb/sth at one's disposal

puede disponer de mí para lo que guste ( frml); I am at your disposal ( frml)

¿dispones de un minuto? do you have a minute?, have you got a minute?

ya ni puedo disponer de lo que es mío now I can't even do what I like with what's mine

dispone de cuatro años para pagar you have four years in which to pay

con los recursos de que dispongo with the means available to me o at my disposal

2 (vender, dar) disponer DE algo to dispose OF sth

■ disponerse

v pron

( frml) disponerse A + INF:

mientras se disponían a tomar un tren as they were preparing to o were about to catch a train

la tropa se dispuso a atacar the troops made ready to o prepared to attack

se había dispuesto a lograrlo en un plazo de dos años she had resolved to achieve it within two years

* * *

disponer ( conjugate disponer) verbo transitivo
1 (frml) (establecer, ordenar) [ ley] to provide (frml), to stipulate (frml);
[ rey] to decree;
[general/juez] to order
2 (frml) (colocar, arreglar) to arrange, set out, lay out
verbo intransitivo: disponer de algo ‹de tiempo/ayuda› to have sth;
◊ con los recursos de que dispongo with the means available to me o at my disposal

disponerse verbo pronominal (frml) mientras se disponían a tomar el tren as they were about to catch the train;
la tropa se dispuso a atacar the troops prepared to attack
disponer
I verbo transitivo
1 (colocar) to arrange, set out
2 (preparar) to prepare: lo dispuso todo para el encuentro, she prepared everything for the meeting
3 (mandar, establecer) to lay down, state: así lo dispuso en su testamento, so he stipulated in his will
II verbo intransitivo disponer de, to have at one's disposal

' disponer' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
como
- prever
- arreglar
- dispuse
- distribuir
- establecer
- tener
English:
boast
- dispose
- lay out
- redeploy
- set out
- disposal
- dispose of
- lay
- put
- will

* * *

disponer

♦ vt

1. [colocar] to arrange;

dispuso los libros por orden alfabético she arranged the books in alphabetical order

2. [arreglar, preparar] to arrange;

dispuso todo para el viaje he made all the arrangements for the journey;

dispuso el salón para recibir a sus invitados she got the living-room ready for the guests

3. [cena, comida] to lay on

4. [determinar] [sujeto: persona] to decide;
[sujeto: ley, cláusula] to stipulate;
el juez dispuso que se cerrara el local the judge ordered that the premises be closed;

en su testamento dispuso que… she stated in her will that…;

el consejo de administración dispuso ampliar el capital de la empresa the board of directors decided to increase the company's capital;

el gobierno dispuso que se hiciera así it was the government's decision that it should be done that way;

según lo dispuesto en el artículo 8,… according to the provisions of Article 8,…;

la ley dispone que no haya pena de cárcel para mayores de setenta y cinco años the law stipulates o lays down that people over the age of seventy-five cannot be sent to prison

♦ vi

1.
disponer de [poseer] to have;

dispongo de todo el tiempo del mundo I have all the time in the world;

el hotel dispone de piscina y cancha de tenis the hotel has a swimming pool and a tennis court;

el personal de que disponemos no es suficiente the number of staff we have at the moment is insufficient

2.
disponer de [usar] to make use of;

dispón de mi casa siempre que quieras you're welcome in my house whenever you like;

puede disponer de mí para lo que quiera I'm entirely at your disposal if ever you need anything

♦ See also the pronominal verb disponerse

* * *

disponer

<part dispuesto>

I v/t

1 ( arreglar) arrange

2 ( preparar) prepare

3 ( ordenar) stipulate

II v/i

:

disponer de algo have sth at one’s disposal

* * *

disponer {60} vt

1) : to arrange, to lay out

2) : to stipulate, to order

3) : to prepare

disponer vi

disponer de : to have at one's disposal

♦ See also the reflexive verb disponerse

* * *

disponer vb

1. (tener) to have

este polideportivo dispone de dos piscinas this sports centre has two swimming pools

disponemos de tiempo we've got time

2. (utilizar) to use

puedes disponer de mi bici you can use my bike

Spanish-English dictionary > disponer

14 someter

v.

1 to subdue.

2 to submit, to bring up for discussion, to bring up for consideration, to hand in.

María sometió su propuesta Mary submitted her proposal.

El tirano somete al pueblo The tyrant submits the people.

* * *

someter

► verbo transitivo

1 (rebeldes) to subdue, put down; (rebelión) to quell

2 (hacer recibir) to subject (a, to)

■ lo sometió a tortura he was subjected to torture

3 (pasiones) to subdue

4 (proponer, presentar) to submit, present

► verbo pronominal someterse

1 (rendirse) to surrender (a, to)

2 (tratamiento etc) to undergo (a, -)

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

someterse a la opinión de alguien to bow to somebody's opinion

someter a prueba to test, put to the test

someter algo a la autoridad to refer something to an authority

someter algo a votación to put something to the vote, vote on something

* * *

verb

1) to subjugate

2) subject

•

- someterse
- someterse a
* * *

1. VT

1) (=dominar) [+ territorio, población] to subjugate; [+ rebeldes] to subdue, put down; [+ asaltante] to overpower, overcome

ni entre cuatro hombres lo pudieron someter — even four men were not enough to overpower o overcome him

2) (=subordinar)

sometió sus intereses a los de su pueblo — he put the interests of the people before his own, he subordinated his interests to those of the people frm

someter su opinión a la de otros — to put the opinion of others above one's own

3)

• someter a —

a) (=exponer) [+ represión, tortura, interrogatorio] to subject to

cuando se somete a elevadas temperaturas — when it is subjected to high temperatures

hay que someter a examen todas las ideas establecidas — all established ideas should be subjected to scrutiny

lo tiene sometido a su entera voluntad — he is entirely subject to her will

someterán las propuestas a un amplio debate — the proposals will be widely debated

han sometido a referéndum su ingreso en la UE — they have held a referendum on joining the EU

• someter algo/a algn a prueba — to put sth/sb to the test

vamos a someter nuestra hipótesis a prueba — we are going to put our hypothesis to the test

la princesa sometió a sus pretendientes a una prueba — the princess made her suitors undergo a test

• someter algo a votación — to put sth to the vote

b) (=entregar) to submit sth to

someterá el acuerdo a la aprobación de los ministros — he will submit the agreement for the approval of the ministers

someter una obra a la censura — to submit a work to the censor

2.

See:

someterse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) ( dominar)

logró someter a todo el país — he managed to subjugate o conquer the whole country

fue necesario usar la fuerza para someterlo — they had to use force to subdue him

b) ( subordinar)

los sometió a su autoridad — he forced them to submit to his authority

quieren someter nuestros intereses a los suyos — they are trying to put their interests before ours

2)

a) (a torturas, presiones) to subject

b) ( a tratamiento)

fue sometido a una intervención quirúrgica — he had surgery o an operation

c) ( a prueba) to subject

someten los productos a pruebas de calidad — the products are subjected to o undergo quality control tests

el avión fue sometido a una minuciosa revisión — the aircraft was given a thorough overhaul

d) (a votación, aprobación)

el proyecto de ley será sometido a votación — the bill will be put to the vote

la propuesta será sometida a la aprobación de los socios — the proposal will be submitted to o put before the members for approval
2.
someterse v pron

a) ( a autoridad) to submit to, yield to; ( a capricho) to give in to; ( a ley) to comply with

b) (a prueba, exámen, operación) to undergo

* * *

= subject, subdue, wage, subjugate, lord it over, conquer.

Ex. Author abstracts are the abstracts prepared by authors of the document that has been subjected to abstracting.

Ex. Anyway, experience had taught him that a subordinate who attempts to subdue a superordinate is almost always lost; the superordinate has too many advantages in such a contest.

Ex. It is as if libraries find themselves once again mired down in the bureaucratic information policy firefights waged during the Reagan and Bush administrations (1980-1992).

Ex. Only majorities have the power to terrorize and subjugate minority groups.

Ex. They believe that the main use for government is for some people to lord it over others at their expense.

Ex. The tools and technologies provided by the Internet enable scholars to communicate or disseminate information in ways which conquer the barriers of time and space.

----

* someter a = submit to, subject to.

* someter a Alguien = bring + Nombre + under + Posesivo + sway.

* someter a control = place under + control.

* someter a disciplina = subject to + discipline.

* someter a engaño = perpetrate + deception.

* someter a examen = expose to + examination.

* someter a juicio = try.

* someter a presión = place under + pressure.

* someter a prueba = place + strain on.

* someter a una evaluación por expertos doble = double referee.

* someterse a = truckle to, bow down before, bow to.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) ( dominar)

logró someter a todo el país — he managed to subjugate o conquer the whole country

fue necesario usar la fuerza para someterlo — they had to use force to subdue him

b) ( subordinar)

los sometió a su autoridad — he forced them to submit to his authority

quieren someter nuestros intereses a los suyos — they are trying to put their interests before ours

2)

a) (a torturas, presiones) to subject

b) ( a tratamiento)

fue sometido a una intervención quirúrgica — he had surgery o an operation

c) ( a prueba) to subject

someten los productos a pruebas de calidad — the products are subjected to o undergo quality control tests

el avión fue sometido a una minuciosa revisión — the aircraft was given a thorough overhaul

d) (a votación, aprobación)

el proyecto de ley será sometido a votación — the bill will be put to the vote

la propuesta será sometida a la aprobación de los socios — the proposal will be submitted to o put before the members for approval
2.
someterse v pron

a) ( a autoridad) to submit to, yield to; ( a capricho) to give in to; ( a ley) to comply with

b) (a prueba, exámen, operación) to undergo

* * *

= subject, subdue, wage, subjugate, lord it over, conquer.

Ex: Author abstracts are the abstracts prepared by authors of the document that has been subjected to abstracting.

Ex: Anyway, experience had taught him that a subordinate who attempts to subdue a superordinate is almost always lost; the superordinate has too many advantages in such a contest.

Ex: It is as if libraries find themselves once again mired down in the bureaucratic information policy firefights waged during the Reagan and Bush administrations (1980-1992).

Ex: Only majorities have the power to terrorize and subjugate minority groups.

Ex: They believe that the main use for government is for some people to lord it over others at their expense.

Ex: The tools and technologies provided by the Internet enable scholars to communicate or disseminate information in ways which conquer the barriers of time and space.

* someter a = submit to, subject to.

* someter a Alguien = bring + Nombre + under + Posesivo + sway.

* someter a control = place under + control.

* someter a disciplina = subject to + discipline.

* someter a engaño = perpetrate + deception.

* someter a examen = expose to + examination.

* someter a juicio = try.

* someter a presión = place under + pressure.

* someter a prueba = place + strain on.

* someter a una evaluación por expertos doble = double referee.

* someterse a = truckle to, bow down before, bow to.

* * *

someter [E1 ]

vt

A

1

(dominar): un puñado de hombres logró someter a todo el país a handful of men managed to subjugate o conquer the whole country

fue necesario usar la fuerza para someterlo they had to use force to subdue him

2

(subordinar): los sometió a su autoridad he forced them to submit to o yield to his authority, he imposed his authority on them

quieren someter nuestros intereses a los de una multinacional they are trying to subordinate our interests to those of a multinational, they are trying to put the interests of a multinational before ours

B

1 (a torturas, presiones) to subject

lo sometieron a un exhaustivo interrogatorio they subjected him to a thorough interrogation

2

(a un tratamiento): fue sometido a una intervención quirúrgica he underwent o had surgery, he underwent o had an operation, he was operated on

3 (a una prueba) to subject

someten los productos a pruebas de calidad the products are subjected to o undergo quality control tests

el avión fue sometido a una minuciosa revisión the aircraft was given a thorough overhaul

4

(a una votación): el acuerdo está sometido a la aprobación del Parlamento the agreement is subject to the approval of Parliament

el proyecto de ley será sometido a votación the bill will be put to the vote o will be voted on

la propuesta será sometida a la aprobación de los socios the proposal will be submitted to o presented to o put before the members for approval

■ someterse

v pron

1

(a una autoridad): no me someteré a la autoridad de este comité I shall not submit to o yield to the authority of this committee

no te sometas a sus caprichos don't bow to o give in to his whims

los extranjeros deben someterse a las leyes del país foreigners must comply with the laws of the country

2

(a una prueba): tendrá que someterse a un examen médico you will have to undergo o have a medical examination

* * *

someter ( conjugate someter) verbo transitivo
1 ( dominar) ‹ país› to subjugate;
◊ fue necesario usar la fuerza para someterlo they had to use force to subdue him

2 (a torturas, presiones, prueba) to subject;
◊ lo sometieron a un interrogatorio they subjected him to an interrogation;

someter algo a votación to put sth to the vote
someterse verbo pronominal
a) ( a autoridad) to submit to, yield to;

( a capricho) to give in to;
( a ley) to comply with
b) (a prueba, examen, operación) to undergo

someter verbo transitivo
1 (subyugar, sojuzgar) to subdue, put down
2 (a votación, opinión, juicio) lo sometió a nuestro juicio, he left it to us to judge
3 (a una prueba, un experimento, interrogatorio, etc) to subject [a, to]
' someter' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
exponer
- oprimir
- regular
- subyugar
- sujetar
- tratar
- votación
- examen
- referéndum
English:
ballot
- degree
- keep under
- polygraph
- screen
- subject
- submit
- test
- test drive
- vet
- vote
- put
- strain
- subdue

* * *

someter

♦ vt

1. [dominar, subyugar] to subdue;

los sometieron a su autoridad they forced them to accept their authority;

no consiguieron someter a la guerilla they were unable to subdue o put down the guerrillas

2. [presentar]
someter algo a la aprobación de alguien to submit sth for sb's approval;

someter algo a votación to put sth to the vote;

sometieron sus conclusiones a la comisión they submitted o presented their conclusions to the committee

3. [subordinar]
someto mi decisión a los resultados de la encuesta my decision will depend on the results of the poll;

sometió su opinión a la de la mayoría she went along with the opinion of the majority

4. [a interrogatorio, presiones]
someter a alguien a algo to subject sb to sth;

someter a alguien a una operación to operate on sb;

sometieron la estructura a duras pruebas de resistencia the structure was subjected to stringent strength tests;

sometieron la ciudad a un fuerte bombardeo the city was subjected to heavy bombing

♦ See also the pronominal verb someterse

* * *

someter

v/t

1 subjugate

2

:

someter a alguien a algo subject s.o. to sth

3

:

someter algo a votación put sth to the vote

* * *

someter vt

1) : to subjugate, to conquer

2) : to subordinate

3) : to subject (to treatment or testing)

4) : to submit, to present

♦ See also the reflexive verb someterse

* * *

someter vb

1. (exponer) to subject

el mineral fue sometido a altas temperaturas the mineral was subject to high temperatures

2. (proponer) to put [pt. & pp. put]

sometió su idea a la junta he put his idea to the board

Spanish-English dictionary > someter

15 volo

1.
vŏlo (2 d pers. sing. vis, orig. veis, Prisc. 9, 1, 6, p. 847 P.; 1 st pers. plur. volumus, but volimus, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 89 Speng.; 3 d pers. sing. volt, and 2 d pers. plur. voltis always in ante-class. writers;
also volt,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; 2, 5, 49, § 128; id. Sest. 42, 90; id. Phil. 8, 9, 26; id. Par. 5, 1, 34; id. Rep. 3, 33, 45:
voltis,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 53, § 122; 2, 3, 94, § 219; 2, 5, 5, § 11; 2, 3, 89, § 208; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 33; id. Sest. 30, 64; id. Par. 1, 2, 11 et saep. — Pres. subj. velim, but sometimes volim, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 44 Ritschl; cf. Prisc. 9, 1, 8, p. 848 P.;
so volint,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 65 Ritschl), velle, volui ( part. fut. voliturus, Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 712; contr. forms, vin for visne, freq. in Plaut. and Ter., also Hor. S. 1, 9, 69; Pers. 6, 63:
sis for si vis,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 70; id. Merc. 4, 4, 37; id. Pers. 3, 3, 8; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 38; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42; id. Rosc. Am. 16, 48; id. Mil. 22, 60; Liv. 34, 32, 20:
sultis for si voltis, only ante-class.,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. As. prol. 1; id. Capt. 2, 3, 96; 3, 5, 9; 4, 4, 11), v. irreg. a. [Sanscr. var-; Gr. bol-, boulomai; cf. the strengthened root Wel- in eeldomai, elpomai; Germ. wollen; Engl. will], expressing any exercise of volition, and corresponding, in most cases, to the Germ. wollen; in Engl. mostly rendered, to wish, want, intend, purpose, propose, be willing, consent, mean, will, and, impersonally, it is my will, purpose, intention, plan, policy (syn.: cupio, opto; but volo properly implies a purpose).
I.
In gen.
A.
With object-infinitive.
1.
With pres. inf.
a.
To wish.
(α).
Exire ex urbe priusquam luciscat volo, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 35:
potare ego hodie tecum volo,
id. Aul. 3, 6, 33:
ego quoque volo esse liber: nequiquam volo,
id. Trin. 2, 4, 39; so id. ib. 2, 4, 164:
ait rem seriam agere velle mecum,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8:
natus enim debet quicunque est velle manere In vita,
Lucr. 5, 177:
video te alte spectare et velle in caelum migrare,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:
quid poetae? Nonne post mortem nobilitari volunt?
id. ib. 1, 15, 34:
si innocentes existimari volumus,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28:
quoniam opinionis meae voluistis esse participes,
id. de Or. 1, 37, 172:
quod eas quoque nationes adire et regiones cognoscere volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 7:
si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,
id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dominari illi volunt, vos liberi esse,
Sall. J. 31, 23:
si haec relinquere voltis,
id. C. 58, 15:
priusquam liberi estis, dominari jam in adversarios vultis,
Liv. 3, 53, 7:
si quis vestrum suos invisere volt, commeatum do,
id. 21, 21, 5:
non enim vincere tantum noluit, sed vinci voluit,
id. 2, 59, 2:
suspitionem Caesar quibusdam reliquit, neque voluisse se diutius vivere, neque curasse,
Suet. Caes. 85:
Eutrapelus cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat pretiosa,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 31.—
(β).
Idiomatically: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut ab iis marmorea illa Venus auferatur? what do you think the Rhegini would take for, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135.—
(γ).
Transf., of things: fabula quae posci vult et spectata reponi, a comedy which wishes (i. e. is meant) to be in demand, etc., Hor. A. P. 190:
neque enim aut hiare semper vocalibus aut destitui temporibus volunt sermo atque epistula,
Quint. 9, 4, 20; cf. id. 8, prooem. 23.—
b.
Of the wishes of those that have a right to command, the gods, masters, parents, commanders, etc., I want, wish, will, am resolved, it is my will:
in acdibus quid tibi meis erat negoti...? Volo scire,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 14; 3, 2, 17; 3, 2, 18; 3, 6, 27; id. Curc. 4, 3, 11; id. Ep. 3, 4, 74; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74; 3, 1, 17; id. Stich. 1, 2, 56; Ter. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 17:
maxima voce clamat populus, neque se uni, nec paucis velle parere,
Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55:
consuesse deos immortalis, quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
hic experiri vim virtutemque volo,
Liv. 23, 45, 9.—
c.
= in animo habere, to intend, purpose, mean, design:
ac volui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 14:
eadem quae illis voluisti facere tu, faciunt tibi,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 11; so id. Most. 2, 2, 5:
puerumque clam voluit exstinguere,
Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 23:
necare candem voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31: quid enim ad illum qui te captare vult, utrum [p. 2005] tacentem te irretiat an loquentem? id. Ac. 2, 29, 94:
hostis hostem occidere volui,
Liv. 2, 12, 9; 7, 34, 11: volui interdiu eum... occidere; volui, cum ad cenam invitavi, veneno scilicet tollere;
volui... ferro interficere (ironically),
id. 40, 13, 2:
tuum crimen erit, hospitem occidere voluisse,
the intention to kill your guest-friend, Val. Max. 5, 1, 3 fin.; 6, 1, 8:
non enim vult mori, sed invidiam filio facere,
Quint. 9, 2, 85.—
Pregn., opp. optare: non vult mori qui optat,
Sen. Ep. 117, 24:
sed eo die is, cui dare volueram (epistulam), non est profectus,
Cic. Att. 9, 7, 1:
cum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere,
id. Sen. 1, 2:
ego te volui castigare, tu mihi accussatrix ades,
Plaut. As. 3, 1, 10:
bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,
id. Pers. 4, 3, 10:
ego jam a principio amici filiam, Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 46:
at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt,
it was their purpose, Cic. Sest. 28, 60:
eum (tumulum) non tam capere sine certamine volebat, quam causam certaminis cum Minucio contrahere,
his plan was, Liv. 22, 28, 4.—Of things:
cum lex venditionibus occurrere voluit,
when it was the purpose of the law, Dig. 46, 1, 46: sed quid ea drachuma facere vis? Ca. Restim volo Mihi emere... qui me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87: Ch. Revorsionem ad terram faciunt vesperi. Ni. Aurum hercle auferre voluere, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 63:
si iis qui haec omnia flamma ac ferro delere voluerunt... bellum indixi, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 10, 24:
(plebem) per caedem senatus vacuam rem publicam tradere Hannibali velle,
Liv. 23, 2, 7:
rem Nolanam in jus dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno,
id. 23, 15, 9: qui (majores nostri) tanta cura Siculos tueri ac retinere voluerunt ut, etc., whose policy it was to protect, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 14:
ut qui a principio mitis omnibus Italicis praeter Romanos videri vellet, etc.,
Liv. 23, 15, 4: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215.—
d.
= studere, conari, to try, endeavor, attempt:
quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire vult, is et infirmus est mobilisque natura, et, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 20, 75:
nam si quando id (exordium) primum invenire volui, nullum mihi occurrit, nisi aut exile, aut, etc.,
id. Or. 2, 77, 315:
de Antonio dico, numquam illum... nonnullorum de ipso suspitionem infitiando tollere voluisse,
that he never attempted to remove, id. Sest. 3, 8; id. Div. 1, 18, 35:
audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum?
do you dare attempt? Ov. F. 2, 262.—
e.
To mean, of actions and expressions:
hic respondere voluit, non lacessere,
the latter meant to answer, not to provoke, Ter. Phorm. prol. 19:
non te judices urbi sed carceri reservarunt, neque to retinere in civitate, sed exilio privare voluerunt,
Cic. Att. 1, 16, 9.—So, volo dicere, I mean (lit. I intend to say):
quid aliud volui dicere?
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 51:
volo autem dicere, illud homini longe optimum esse quod ipsum sit optandum per se,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46.—Often with the acc. illud or id, as a correction: Tr. Specta quam arcte dormiunt. Th. Dormiunt? Tr. Illut quidem ut conivent volui dicere, I mean how they nod, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 145: Py. Quid? bracchium? Ar. Illud dicere volui femur, id. Mil. 1, 1, 27:
adduxi volui dicere,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 21; id. Am. 1, 1, 233; 1, 1, 235; id. Cas. 2, 6, 14; id. Mil. 3, 2, 7; id. Ps. 3, 2, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 9.—
f.
To be going to: haec argumenta ego aedificiis dixi; nunc etiam volo docere ut homines aedium esse similes arbitremini, now I am going to show how, etc., Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 37: quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare, I am going to worship here, etc., id. Curc. 4, 2, 41:
nunc quod relicuom restat volo persolvere,
id. Cist. 1, 3, 40:
sustine hoc, Penicule, exuvias facere quas vovi volo,
id. Men. 1, 3, 13:
sinite me prospectare ne uspiam insidiae sint, consilium quod habere volumus,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 3; id. As. 2, 2, 113; id. Cas. 4, 2, 3; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 61:
si Prometheus, cum mortalibus ignem dividere vellet, ipse a vicinis carbunculos conrogaret, ridiculus videretur,
Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9:
ait se velle de illis HS. LXXX. cognoscere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:
hinc se recipere cum vellent, rursus illi ex loco superiore nostros premebant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 45. —
g.
To be about to, on the point of: quom mittere signum Volt, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 88 Vahl.):
quotiens ire volo foras, retines me, rogitas quo ego eam,
Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 5:
quae sese in ignem inicere voluit, prohibui,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 113:
si scires aspidem latere uspiam, et velle aliquem imprudentem super eam adsidere,
Cic. Fin. 2, 18, 59; id. Div. 1, 52, 118:
quod cum facere vellent, intervenit M. Manilius,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:
qui cum opem ferre vellet, nuntiatum sibi esse aliam classem ad Aegates insulas stare,
Liv. 22, 56, 7:
at Libys obstantes dum vult obvertere remos, In spatium resilire manus breve vidit,
Ov. M. 3, 676; 1, 635:
P. Claudius cum proelium navale committere vellet,
Val. Max. 1, 4, 3.—
h.
Will, and in oblique discourse and questions would, the auxiliaries of the future and potential: animum advortite: Comediai nomen dari vobis volo, I will give you, etc., Plaut. Cas. prol. 30:
sed, nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo comediai,
id. Poen. prol. 50:
vos ite intro. Interea ego ex hac statua verberea volo erogitare... quid sit factum,
id. Capt. 5, 1, 30:
i tu atque arcessi illam: ego intus quod facto est opus volo adcurare,
id. Cas. 3, 3, 35; id. Cist. 1, 1, 113; id. Most. 1, 1, 63; id. Poen. 2, 44; id. Pers. 1, 3, 85; id. Rud. 1, 2, 33: cum vero (gemitus) nihil imminuat doloris, cur frustra turpes esse volumus? why will ( would) we be disgraceful to no purpose? Cic. Tusc. 2, 24, 57:
illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat,
id. ib. 1, 47, 112:
ergo, si vere aestimare volumus, etc.,
Val. Max. 7, 5, 6:
si vere aestimare Macedonas, qui tunc erant, volumus,
Curt. 4, 16, 33:
ejus me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5:
visne igitur, dum dies ista venit... interea tu ipse congredi mecum ut, etc....?
id. 8, 7, 7:
volo tibi Chrysippi quoque distinctionem indicare,
Sen. Ep. 9, 14: vis tu homines urbemque feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., Hor. S. 2, 6, 92; cf. velim and vellem, would, II. A. 2.—
k.
Sometimes volui = mihi placuit, I resolved, concluded (generally, in this meaning, followed by an infinitive clause, v. I. B. 4.):
uti tamen tuo consilio volui,
still I concluded to follow your advice, Cic. Att. 8, 3, 1.—
1.
To be willing, ready, to consent, like to do something: si sine bello velint rapta... tradere... se exercitum domum reducturum, if they were willing, would consent to, would deliver, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52:
is dare volt, is se aliquid posci,
likes to give, id. As. 1, 3, 29:
hoc dixit, si hoc de cella concederetur, velle Siculos senatui polliceri frumentum in cellam gratis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 87, § 200:
ei laxiorem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet,
Liv. 39, 17, 2; 5, 36, 4: nemo invenitur qui pecuniam suam dividere velit. Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 1:
plerique concessam sibi sub condicione vitam si militare adversus eum vellent, recusarunt,
Suet. Caes. 68:
dedere etiam se volebant, si toleranda viris imperarentur,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12.—So with negatives, to be not willing, not to suffer, not to like, not to allow, refuse:
heri nemo voluit Sostratam intro admittere,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 49:
cum alter verum audire non vult,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98: a proximis quisque minime anteiri vult, likes least to be surpassed, etc., Liv. 6, 34, 7:
nihil ex his praeter... accipere voluit,
refused to accept, Val. Max. 4, 3, 4.—
m.
To do something voluntarily or intentionally: volo facere = mea voluntate or sponte facio: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo;
si jussus est, necessitati,
if he accused of his own free will, I ascribe it to his filial love, Cic. Cael. 1, 2:
utrum statuas voluerint tibi statuere, an coacti sint,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:
de risu quinque sunt quae quaerantur... sitne oratoris risum velle permovere,
on purpose, id. Or. 2, 58, 235:
laedere numquam velimus,
Quint. 6, 3, 28.—So, non velle with inf., to do something unwillingly, with reluctance:
vivere noluit qui mori non vult,
who dies with reluctance, Sen. Ep. 30, 10.—
n.
To be of opinion, think, mean, pretend (rare with inf.; usu. with acc. and inf.; v. B. 8.):
haec tibi scripsi ut isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, te nihil esse cognosceres,
in which you imagine you have some influence, Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:
in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse vult, quod ita scribit, etc.,
pretends, means to be, id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 35: sed idem Aelius Stoicus esse voluit, orator autem nec studuit um quam, nec fuit, id. Brut. 56, 206:
Pythago. ras, qui etiam ipse augur esse vellet,
id. Div. 1, 3, 5.—
o.
To like, have no objection to, approve of (cf. E. 1. sq.):
magis eum delectat qui se ait philosophari velle sed paucis: nam omnino haud placere,
that he liked, had no objection to philosophizing, Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; v. also II. A.—
2.
With pres. inf. understood.
a.
Supplied from a preceding or subsequent clause.
(α).
To wish, it is his will, etc. (cf. 1. a. and b. supra):
nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo, i. e. vivere,
as I wish, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111: quod diu vivendo multa quae non volt (i. e. videre) videt, Caecil. ap. Cic. Sen. 8, 25:
proinde licet quotvis vivendo condere saecla,
Lucr. 3, 1090:
nec tantum proficiebam quantum volebam,
Cic. Att. 1, 17, 1:
tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle (i. e. persuadere) ceteris, sibi certe persuasisse videatur,
id. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:
sed liceret, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 81:
quo praesidio senatus libere quae vellet decernere auderet,
id. B. C. 1, 2.—Of things:
neque chorda sonum reddit quem vult manus et mens,
Hor. A. P. 348.—
(β).
To choose, be pleased (freq.):
tum mihi faciat quod volt magnus Juppiter,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 50:
id repetundi copia est, quando velis,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 7:
habuit aurum quamdiu voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31:
rapiebat et asportabat quantum a quoque volebat Apronius,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 29:
provincias quas vellet, quibus vellet, venderet?
id. Sest. 39, 84:
quotiens ille tibi potestatem facturus sit ut eligas utrum velis,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:
daret utrum vellet subclamatum est,
Liv. 21, 18, 14:
senatus consultum factum est ut plebes praeficeret quaestioni quem vellet,
id. 4, 51, 2:
saxi materiaeque caedendae unde quisque vellet jus factum,
id. 5, 55, 3; cf. id. 2, 13, 9; 5, 46, 10; 6, 25, 5; 22, 10, 23; 23, 6, 2; 23, 15, 15; 23, 45, 10; 23, 47, 2;
26, 21, 11: vicem suam conquestus, quod sibi soli non liceret amicis, quatenus vellet, irasci,
Suet. Aug. 66:
at tu quantum vis tolle,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 16.—
(γ).
To intend, it is my purpose, etc. (v. 1. c. supra):
sine me pervenire quo volo,
let me come to my point, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 44:
scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, quemadmodum quidem volui, tres libros... de Oratore,
as I intended, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 23:
ut meliore condicione quam qua ipse vult imitetur homines eos qui, etc.,
id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 25:
ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt,
Liv. 2, 45, 12. —
(δ).
To be willing, to consent, I will (v. 1. h. and l. supra): tu eum orato... St. Sane volo, yes, I will, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 57:
jube me vinciri. Volo, dum istic itidem vinciatur,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 75:
patri dic velle (i. e. uxorem ducere),
that you consent, are willing, Ter. And. 2, 3, 20 (cf.: si vis, II. A. 2, and sis, supra init.).—
(ε).
To do something voluntarily (v. 1. m. supra):
tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem,
Ov. Am. 3, 11, 50.—
b.
With ellipsis of inf.
(α).
Volo, with a designation of place, = ire volo:
nos in Formiano morabamur, quo citius audiremus: deinde Arpinum volebamus,
I intended to go to Arpinum, Cic. Att. 9, 1, 3:
volo mensi Quinctili in Graeciam,
id. ib. 14, 7, 2:
hactenus Vitellius voluerat (i. e. procedere),
Tac. A. 12, 42 fin. —
(β).
With other omissions, supplied from context: volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid (i. e. to dedicate some writing to him), Cic. Att. 13, 13, 2.—
(γ).
In mal. part., Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 7; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 16; 2. 19, 2; Prop. 1, 13, 36.—
3.
With perfect infinitive active (rare).
a.
In negative imperative sentences dependent on ne velis, ne velit (in oblique discourse also ne vellet), where ne velis has the force of noli. The perfect infinitive emphatically represents the action as completed (ante-class. and poet.).
(α).
In ancient ordinances of the Senate and of the higher officers (not in laws proper): NEIQVIS EORVM BACANAL HABVISE VELET... BACAS VIR NEQVIS ADIESE VELET CEIVIS ROMANVS... NEVE PECVNIAM QVISQVAM EORVM COMOINEM HABVISE VELET... NEVE... QVIQVAM FECISE VELET. NEVE INTER SED CONIOVRASE, NEVE COMVOVISE NEVE CONSPONDISE, etc., S. C. de Bacch. 4-13 ap. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 172.—So, in quoting such ordinances: per totam Italiam edicta mitti ne quis qui Bacchis initiatus esset, coisse aut convenisse causa sacrorum velit. [p. 2006] neu quid talis rei divinae fecisse, Liv. 39, 14, 8:
edixerunt ne quis quid fugae causa vendidisse neve emisse vellet,
id. 39, 17, 3. —
(β).
In imitation of official edicts: (vilicus) ne quid emisse velit insciente domino, neu quid domino celasse velit, the overseer must not buy any thing, etc., Cato, R. R. 5, 4:
interdico, ne extulisse extra aedis puerum usquam velis,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:
oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (= noli dare),
Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38:
ne quis humasse velit Ajacem, Atride, vetas? Cur?
Hor. S. 2, 3, 187.—
b.
In affirmative sentences, implying command (in any mood or tense; mostly poet.): neminem nota strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., Liv. 24, 16, 11: quia pepercisse vobis volunt, committere vos cur pereatis non patiuntur, because they have decided to spare you, etc., id. 32, 21, 33:
sunt delicta tamen quibus ignovisse velimus (= volumus),
which should be pardoned, Hor. A. P. 347.—
c.
To represent the will as referring to a completed action.
(α).
In optative sentences with vellem or velim, v. II. B. 5. b. a, and II. C. 1. b.—
(β).
In other sentences ( poet. and post-class.): ex omnibus praediis ex quibus non hac mente recedimus ut omisisse possessionem velimus, with the will to abandon (omittere would denote the purpose to give up at some future time), Dig. 43, 16, 1, § 25; so,
an erit qui velle recuset Os populi meruisse?
Pers. 1, 41:
qui me volet incurvasse querela,
id. 1, 91.
B.
With acc. and inf.
1.
To wish (v. A. 1. a.).
a.
With a different subject: hoc volo scire te: Perditus sum miser, I wish you to know, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 46:
deos volo consilia vostra vobis recte vortere,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 31:
emere oportet quem tibi oboedire velis,
id. Pers. 2, 4, 2:
scin' quid nunc te facere volo?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 85:
si perpetuam vis esse adfinitatem hanc,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 10:
consul ille egit eas res quarum me participem esse voluit,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 17, 41:
vim volumus exstingui: jus valeat necesse est,
id. Sest. 42, 92:
nec mihi hunc errorem extorqueri volo,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
hoc te scire volui,
id. Att. 7, 18, 4:
harum causarum fuit justissima quod Germanos suis quoque rebus timere voluit,
Caes. B. G. 4, 16:
ut equites qui salvam esse rempublicam vellent ex equis desilirent,
Liv. 4, 38, 2:
si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 3:
si vis me flere, dolendum est Primum ipsi tibi,
id. A. P. 102.—With pass. inf. impers.:
regnari tamen omnes volebant,
that there should be a king, Liv. 1, 17, 3:
mihi volo ignosci,
I wish to be pardoned, Cic. Or. 1, 28, 130:
volt sibi quisque credi,
Liv. 22, 22, 14. —
b.
With the same subject.
(α).
With inf. act.:
quae mihi est spes qua me vivere velim,
what hope have I, that I should wish to live? Plaut. Rud. 1, 3, 33:
volo me placere Philolachi,
id. Most. 1, 3, 11; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 47; id. Rud. 2, 6, 1:
judicem esse me, non doctorem volo,
Cic. Or. 33, 117:
vult, credo, se esse carum suis,
id. Sen. 20, 73; so id. Off. 1, 31, 113; id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; 2, 23, 95. —
(β).
With inf. pass.:
quod certiorem te vis fieri quo quisque in me animo sit,
Cic. Att. 11, 13, 1; cf. id. Fam. 1, 9, 18:
qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39; cf. id. B. C. 2, 29:
religionis se causa... Bacchis initiari velle,
Liv. 39, 10, 2:
Agrippae se nepotem neque credi neque dici volebat,
Suet. Calig. 22 fin. —
2.
Of the will of superiors, gods, etc. (cf. A. 1. b. supra), I want, it is my will:
me absente neminem volo intromitti,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 21:
viros nostros quibus tu voluisti esse nos matres familias,
id. Stich. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 1, 4, 2; id. Rud. 4, 5, 9; id. Trin. 1, 2, 1:
pater illum alterum (filium) secum omni tempore volebat esse,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 42:
(deus) quinque reliquis motibus orbem esse voluit expertem,
id. Univ. 10; cf. id. Sest. 69, 147; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 57; 1, 5, 14:
causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes... patefieri volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 9; id. B. C. 1, 4:
quippe (senatus) foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat,
Sall. C. 19, 2:
nec (di) patefieri (crimina) ut impunita essent, sed ut vindicarentur voluerunt,
Liv. 39, 16, 11; cf. id. 1, 56, 3; 2, 28, 5; 25, 32, 6:
senatus... Romano sanguini pudicitiam tutam esse voluit,
Val. Max. 6, 1, 9; cf. id. 6, 9, 2.—So in the historians: quid fieri vellet (velit), after a verbum imperandi or declarandi, he gave his orders, explained his will:
quid fieri velit praecipit,
Caes. B. G. 5, 56:
ibi quid fieri vellet imperabat,
id. ib. 7, 16:
quid fieri vellet ostendit,
id. ib. 7, 27:
quae fieri vellet edocuit,
id. B. C. 3, 108; cf. id. B. G. 7, 45; id. B. C. 3, 78; 3, 89:
quid fieri vellet edixit,
Curt. 8, 10, 30; 4, 13, 24; Val. Max. 7, 4, 2.— Frequently majores voluerunt, it was the will of our ancestors, referring to ancient customs and institutions:
sacra Cereris summa majores nostri religione confici caerimoniaque voluerunt,
Cic. Balb. 24, 55: majores vestri ne vos quidem temere coire voluerunt, cf. id. ib. 17, 39; 23, 54; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Fl. 7, 15; id. Imp. Pomp. 13, 39; id. Div. 1, 45, 103; id. Font. 24, 30 (10, 20); id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70.—Of testamentary dispositions: cum Titius, heres meus, mortuus erit, volo hereditatem meam ad P. Mevium pertinere, Gai Inst. 2, 277. Except in the institution of the first heir: at illa (institutio) non est comprobata: Titum heredem esse volo, Gai Inst. 2, 117. —
3.
Of the intention of a writer, etc., to want, to mean, intend:
Asinariam volt esse (nomen fabulae) si per vos licet,
Plaut. As. prol. 12:
Plautus hanc mihi gnatam esse voluit Inopiam,
has wanted Poverty to be my daughter, made her my daughter, id. Trin. prol. 9:
primumdum huic esse nomen Diphilus Cyrenas voluit,
id. Rud. prol. 33:
quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt vulgo intellegi,
meant to be understood by all, Cic. Or. 2, 14, 60:
si non hoc intellegi volumus,
id. Fat. 18, 41:
quale intellegi vult Cicero cum dicit orationem suam coepisse canescere,
Quint. 11, 1, 31; so id. 9, 4, 82; 9, 3, 9:
quamquam illi (Prometheo) quoque ferreum anulum dedit antiquitas vinculumque id, non gestamen, intellegi voluit,
Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 8.—
4.
To resolve:
Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:
si a me causam hanc vos (judices) agi volueritis,
if you resolve, id. ib. 8, 25:
senatus te voluit mihi nummos, me tibi frumentum dare,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:
qua (statua) abjecta, basim tamen in foro manere voluerunt,
id. ib. 2, 2, 66, §
160: liberam debere esse Galliam quam (senatus) suis legibus uti voluisset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 45:
tu Macedonas tibi voluisti genua ponere, venerarique te ut deum,
Curt. 8 (7), 13.— Hence,
5.
To order, command: erus meus tibi me salutem multam voluit dicere, has ordered me, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 2, 25:
montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit,
which he had ordered to be occupied, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
ibi futuros esse Helvetios ubi eos Caesar... esse voluisset,
id. ib. 1, 13 (for velitis jubeatis with inf.-clause, v. II. B. 5. d.).—
6.
To consent, allow (cf. A. 1. I.):
obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis vires salubres vellent reipublicae esse,
they prevailed upon them to permit the tribunitian power to be wholesome to the republic, Liv. 2, 44, 5:
Hiero tutores... puero reliquit quos precatus est moriens ut juvenum suis potissimum vestigiis insistere vellent,
id. 24, 4, 5:
petere ut eum... publicae etiam curae ac velut tutelae vellent esse (i. e. senatus),
id. 42, 19, 5:
orare tribunos ut uno animo cum consulibus bellum ab urbe ac moenibus propulsari vellent,
id. 3, 69, 5:
quam superesse causam Romanis cur non... incolumis Syracusas esse velint?
id. 25, 28, 8:
si alter ex heredibus voluerit rem a legatario possideri, alter non, ei qui noluit interdictum competet,
Dig. 43, 3, 1, § 15.—So negatively = not to let, not to suffer:
cum P. Attio agebant ne sua pertinacia omnium fortunas perturbari vellet,
Caes. B. C. 2, 36.—
7.
To be of opinion that something should be, to require, demand:
voluisti enim in suo genere unumquemque... esse Roscium,
Cic. Or. 1, 61, 258: eos exercitus quos contra se multos jam annos aluerint velle dimitti, he demanded the disbanding of, etc., Caes. B. C. 1, 85:
(Cicero) vult esse auctoritatem in verbis,
Quint. 8, 3, 43:
vult esse Celsus aliquam et superiorem compositionem,
id. 9, 4, 137:
si tantum irasci vis sapientem quantum scelerum indignitas exigit,
Sen. Ira, 2, 9, 4. —
8.
To be of opinion that something is or was, = censere, dicere, but implying that the opinion is erroneous or doubtful, usu. in the third pers., sometimes in the second.
(α).
To imagine, consider:
est genus hominum qui esse se primos omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:
semper auget adsentator id quod is cujus ad voluntatem dicitur vult esse magnum,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98:
si quis patricius, si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret,
Liv. 6, 40, 13.—
(β).
To be of opinion, to hold:
vultis, opinor, nihil esse... in natura praeter ignem,
Cic. N. D. 3, 14, 36:
volunt illi omnes... eadem condicione nasci,
id. Div. 2, 44, 93:
vultis evenire omnia fato,
id. ib. 2, 9, 24:
alteri censent, etc., alteri volunt a rebus fatum omne relegari,
id. Fat. 19, 45:
vultis a dis immortalibus hominibus dispertiri somnia,
id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; id. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; id. Fin. 3, 11, 36; id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:
volunt quidam... iram in pectore moveri effervescente circa cor sanguine,
Sen. Ira, 2, 19, 3.—
(γ).
To say, assert:
si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis,
as you say he is, Cic. Cael. 21, 53:
sit sane tanta quanta tu illam esse vis,
id. Or. 1, 55, 23:
ad pastum et ad procreandi voluptatem hoc divinum animal procreatum esse voluerunt: quo nihil mihi videtur esse absurdius,
id. Fin. 2, 13, 40; 2, 17, 55; 2, 42, 131; 2, 46, 142; id. Fat. 18, 41.—With perf. inf.:
Rhodi ego non fui: me vult fuisse,
Cic. Planc. 34, 84.—
(δ).
To pretend, with perf. inf., both subjects denoting the same person:
unde homines dum se falso terrore coacti Effugisse volunt, etc.,
Lucr. 3, 69 (cf. A. 1. n. supra).—
(ε).
To mean, with perf. inf.:
utrum scientem vultis contra foedera fecisse, an inscientem?
Cic. Balb. 5, 13.— With pres. inf.:
quam primum istud, quod esse vis?
what do you mean by as soon as possible? Sen. Ep. 117, 24.—
(ζ).
Rarely in the first pers., implying that the opinion is open to discussion:
ut et mihi, quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, concederes,
what according to my opinion is not the orator's province, Cic. Or. 1, 17, 74.—
9.
In partic.
a.
With things as subjects.
(α).
Things personified:
ne res publica quidem haec pro se suscipi volet,
would have such things done for it, Cic. Off. 1, 45, 159:
cui tacere grave sit, quod homini facillimum voluerit esse natura,
which nature willed should be easiest for man, Curt. 4, 6, 6: fortuna Q. Metellum... nasci in urbe terrarum principe voluit, fate ordained that, etc., Val. Max. 7, 1, 1: nihil rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum effici cito, it is the law of nature that, etc., Quint. 10, 3, 4:
quid non ingenio voluit natura licere?
what license did nature refuse to genius? Mart. 8, 68, 9:
me sine, quem semper voluit fortuna jacere,
Prop. 1, 6, 25:
hanc me militiam fata subire volunt,
id. 1, 6, 30.—
(β).
Of laws, to provide:
duodecim tabulae nocturnum furem... interfici impune voluerunt,
Cic. Mil. 3, 9:
lex duodecim tabularum tignum aedibus junctum... solvi prohibuit, pretiumque ejus dari voluit,
Dig. 46, 3, 98, § 8 fin. (cf. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21, b. a, infra).—
b.
With perf. pass. inf., to represent a state or result wished for.
(α).
The inf. being in full, with esse expressed: si umquam quemquam di immortales voluere esse auxilio adjutum, tum me et Calidorum servatum volunt, if it ever was the will of the gods that any one should be assisted, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 1: Corinthum patres vestri, totius Graeciae lumen, exstinctum esse voluerunt, it was their will that Corinth should be ( and remain) destroyed, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 11:
nostri... leges et jura tecta esse voluerunt,
id. Or. 1, 59, 253:
propter eam partem epistulae tuae per quam te et mores tuos purgatos et probatos esse voluisti,
id. Att. 1, 17, 7; id. Fin. 4, 27, 76; id. de Or. 1, 51, 221:
daturum se operam ne cujus suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent,
Liv. 21, 45, 6: for velle redundant in this construction, v. II. A. 2. 3. infra.—With pass. inf. impers.:
sociis maxime lex consultum esse vult,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21.—
(β).
With ellips. of esse (cf. Quint. 9, 3, 9): perdis me tuis dictis. Cu. Imo, servo et servatum volo, and mean that you should remain saved, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 56:
aunt qui volum te conventam,
who want to see you, id. Cist. 4, 2, 39:
eidem homini, si quid recte cura tum velis, mandes,
if you want to have anything done well, id. As. 1, 1, 106:
sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
id. Capt. prol. 53: id nunc res indicium haeo [p. 2007] facit, quo pacto factum volueris, this shows now why you wished this to be done, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 31 (cf. Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33; id. Aul. 3, 5, 30, II. B. 1, b, and II. B. 3. b. infra): domestica cura te levatum volo, I wish to see you relieved, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 3:
nulla sedes quo concurrant qui rem publicam defensam velint,
id. Att. 8, 3, 4:
rex celatum voluerat (i. e. donum),
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64:
Hannibal non Capuam neglectam, neque desertos volebat socios,
Liv. 25, 20, 5; 2, 15, 2; 2, 44, 3; 3, 21, 4; 22, 7, 4;
26, 31, 6: contemptum hominis quem destructum volebat,
Quint. 8, 3, 21:
si te non emptam vellet, emendus erat,
Ov. Am. 1, 8, 34 (so with velle redundant, v. II. A. 1. d., and II. A. 3. infra).—Both subjects denoting the same person:
velle Pompeium se Caesari purgatum,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Esp., with pass. inf. impers.: alicui consultum velle, to take care for or advocate somebody's interests:
liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos,
Cic. Fin. 3, 17, 57:
obliviscere illum aliquando adversario tuo voluisse consultum,
id. Att. 16, 16 C, 10:
quibus tribuni plebis nunc consultum repente volunt,
Liv. 5, 5, 3; so id. 25, 25, 17:
quamquam senatus subventum voluit heredibus,
Dig. 36, 1, 1, § 4; so with dep. part., used passively:
volo amori ejus obsecutum,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 63.—
c.
With predic. adj., without copula.
(α).
The subjects being different (mostly aliquem salvum velle):
si me vivum vis, pater, Ignosce,
if you wish me to live, Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7:
ille, si me alienus adfinem volet, Tacebit,
id. Phorm. 4, 1, 16:
ut tu illam salvam magis velis quam ego,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 17; 3, 5, 14:
quoniam ex tota provincia soli sunt qui te salvum velint,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 150:
irent secum extemplo qui rempublicam salvam vellent,
Liv. 22, 53, 7.—
(β).
Both subjects denoting the same person (virtually = object infinitive):
in occulto jacebis quom te maxime clarum voles (= clarus esse voles),
when you will most wish to be famous, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 38:
volo me patris mei similem,
I wish to be like my father, id. As. 1, 1, 54: ut iste qui se vult dicacem et mehercule est, Appius, who means to be witty, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 60, 246:
qui vero se populares volunt,
who mean to be popular, id. Off. 2, 22, 78:
ut integrum se salvumque velit,
id. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
ut (omne animal) se et salvum in suo genere incolumeque vellet,
id. ib. 4, 8, 19. —
d.
With an inf.-clause understood.
(α).
Velle, to wish: utinam hinc abierit in malam crucem! Ad. Ita nos velle aequom est (ita = eum abire, etc.), Plaut. Poen. 4, 1, 5:
stulta es, soror, magis quam volo (i.e. te esse),
id. Pers. 4, 4, 78; id. Trin. 1, 2, 8; 2, 4, 175; id. Stich. 1, 1, 13; id. Ps. 1, 5, 55:
senatum non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere,
Cic. Mil. 5, 12:
neque enim facile est ut irascatur cui tu velis judex (= cui tu eum irasci velis),
id. Or. 2, 45, 190; cf. id. Sest. 38, 82.—
(β).
Referring to the will of superiors, etc.:
deos credo voluisse, nam ni vellent, non fieret,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46: jamne abeo? St. Volo (sc. te abire), so I will, id. Cas. 2, 8, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 6, 12; id. Merc. 2, 3, 33.—
(γ).
To mean, intend (v. B. 3.):
acutum etiam illud est cum ex alterius oratione aliud atque ille vult (sc. te excipere),
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 273.—
(δ).
To require, demand (v B. 7.):
veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita vultis, etiam timemus,
Liv. 39, 37, 17;
and of things as subjects: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere),
Hor. A. P. 71.—
(ε).
To be of opinion, will have (v. B. 8.):
ergo ego, inimicus, si ita vultis, homini, amicus esse rei publicae debeo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 8, 19:
nam illi regi tolerabili, aut, si voltis, etiam amabili, Cyro,
id. Rep. 1, 28, 44; id. Fin. 2, 27, 89; 3, 4, 12; id. Cael. 21, 53; Liv. 21, 10, 7; Quint. 2, 17, 41.—
(ζ).
With ellips. of predic. inf. (v. A. 2. b.): cras de reliquiis nos volo (i. e. cenare), it is my intention that we dine, etc., Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
volo Varronem (i. e. hos libros habere),
Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3.
C.
With ut, ne, or ut ne.
1.
With ut.
a.
To wish:
volo ut quod jubebo facias,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 65:
quia enim id maxime volo ut illi istac confugiant,
id. Most. 5, 1, 49:
ut mihi aedes aliquas conducat volo,
id. Merc. 3, 2, 17: hoc prius volo meam rem agere. Th. Quid id est? Ph. Ut mihi hanc despondeas, id. Curc. 5, 2, 71: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 8:
velim ut tibi amicus sit,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 1:
quare id quoque velim... ut sit qui utamur,
id. ib. 11, 11, 2:
maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla... modestiae fructum aliquem percipere potuisset,
id. Sull. 1, 1:
equidem vellem uti pedes haberent (res tuae),
id. Fam. 7, 33, 2:
his ut sit digna puella volo,
Mart. 11, 27, 14.—Both subjects denoting the same person: volueram, inquit, ut quam plurimum tecum essem, Brut. ap. Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1.—
b.
It is the will of, to want, ordain (v. B. 2.):
at ego deos credo voluisse ut apud te me in nervo enicem,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 17: numquid me vis? Le. Ut valeas, id. Cist. 1, 1, 120: numquid vis? Ps. Dormitum ut abeas, id. Ps. 2, 2, 70:
volo ut mihi respondeas,
Cic. Vatin. 6, 14; 7, 17; 7, 18; 9, 21;
12, 29: nuntia Romanis, caelestes ita velle ut mea Roma caput orbis terrarum sit,
Liv. 1, 16, 7.—
c.
To intend, it is the purpose, aim, etc., the two subjects being the same:
id quaerunt, volunt haec ut infecta faciant,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 9.—
d.
With other verbs:
quod peto et volo parentes meos ut commonstres mihi,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 4:
quasi vero aut populus Romanus hoc voluerit, aut senatus tibi hoc mandaverit ut... privares,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48;
with opto,
id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 48;
with laboro,
Liv. 42, 14, 3;
with aequum censere,
id. 39, 19, 7.—
2.
With ne:
at ne videas velim,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23:
quid nunc vis? ut opperiare hos sex dies saltem modo, ne illam vendas, neu me perdas, etc.,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 102:
credibile est hoc voluisse legumlatorem, ne auxilia liberorum innocentibus deessent,
intended, Quint. 7, 1, 56.—
3.
With ut ne: quid nunc tibi vis? Mi. Ut quae te cupit, eam ne spernas, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60.
D.
With subjunct. of dependent verb (mostly ante-class.; class. and freq. with velim and vellem; but in Cic. mostly epistolary and colloquial).
1.
To wish:
ergo animum advortas volo,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 23; 2, 3, 28; 2, 3, 70:
volo amet me patrem,
id. As. 1, 1, 63 dub.:
hoc volo agatis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 83:
ducas volo hodie uxorem,
Ter. And. 2, 3, 14:
quid vis faciam?
Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 49; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 24; Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 64; 2, 3, 65; 2, 6, 65; 3, 3, 3; id. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 2, 3, 56; id. Capt. 1, 2, 12; id. Poen. 3, 2, 16; id. Pers. 2, 4, 23; id. Rud. 5, 2, 45; 5, 3, 58; id. Stich. 5, 2, 21; Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 14:
volo etiam exquiras quam diligentissime poteris quid Lentulus agat?
Cic. Att. 8, 12, 6:
Othonem vincas volo,
id. ib. 13, 29, 2:
eas litteras volo habeas,
id. ib. 13, 32, 3:
visne igitur videamus quidnam sit, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 10, 15: visne igitur descendatur ad Lirim? id. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4:
volo, inquis, sciat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 10, 2.—
2.
To be of opinion that something should be, demand, require (v. B. 7.): volo enim se efferat in adulescentia fecunditas, I like to see, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 21, 88:
volo hoc oratori contingat ut, etc.,
id. Brut. 84, 290.—
3.
With subj.-clause understood:
abi atque obsona, propera! sed lepide volo (i. e. obsones),
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 55.
E.
With object nouns, etc.
1.
With acc. of a thing.
a.
With a noun, to want, wish for, like to have:
voltisne olivas, aut pulmentum, aut capparim?
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 90:
animo male est: aquam velim,
id. Am. 5, 1, 6:
quia videt me suam amicitiam velle,
id. Aul. 2, 3, 68; so,
gratiam tuam,
id. Curc. 2, 3, 52; 2, 3, 56:
aquam,
id. ib. 2, 3, 34:
discidium,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 14: nullam ego rem umquam in vita mea Volui quin tu in ea re mihi advorsatrix fueris, I never had any wish in my life, etc., id. Heaut. 5, 3, 5: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain, i. e. as a province, Cic. Att. 12, 7, 1:
mihi frumento non opus est: nummos volo,
I want the money, id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:
non poterat scilicet negare se velle pacem,
id. Att. 15, 1 a, 3; cf. id. ib. 13, 32, 2 (v. II. C. 4. infra):
si amplius obsidum (= plures obsides) vellet, dare pollicentur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 9 fin.:
pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt,
Liv. 7, 40, 18:
ferunt (eum)... honestum finem voluisse,
Tac. A. 6, 26:
cum Scipio veram vellet et sine exceptione victoriam,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12:
mensae munera si voles secundae, Marcentes tibi porrigentur uvae,
Mart. 5, 78, 11.—
b.
Neutr. adjj., denoting things, substantively used: utrum vis opta, dum licet. La. Neutrum volo, Plaut. Ps. 3, 6, 16:
quorum isti neutrum volunt,
acknowledge neither, Cic. Fat. 12, 28:
voluimus quaedam, contendimus... Obtenta non sunt,
we aspired to certain things, id. Balb. 27, 61:
restat ut omnes unum velint,
hold one opinion, id. Marcell. 10, 32:
si plura velim,
if I wished for more, Hor. C. 3, 16, 38:
per quod probemus aliud legislatorem voluisse,
that the law-giver intended something different, Quint. 7, 6, 8:
ut putent, aliud quosdam dicere, aliud velle,
that they say one thing and mean another, id. 9, 2, 85:
utrum is qui scripsit... voluerit,
which of the two was meant by the author, id. 7, 9, 15:
ut nemo contra id quod vult dicit, ita potest melius aliquid velle quam dicit,
mean better than he speaks, id. 9, 2, 89:
quis enim pudor omnia velle?
to desire every thing, Mart. 12, 94, 11.—
c.
With neutr. demonstr. expressed or understood, to want, intend, aim at, like, will:
immo faenus: id primum volo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 64:
proximum quod sit bono... id volo,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 22:
nisi ea quae tu vis volo,
unless my purpose is the same as yours, id. Ep. 2, 2, 82:
siquidem id sapere'st, velle te id quod non potest contingere,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 83:
hoc (i. e. otium cum dignitate) qui volunt omnes optimates putantur,
who aim at this, Cic. Sest. 45, 98:
privatum oportet in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint,
id. Off. 1, 34, 124:
quid est sapientia? Semper idem velle atque idem nolle,
Sen. Ep. 20, 5:
pudebit eadem velle quae volueras puer,
id. ib. 27, 2:
nec volo quod cruciat, nec volo quod satiat,
Mart. 1, 57, 4.—With demonstr. in place of inf.-clause:
hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae (sc. poenas in me sumi),
Verg. A. 2, 104:
hoc velit Eurystheus, velit hoc germana Tonantis (sc. verum esse, Herculem, etc.),
Ov. H. 9, 7; Hor. S. 2, 3, 88.—
d.
With neutr. of interrog. pron.: quid nunc vis? Am. Sceleste, at etiam quid velim, id tu me rogas? what do you want now? Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 5:
eloquere quid velis,
id. Cas. 2, 4, 2: heus tu! Si. Quid vis? id. Ps. 4, 7, 21; so Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 152:
sed plane quid velit nescio,
what his intentions are, Cic. Att. 15, 1 a, 5; id. de Or. 2, 20, 84:
mittunt etiam ad dominos qui quaerant quid velint,
to ask for their orders, id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41:
quid? Si haec... ipsius amici judicarunt? Quid amplius vultis?
what more do you require, will you have? id. Verr. 2, 3, 65, § 152:
quid amplius vis?
Hor. Epod. 17, 30:
spectatur quid voluerit scriptor,
we find out the author's intention, Quint. 7, 10, 1.—Sometimes quid vult = quid sibi vult (v. 4. b.), to mean, signify:
capram illam suspicor jam invenisse... quid voluerit,
what it signified, Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 30:
sed tamen intellego quid velit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 101:
quid autem volunt ea di immortales significantes quae sine interpretibus non possimus intellegere? etc.,
id. Div. 2, 25, 54.—Of things as subjects:
hunc ensem mittit tibi... Et jubet ex merito scire quid iste velit,
Ov. H. 11, 96.—
e.
With rel. pron.:
quod volui, ut volui, impetravi... a Philocomasio,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 5, 1:
ut quod frons velit oculi sciant,
that the eyes know what the forehead wants, id. Aul. 4, 1, 13:
illi quae volo concedere,
to yield to him my wishes, id. Cas. 2, 3, 49:
si illud quod volumus dicitur,
what we like, id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:
multa eveniunt homini quae volt, quae nevolt,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 84; id. Ep. 2, 2, 4:
quamquam (litterae tuae) semper aliquid adferunt quod velim,
Cic. Att. 11, 11, 1:
quae vellem quaeque sentirem dicendi,
id. Marcell. 1, 1:
uti ea quae vellent impetrarent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
satis animi ad id quod tam diu vellent,
to carry out what they had desired so long, Liv. 4, 54, 5:
sed quod volebant non... expediebant,
their purpose, id. 24, 23, 9. —Idiomatically: quod volo = quod demonstrare volo, what I intend to prove:
illud quod volumus expressum est, ut vaticinari furor vera soleat,
Cic. Div. 1, 31, 67:
bis sumpsit quod voluit,
he has twice begged the question, id. ib. 2, 52, 107.—With indef. relations:
cornucopia ubi inest quidquid volo,
whatever I wish for, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5:
Caesar de Bruto solitus est dicere: magni refert hic quid velit, sed quidquid volt, valde volt,
whatever he wills he wills strongly, Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2.—
f.
With indef. pronn.
(α).
Si quid vis, if you want any thing: illo praesente mecum agito si quid voles, [p. 2008] Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 72: Py. Adeat si quid volt. Pa. Si quid vis, adi, mulier, id. Mil. 4, 2, 47:
eumque Alexander cum rogaret, si quid vellet, ut diceret,
id. Or. 2, 66, 266; Caes. B. G. 1, 7 fin. —
(β).
Nisi quid vis, unless you wish to give some order, to make some remark, etc.:
ego eo ad forum nisi quid vis,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 94:
nunc de ratione videamus, nisi quid vis ad haec,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42.—
(γ).
Numquid vis or ecquid vis? have you any orders to give? a formula used by inferiors before leaving their superiors; cf. Don. ad Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 39:
visunt, quid agam, ecquid velim,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113:
numquid vis aliud?
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 111; 1, 2, 106; id. Ad. 2, 2, 39; 3, 3, 78; id. Hec. 2, 2, 30:
numquid vellem rogavit,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 6:
frequentia rogantium num quid vellet,
Liv. 6, 34, 7:
rogavit num quid in Sardiniam vellet. Te puto saepe habere qui num quid Romam velis quaerant,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1.—
2.
With acc. of the person: aliquem velle.
(α).
To want somebody, i. e. in order to see him, to speak with him (ante-class. and colloq.):
Demenaetum volebam,
I wanted, wished to see, Demenoetus, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 12:
bona femina et malus masculus volunt te,
id. Cist. 4, 2, 40:
solus te solum volo,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 70:
quia non est intus quem ego volo,
id. Mil. 4, 6, 40:
hae oves volunt vos,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 24:
quis me volt? Perii, pater est,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 1:
centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 4.—With paucis verbis or paucis, for a few words ( moments):
volo te verbis pauculis,
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 28:
sed paucis verbis te volo, Palaestrio,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 22:
Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 2.—
(β).
To love, like somebody, to be fond of somebody (anteclass. and poet.):
hanc volo (= amo),
Plaut. As. 5, 1, 18:
sine me amare unum Argyrippum... quem volo,
id. ib. 3, 2, 38:
quom quae te volt, eamdem tu vis,
id. Mil. 4, 2, 80:
aut quae (vitia) corpori' sunt ejus siquam petis ac vis,
Lucr. 4, 1152:
quam volui nota fit arte mea,
Ov. Am. 1, 10, 60: nolo virum, facili redimit qui sanguine famam: hunc volo, laudari qui sine morte potest, I like the one who, etc., Mart. 1, 8, 6.—
(γ).
To wish to have:
roga, velitne an non uxorem,
whether he wishes to have his wife or not, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 43:
ut sapiens velit gerere rem publicam, atque... uxorem adjungere, et velle ex ea liberos (anacoluth.),
Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68.—
With two accusatives: (narrato) illam te amare et velle uxorem,
that you wish to have her as your wife, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 25; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 65.—
3.
With two accusatives, of the person and the thing: aliquem aliquid velle, to want something of somebody (cf.: aliquem aliquid rogare; mostly ante-class.;
not in Cic.): numquid me vis?
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 120:
face certiorem me quid meus vir me velit,
id. Cas. 2, 6, 1:
num quidpiam me vis aliud?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 81:
nunc verba in pauca conferam quid te velim,
id. As. 1, 1, 74:
narrabit ultro quid sese velis,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 60:
quid me voluisti?
id. Mil. 4, 2, 35:
numquid aliud me vis?
Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 101:
quin tu uno verbo dic quid est quod me velis,
id. And. 1, 1, 18; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 85; id. Cist. 2, 3, 49; id. As. 2, 3, 12; id. Merc. 5, 2, 27; id. Pers. 4, 6, 11; Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 31; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 18; id. Eun. 2, 3, 47; id. Hec. 3, 4, 15:
si quid ille se velit, illum ad se venire oportere,
Caes. B. G. 1, 34:
cum mirabundus quidnam (Taurea) sese vellet, resedisset Flaccus, Me quoque, inquit, etc.,
Liv. 26, 15, 11; also, I want to speak with somebody (v. 2. a. a):
paucis, Euclio, est quod te volo,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 22:
est quod te volo secreto,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—
4.
With acc. of thing and dat. of the person: aliquid alicui velle, to wish something to somebody (= cupio aliquid alicui; v. cupio;
rare): quamquam vobis volo quae voltis, mulieres,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 1:
si ex me illa liberos vellet sibi,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 33:
praesidium velle se senectuti suae,
id. ib. 1, 2, 44:
nihil est mali quod illa non initio filio voluerit, optaverit,
Cic. Clu. 66, 188:
rem Romanam huc provectam ut externis quoque gentibus quietem velit,
Tac. A. 12, 11:
cui ego omnia meritissimo volo et debeo,
to whom I give and owe my best wishes, Quint. 9, 2, 35.—Esp., in the phrase quid vis (vult) with reflex. dat. of interest, lit. what do you want for yourself?
a.
Quid tibi vis = quid vis, the dat. being redundant (rare):
quid aliud tibi vis?
what else do you want? Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 90.—With quisque:
haud ita vitam agerent ut nunc plerumque videmus Quid sibi quisque velit nescire,
be ignorant as to their own aims and purposes, Lucr. 3, 1058.—
b.
What do you mean? what do you drive at? what is your scope, object, drift (rare in post-Aug. writers; Don. ad Ter. Eun. prol. 45, declares it an archaism).
(α).
In 1 st pers. (rare):
nunc quid processerim huc, et quid mihi voluerim dicam,
and what I meant thereby, what was the purpose of my coming, Plaut. As. prol. 6:
quid mihi volui? quid mihi nunc prodest bona voluntas?
Sen. Ben. 4, 21, 6.—
(β).
In 2 d pers.:
quid nunc tibi vis, mulier, memora,
what is the drift of your talk? Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60: sed quid nunc tibi vis? what do you want to come at (i.e. by your preamble)? id. Poen. 1, 1, 24: quid tu tibi vis? Ego non tangam meam? what do you mean? i. e. what is your purpose? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28:
quid tibi vis? quid cum illa rei tibi est?
id. ib. 4, 7, 34:
quid est quod sic gestis? quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? quid tibi vis?
what do you mean by all this? id. ib. 3, 5, 11:
quid est, inepta? quid vis tibi? quid rides?
id. ib. 5, 6, 6:
quid vis tibi? Quid quaeris?
id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9: Ph. Fabulae! Ch. Quid vis tibi? id. Phorm. 5, 8, 53:
roganti ut se in Asiam praefectum duceret, Quid tibi vis, inquit, insane,
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 269; so in 2 d pers. plur.:
pro deum fidem, quid vobis vultis?
Liv. 3, 67, 7.—
(γ).
In 3 d pers.:
quid igitur sibi volt pater? cur simulat?
Ter. And. 2, 3, 1:
quid hic volt veterator sibi?
id. ib. 2, 6, 26:
proinde desinant aliquando me isdem inflare verbis: quid sibi iste vult?... Cur ornat eum a quo desertus est?
Cic. Dom. 11, 29:
quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret?
Caes. B. G. 1, 44 med.:
conicere in eum oculos, mirantes quid sibi vellet (i. e. by courting the plebeians),
Liv. 3, 35, 5:
qui quaererent quid sibi vellent qui armati Aventinum obsedissent,
id. 3, 50, 15:
quid sibi voluit providentia quae Aridaeum regno imposuit?
Sen. Ben. 4, 31, 1: volt, non volt dare Galla mihi, nec dicere possum quod volt et non volt, quid sibi Galla velit, Mart: 3, 90, 2.—
(δ).
Transf. of things as subjects, what means, what signifies? quid volt sibi, Syre, haec oratio? Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 2:
ut pernoscatis quid sibi Eunuchus velit,
id. Eun. prol. 45:
quid ergo illae sibi statuae equestres inauratae volunt?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 150:
quid haec sibi horum civium Romanorum dona voluerunt?
id. ib. 2, 3, 80, §
186: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego,
what is the meaning of the phrase, id. Sen. 18, 66:
quid ergo illa sibi vult pars altera orationis qua Romanos a me cultos ait?
Liv. 40, 12, 14:
tacitae quid vult sibi noctis imago?
Ov. M. 9, 473.—
5.
Bene or male alicui velle, to wish one well or ill, to like or dislike one (ante-class. and poet.): Ph. Bene volt tibi. St. Nequam est illud verbum bene volt, nisi qui bene facit, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 37 sq.:
jam diu ego huic bene et hic mihi volumus,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 4:
ut tibi, dum vivam, bene velim plus quam mihi,
id. Cas. 2, 8, 30:
egone illi ut non bene vellem?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 90; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 95; id. Merc. 2, 1, 21; id. Ps. 4, 3, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 9:
nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6:
quo tibi male volt maleque faciet,
Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 44:
atque isti etiam parum male volo,
id. Truc. 5, 7; cf. id. As. 5, 1, 13:
utinam sic sient qui mihi male volunt,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 13:
non sibi male vult,
he does not dislike himself, Petr. 38; so, melius or optime alicui velle, to like one better or best:
nec est quisquam mihi aeque melius quoi vellem,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42; id. Merc. 5, 2, 57:
illi ego ex omnibus optime volo,
id. Most. 1, 4, 24.—And bene velle = velle: bene volueris in precatione augurali Messalla augur ait, significare volueris, Fest. s. v. bene sponsis, p. 351.—
6.
With abl.: alicujus causa velle, to like one for his own sake, i. e. personally, a Ciceronian phrase, probably inst. of omnia alicujus causa velle; lit. to wish every thing (i.e. good) in somebody's behalf.
(α).
With omnia expressed: etsi mihi videor intellexisse cum tecum de re M. Annaeii locutus sum, te ipsius causa vehementer omnia velle, tamen, etc.... ut non dubitem quin magnus cumulus accedat commenda tionis meae, Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1:
repente coepit dicere, se omnia Verris causa velle,
that he had the most friendly disposition towards Verres, id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 64:
accedit eo quod Varro magnopere ejus causa vult omnia,
id. Fam. 13, 22, 1.—
(β).
Without omnia:
per eos qui nostra causa volunt, valentque apud illum,
Cic. Att. 11, 8, 1:
sed et Phameae causa volebam,
id. ib. 13, 49, 1:
etsi te ipsius Attici causa velle intellexeram,
id. ib. 16, 16, A, 6:
valde enim ejus causa volo,
id. Fam. 16, 17, 2 fin.:
illud non perficis quo minus tua causa velim,
id. ib. 3, 7, 6;
12, 7, 1: si me velle tua causa putas,
id. ib. 7, 17, 2:
regis causa si qui sunt qui velint,
id. ib. 1, 1, 1:
credo tua causa velle Lentulum,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4, 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21; cf. id. Imp. Pomp. (v. C. 1. b. supra), where the phrase has its literal meaning; cf. also: alicujus causa (omnia) cupere; v. cupio.—
7.
With acc. and subjunct. per ecthesin (ante-class.): nunc ego illum meum virum veniat velim (by mixture of constructions: meum virum velim; and:
meus vir veniat velim),
Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 29:
nunc ego Simonidem mi obviam veniat velim,
id. Ps. 4, 5, 10:
nimis hercle ego illum corvum ad me veniat velim,
id. Aul. 4, 6, 4:
saltem aliquem velim qui mihi ex his locis viam monstret,
id. Rud. 1, 3, 35:
patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 106; cf. id. Merc. 2, 1, 30 (v. E. 1. d. supra).
F.
Velle used absolutely, variously rendered to will, have a will, wish, consent, assent:
quod vos, malum... me sic ludificamini? Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum,
I nill I will, I will I nill again, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 57: novi ingenium mulierum: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, they will not where you will, etc., id. Eun. 4, 7, 43:
quis est cui velle non liceat?
who is not free to wish? Cic. Att. 7, 11. 2:
in magnis et voluisse sat est,
Prop. 2, 10 (3, 1), 6:
tarde velle nolentis est,
slow ness in consenting betrays the desire to refuse, Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 4:
quae (animalia) nullam injuriam nobis faciunt, quia velle non possunt, id. Ira, 2, 26, 4: ejus est nolle qui potest velle,
the power to assent implies the power to dissent, Dig. 50, 17, 3.—So velle substantively:
sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius duco quam in crucem tolli,
that very wishing, Cic. Att. 7, 11, 2: inest enim velle in carendo, the word carere implies the notion of a wish, id. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:
velle ac posse in aequo positum erat,
his will and power were balanced, Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:
velle tuum nolo, Didyme, nolle volo,
Mart. 5, 83, 2:
velle suum cuique est,
each has his own likings, Pers. 5, 53.
II.
In partic.
A.
Redundant, when the will to do is identified with the act itself.
1.
In imperative sentences.
a.
In independent sentences introduced by noli velle, where noli has lost the idea of volition:
nolite, judices, hunc velle maturius exstingui vulnere vestro quam suo fato,
do not resolve, Cic. Cael. 32, 79:
nolite igitur id velle quod fieri non potest,
id. Phil. 7, 8, 25: qui timor bonis omnibus injectus sit... nolite a me commoneri velle, do not wish, expect, to be reminded by me, etc., id. Mur. 25, 50: nolite hunc illi acerbum nuntium velle perferri, let it not be your decision that, etc., id. Balb. 28, 64: cujus auspicia pro vobis experti nolite adversus vos velle experiri, do not desire, etc., Liv. 7, 40, 16:
noli adversum eos me velle ducere, etc.,
Nep. Att. 4, 2.—
b.
Ne velis or ne velit fecisse = ne feceris, or ne facito (v. I. A. 3. a. supra).—So ne velis with pres. inf.:
neve, revertendi liber, abesse velis (= neve abfueris),
Ov. H. 1, 80.—
c.
In affirmative imperative sentences (velim esse = esto;
rare): tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis (= fida esto or sis),
Ov. M. 2, 745; and in 3 d pers.:
di procul a cunctis... Hujus notitiam gentis habere velint (= habeant),
id. P. 1, 7, 8:
credere modo qui discet velit (= credat qui discet),
Quint. 8, prooem. 12. —
d.
In clauses dependent on verbs of commanding and wishing:
aut quia significant divam praedicere ut armis Ac virtute velint patriam defendere terram (= ut defendant),
Lucr. 2, 641: precor quaesoque ne ante oculos patris facere et pati omnia infanda velis (= facias et patiaris). Liv. 23, 9, 2:
monentes ne experiri vellet imperium cujus vis, etc.,
id. 2, 59, 4; 39, 13, 2:
et mea... opto Vulnera qui fecit facta levare velit,
Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 18: nos contra (oravimus) [p. 2009]... ne vertere secum Cuncta pater fatoque urguenti incumbere vellet, Verg. A. 2, 653. —With pass. perf. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b):
legati Sullam orant ut filii innocentis fortunas conservatas velit (virtually = fortunas conservet),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 25:
a te peto ut utilitatem sociorum per te quam maxime defensam et auctam velis (= defendas et augeas),
id. Fam. 13, 9, 3.—So after utinam or ut:
utinam illi qui prius eum viderint me apud eum velint adjutum tantum quantum ego vellem si quid possem (= utinam illi me adjuvent quantum ego adjuvarem, etc.),
id. Att. 11, 7, 7:
cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti (= utinam te credidisses),
Verg. A. 11, 153:
edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus... sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet (= sibi praesto essent),
Caes. B. C. 1, 19 (cf. also I. B. 9. b. b, and I. B. 2. fin. supra).—
2.
In conditional clauses, si facere velim = si faciam, often rendered by the potential or future auxiliaries would or will:
non tu scis, Bacchae bacchanti si velis advorsarier, ex insana insaniorem facies? (= si advorseris),
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 80:
si meum Imperium exsequi voluisset, interemptam oportuit (= si executus esset),
Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 22:
si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est (= si id confitear),
if I would acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45:
si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat (= si quis dicat),
id. Fat. 14, 32:
dies deficiat si velim numerare, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 32, 81;
so,
id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 52:
qua in sententia si constare voluissent, suam auctoritatem... recuperassent,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 14; id. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 31; id. Lael. 20, 75:
conicere potestis, si recordari volueritis quanta, etc.,
if you will remember, id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 129; so id. Or. 1, 44, 197; id. Brut. 1, 2, 5:
quod si audire voletis externa, maximas res publicas ab adulescentibus labefactatas reperietis,
id. Sen. 6, 20; so id. Or. 1, 60, 256; 2, 23, 95:
ejus me compotem voti vos facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, non vos in Samnio, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5; 23, 13, 6; 23, 15, 4: cum olera Diogeni lavanti Aristippus dixisset: si Dionysium adulare velles, ista non esses;
Imo, inquit, si tu ista esse velles, non adulares Dionysium,
Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 4:
ut si his (legibus) perpetuo uti voluissent, sempiternum habituri fuerint imperium,
id. 5, 3, ext. 3:
quid enim si mirari velit, non in silvestribus dumis poma pendere,
Sen. Ira, 2, 10, 6; cf. Curt. 5, 1, 1; 3, 5, 6; Ov. H. 17 (18), 43.—With perf. inf. pass.:
nisi ea (opera) certi auctores monumentis suis testata esse voluissent,
Val. Max. 3, 2, 24.—
3.
In declarative sentences.
a.
Volo in 1 st pers. with perf. pass. inf. or part. (volo oratum esse or oratum = oro; v. I. B. 9. b. a and b):
vos omnes opere magno esse oratos volo benigne ut operam detis, etc.,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 21:
justam rem et facilem esse oratam a vobis volo,
id. Am. prol. 33:
illud tamen te esse admonitum volo, etc.,
Cic. Cael. 3, 8:
sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 53:
illud te, Tulli, monitum velim etc.,
Liv. 1, 23, 8:
quamobrem omnes eos oratos volo Ne, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 26; so, factum volo = faciam: serva tibi sodalem, et mihi filium. Mne. Factum volo, I will, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 91: pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac, etc. Nau. Factum volo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 4; so Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 10.—In 3 d pers.:
esse salutatum vult te mea littera primum,
Ov. P. 2, 7, 1.—
b.
With pres. inf.:
propterea te vocari ad cenam volo (= voco te),
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 72:
sed nunc rogare hoc ego vicissim te volo: quid fuit, etc. (= nunc te rogo),
id. Trin. 1, 2, 136.—
c.
With perf. act. inf.:
pace tua dixisse velim (= pace tua dixerim),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 9.—
d.
In other connections, when the will or purpose is made more prominent than the action:
eorum alter, qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit (= fecit),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 61:
si suscipere eam (religionem) nolletis, tamen in eo qui violasset sancire vos velle oporteret (= sancire vos oporteret),
id. ib. 2, 4, 51, §
114: ut insequentibus diebus nemo eorum forum aut publicum adspicere vellet (= adspiceret),
Liv. 9, 7, 11:
talentis mille percussorem in me emere voluisti (= emisti),
Curt. 3, 5, 6: quin etiam senatus gratias ei agentem quod redire voluisset ante portas eduxit (= quod redisset), Val. Max. 3, 4, 4:
utri prius gratulemur, qui hoc dicere voluit, an cui audire contigit? (= qui hoc dixit),
id. 4, 7, ext. 2:
sic tua non paucae carpere facta volent (= carpent),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 64.
B.
Velim, as potential subjunctive (mostly in 1 st pers. sing., as subjunctive of modest statement), = volo, I wish, I should like.
1.
With verb in the second person.
a.
With pres. subj., so most frequently in Cic.
(α).
As a modest imperative of the dependent verb: velim facias = fac, I wish you would do it, please do it:
ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 9:
eas (litteras) in eundem fasciculum velim addas,
Cic. Att. 12, 53:
eum salvere jubeas velim,
id. ib. 7, 7, 7:
velim me facias certiorem, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 9:
tu velim saepe ad nos scribas,
id. ib. 1, 12, 4:
velim mihi ignoscas,
id. Fam. 13, 75, 1:
tu velim animum a me parumper avertas,
id. Lael. 1, 5; cf. id. Att. 1, 11, 3; 7, 3, 11; 8, 12, 5; id. Fam. 15, 3, 2 et saep.:
haec pro causa mea dicta accipiatis velim,
Liv. 42, 34, 13: velim, inquit, hoc mihi probes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 51:
Musa velim memores, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 53.—
(β).
Expressing a wish without a command (v. vellem):
vera dicas velim,
I wish you told the truth, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 18:
quam velim Bruto persuadeas ut Asturae sit,
Cic. Att. 14, 15, 4:
ipse velim poenas experiare meas,
Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 74;
so in asseverations: ita velim me promerentem ames, dum vivas, mi pater, ut... id mihi vehementer dolet,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 47.—
b.
With infinitive clause.
(α).
With the force of a modest imperative:
sed qui istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim (i. e. a te),
Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:
extremum illud est quod mihi abs te responderi velim,
Cic. Vat. 17, 41 (may be a dependent subjunctive):
itaque vos ego, milites, non eo solum animo.... pugnare velim, etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 10.—
(β).
As a mere wish:
velim te arbitrari, frater, etc.,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 1:
primum te arbitrari id quod res est velim,
Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 9.—With perf. act.:
hanc te quoque ad ceteras tuas eximias virtutes, Masinissa, adjecisse velim,
Liv. 30, 14, 6.—With perf. pass., Liv. 1, 23, 8 (v. II. A. 3. a. supra).—
c.
With ut (rare):
de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 4. —
d.
With ne (rare), Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—
2.
With dependent verb in the third person, expressing a wish.
a.
With pres. subj.:
ita se defatigent velim Ut, etc.,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 3:
de Cicerone quae mihi scribis, jucunda mihi sunt: velim sint prospera,
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 2:
velim seu Himilco, seu Mago respondeat,
Liv. 23, 12, 15:
sint haec vera velim,
Verg. Cir. 306:
nulla me velim syllaba effugiat,
Quint. 11, 2, 45.—With final clause:
tu velim mihi ad urbem praesto sis, ut tuis consiliis utar,
Cic. Att. 9, 16, 3; cf. id. ib. 11, 11, 2 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—With ellips. of pres. subj.:
velim mehercule Asturae Brutus (i. e. sit),
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 1.—
b.
With perf. subj. (a wish referring to the past):
nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 48.—
c.
With inf.-clause:
ne ego nunc mihi modium mille esse argenti velim!
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 9: di me perdant! Me. Quodcunque optes, velim tibi contingere, id. Cist. 2, 1, 30:
velim eum tibi placere quam maxime,
Cic. Brut. 71, 249: idque primum ita esse velim;
deinde etiam, si non sit, mihi persuaderi tamen velim,
id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:
quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare,
Liv. 6, 41, 12.—With perf. pass. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):
edepol te hodie lapide percussum velim,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33:
moribus praefectum mulierum hunc factum velim,
id. Aul. 3, 5, 30.—With inf.-clause understood:
nimium plus quam velim nostrorum ingenia sunt mobilia,
Liv. 2, 37, 4.—
3.
With verb in the first person.
a.
With inf. pres. (so most freq.):
atque hoc velim probare omnibus, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47:
velim scire ecquid de te recordere,
id. Tusc. 1, 6, 13:
quare te, ut polliceris, videre plane velim,
id. Att. 11, 9, 3:
nec vero velim... a calce ad carceres revocari,
id. Sen. 23, 83:
sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim,
Liv. 23, 12, 7:
interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice dixerit,
Quint. 12, 10, 22.—With perf. inf. act., Ov. P. 3, 1, 9 (v. II. A. 3. c.).—
b.
With acc. and inf.:
quod velis, modo id velim me scire,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 8.—So with perf. pass. inf.:
ego praeterquam quod nihil haustum ex vano velim, Fabium... potissimum auctorem habui,
Liv. 22, 7, 4.—
c.
With subj. pres.:
eo velim tam facili uti possim et tam bono in me quam Curione,
Cic. Att. 10, 8, 10 B. and K. ex conj. Mull. (Lachm., Hoffm. posse; al. possem).—
4.
Velim in the principal sentence of conditional clauses, I would, I should be willing:
aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut (= si) conveniam modo,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:
velim, si fieri possit,
id. Truc. 2, 4, 12:
si quid tibi compendi facere possim, factum edepol velim (redundant),
id. ib. 2, 4, 26:
si possim, velim,
id. Stich. 4, 2, 9:
nec velim (imitari orationes Thucydidis) si possim,
Cic. Brut. 83, 287:
si liceat, nulli cognitus esse velim,
Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 42.—
5.
The other persons of velim in potential use (rare).
a.
Velis.
(α).
Imperatively = cupito:
quoniam non potest fieri quod vis, Id velis quod possit,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 6:
atque aliquos tamen esse velis tibi, alumna, penates,
Verg. Cir. 331.—
(β).
Declaratively with indef. subj.: quom inopia'st, cupias; quando ejus copia'st, tum non velis, then you (i.e. people, they) do not want it, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 45.—
(γ).
Redundant, as a form of the imperative of the dependent verb, Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38 (v. I. A. 3. a. b); id. H. 1, 80 (v. II. A. 1. b.); id. M. 2, 746 (v. II. A. 1. c.).—
b.
Velit.
(α).
Modestly for vult:
te super aetherias licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 558: nemo enim minui velit id in quo maximus fuit, would like that to be diminished in which, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 2, 104, and Ov. H. 9, 7 (v. I. E. 1. c. supra).— So, poet., instead of vellet with perf. inf.:
ut fiat, quid non illa dedisse velit?
Ov. Am. 2, 17, 30.—
(β).
= imperative of third person:
arma velit, poscatque simul rapiatque juventus,
Verg. A. 7, 340.—Redundantly, giving to the dependent verb the force of an imperative, Quint. 8, prooem. 12 (v. II. A. 1. c. supra; v. also I. A. 3. a. supra).—
c.
Velimus.
(α).
In the optative sense of velim:
sed scire velimus quod tibi nomen siet,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 6, 18.—
(β).
With imperative sense (= let us, we should, etc.), Quint. 6, 3, 28 (v. I. A. 2. d. supra).—
d.
Velitis = velim velitis (i. e. jubeatis, jubete):
novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt,
Liv. 9, 8, 10.—So especially in velitis jubeatis, a formula in submitting a law to the votes of the people in the comitia centuriata or tributa, let it be resolved and ordered by you:
rogatus in haec verba populus: velitis jubeatisne haec sic fieri, si respublica populi Romani Quiritium, etc.,
Liv. 22, 10, 2:
velitis jubeatis, Quirites... uti de ea re Ser. Sulpicius praetor urbanus ad senatum referat, etc.,
id. 38, 54, 3.—And parodied by Cic.:
velitis jubeatis ut quod Cicero versum fecerit,
Cic. Pis. 29, 72.—So in oblique discourse, vellent juberent:
rogationem promulgavit, vellent juberent Philippo... bellum indici,
Liv. 31, 6, 1:
vellent juberentne se regnare,
id. 1, 46, 1; cf.
in the resolution of the people: plebis sic jussit: quod senatus... censeat, id volumus jubemusque,
id. 26, 33, 14.—
e.
Velint, optative and redundant, Cic. Att. 11, 7, 7 (v. II. A. 1. d.); Ov. P. 1, 7, 8 (v. II. A. 1. c.).
C.
Vellem, as potential subjunctive, I wish, should like, should have liked, representing the wish as contrary to fact, while velim refers to a wish which may be realized:
de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit,
Cic. Att. 15, 4, 4. It is not used with imperative force; cf.:
quod scribis, putare te... vellem scriberes, cur ita putares... tu tamen velim scribas,
Cic. Att. 11, 24, 5.—Often quam vellem, how I wish, i. e. I wish very much; and in the same sense: nimium vellem, v. infra.
1.
With verb in first person.
a.
With inf. pres., I wish, would like, referring to present or future actions:
videre equidem vos vellem, cum huic aurum darem,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 68:
vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus,
Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
vellem equidem vobis placere, Quirites, sed, etc.,
Liv. 3, 68, 9:
quam fieri vellem meus libellus!
Mart. 8, 72, 9.—With cuperem and optarem:
nunc ego Triptolemi cuperem conscendere currus... Nunc ego Medeae vellem frenare dracones... Nunc ego jactandas optarem sumere pennas, etc.,
Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 1 sqq.— [p. 2010] Rarely, I should have liked:
tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem!
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 49.—And in conditional sense:
maerorem minui: dolorem nec potui, nec, si possem, vellem (i. e. minuere),
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
certe ego, si sineres, titulum tibi reddere vellem,
Ov. Tr. 4, 5, 13:
sic nec amari quidem vellem (i. e. if I were in his place),
Sen. Ira, 1, 20, 4.—
b.
With perf. inf., I wish I had:
abiit, vah! Rogasse vellem,
I wish I had asked him, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 25:
maxime vellem semper tecum fuisse,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5:
quam vellem petisse ab eo quod audio Philippum impetrasse,
id. ib. 10, 4, 10:
non equidem vellem, quoniam nocitura fuerunt, Pieridum sacris imposuisse manum,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 27:
ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, Et vellem, et fuerat melius,
Verg. A. 11, 303. —
c.
With inf.-clause, the predicate being a perf. part. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):
virum me natam vellem,
would I had been born a man! Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 9.—
d.
With subj. imperf. (rare):
quam vellem, Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15.—
2.
The subject of the dependent verb in the second person.
a.
With subj. imperf. (the regular construction):
hodie igitur me videbit, ac vellem tum tu adesses,
I wish you could be present, Cic. Att. 13, 7, 2:
quam vellem de his etiam oratoribus tibi dicere luberet,
I wish you would please, id. Brut. 71, 248.—
b.
With subj. pluperf., I wish you had:
vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses,
Cic. Fam. 12, 4, 1:
quam vellem te ad Stoicos inclinavisses,
id. Fin. 3, 3, 10:
vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,
id. Att. 10, 6, 2:
quam vellem Bruto studium tuum navare potuisses,
id. ib. 15, 4, 5.—
c.
With ne and pluperf. subj.:
tu vellem ne veritus esses ne parum libenter legerem tuas litteras,
Cic. Fam. 7, 33, 2.—
d.
With ellipsis of verb: vera cantas, vana vellem (i. e. cantares). Plaut. Most. 3, 4, 41.—
3.
With verb in third person.
a.
With imperf. subj. (the regular construction):
patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi (per ecthesin, v. I. E. b.),
Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 106:
vellem adesset Antonius, modo sine advocatis,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:
vellem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1:
vellem adesse posset Panaetius,
id. Tusc. 1, 33, 81:
vellem hoc esset laborare,
id. Or. 2, 71, 287.—
b.
With pluperf. subj.:
vellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum suscepissent,
Cic. Cael. 3, 7:
vellem dictum esset ab eodem etiam de Dione,
id. ib. 10, 23; so id. ib. 31, 74; id. Brut. 44, 163:
quam vellem Dareus aliquid ex hac indole hausisset!
Curt. 3, 32 (12), 26.—
c.
With inf.-clause.
(α).
With inf. pres., I wish he were:
quam non abesse ab hujus judicio L. Vulsionem vellem!
Cic. Clu. 70, 198:
nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum,
Ov. F. 2, 120.—
(β).
With perf. inf. or part., I wish he had, had been:
quam vellem Menedemum invitatum!
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:
epistulas, quas quidem vellem mihi numquam redditas,
Cic. Att. 11, 22, 1.—
With ellipsis of predicate: illud quoque vellem antea (i. e. factum, or factum esse),
Cic. Att. 11, 23, 3.—
d.
With ut, Cic. Sull. 1, 1; id. Fam. 7, 33, 2 (v. I. C. 1. a. supra).—
4.
With acc. of a neuter pronoun or of a noun:
aliquando sentiam us nihil nobis nisi, id quod minime vellem, spiritum reliquum esse,
Cic. Att. 9, 19, 2: tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem: apti essent ad id quod cogito, I would like to have (cf. I. E. 1. a.), id. ib. 13, 22, 2.—
5.
In the other persons of vellem (mostly poet.).
a.
Velles.
(α).
In optative sentences redundant, Verg. A. 11, 153 (v. II. A. 1. d.).—
(β).
Of an indefinite subject:
velles eum (Senecam) suo ingenio dixisse, alieno judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 130.—
b.
Vellet.
(α).
In the potential sense of vellem: vellet abesse quidem;
sed adest. Velletque videre, Non etiam sentire canum fera facta suorum,
Ov. M. 3, 247.—
(β).
Conditionally:
quis vellet tanti nuntius esse mali (i. e. if in this situation)?
Ov. H. 12, 146.—
c.
Vellent.
(α).
In the potential sense of vellem:
quam vellent aethere in alto Nunc of pauperiem et duros perferre labores!
Verg. A. 6, 436.—
(β).
Conditionally: nec superi vellent hoc licuisse sibi, would wish, i. e. if in this situation, Mart. 4, 44, 8.
D.
Volam and voluero.
1.
In gen.: respiciendus erit sermo stipulationis, utrumne talis sit: quem voluero, an quem volam. Nam si talis fuerit quem voluero, cum semel elegerit, mutare voluntatem non poterit;
si vero... quem volam, donec judicium dictet, mutandi potestatem habebit,
Dig. 45, 1, 112.—
2.
Volam in principal sentences.
(α).
= Engl. future, I shall wish, etc.:
et commeminisse hoc ego volam te,
I shall require you to recollect this, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 7: cum omnia habueris, tunc habere et sapientiam voles? will you also wish to have wisdom when? etc., Sen. Ep. 17, 8.—
(β).
Denoting present probability: et scilicet jam me hoc voles patrem exorare, ut, etc., you doubtless wish me, etc., Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 27.—
3.
In clauses dependent on predicates implying a future, generally rendered by an English present:
quid si sors aliter quam voles evenerit?
otherwise than as you wish, Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 35:
tum te, si voles, cum patriae quod debes solveris, satis diu vixisse dicito,
then if you choose, if you will, Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:
decedes cum voles,
id. Att. 6, 3, 2:
qui magis effugies eos qui volent fingere?
those who are bent upon inventing, who will invent, falsehoods, id. ib. 8, 2, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 24:
quod voles gratum esse, rarum effice,
Sen. Ben. 1, 14, 1; cf. id. Brev. Vit. 7, 9: si di volent, the gods permitting, August. ap. Suet. Calig. 8:
invenies, vere si reperire voles,
Ov. P. 3, 1, 34; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78; Tib. 1, 4, 45.—So, voluero:
quem (locum) si qui vitare voluerit, sex milium circuitu in oppidum pervenit,
who wishes to avoid this spot, Caes. B. C. 2, 24.
E.
Si vis, parenthetically.
1.
If you please (cf. sis, supra init.):
paulum opperirier, Si vis,
Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 52:
audi, si vis, nunc jam,
id. Ad. 2, 1, 30:
dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 5, 13.—
2.
If you wish, choose, insist upon it:
hanc quoque jucunditatem, si vis, transfer in animum,
Cic. Fin. 2, 4, 14:
addam, si vis, animi, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 27, 89:
concedam hoc ipsum, si vis, etc.,
id. Div. 2, 15, 34.
F.
Quam, with any person of the pres. indic. or subj., or imperf. subj. or future, = quamvis, in a concessive sense, virtually, however, however much.
1.
3 d pers. sing.:
quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (= quamvis sit potens),
however powerful she may be, Cic. Cael. 26, 63:
C. Gracchus dixit, sibi in somnis Ti. fratrem visum esse dicere, quam vellet cunctaretur, tamen eodem sibi leto... esse pereundum,
id. Div. 1, 26, 56:
quam volet jocetur,
id. N. D. 2, 17, 46.—
2.
1 st pers. plur.:
quam volumus licet ipsi nos amemus, tamen, etc.,
Cic. Har. Resp. 9, 19.—
3.
2 d pers. plur.: exspectate facinus quam vultis improbum, vincam tamen, etc., expect a crime, however wicked ( ever so wicked), etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11;
but: hac actione quam voletis multi dicent,
as many as you choose, id. ib. 2, 2, 42, § 102.—
4.
3 d pers. plur.:
quam volent illi cedant, tamen a re publica revocabuntur,
Cic. Phil. 2, 44, 113:
quam volent in conviviis faceti, dicaces, etc., sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii,
id. Cael. 28, 67;
but: et ceteri quam volent magnas pecunias capere possint,
as much money as they choose, id. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 142.
G.
Volo = malo, to prefer, with a comparative clause (rare):
quodsi in ceteris quoque studiis a multis eligere homines commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui certo vellent addicere, = si se eligere mallent quam se uni addicere,
Cic. Inv. 2, 2, 5:
malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt,
Liv. 3, 68, 11:
famaene credi velis quanta urbs a te capta sit, quam posteris quoque eam spectando esse?
id. 25, 29, 6.
H.
With magis and maxime.
1.
Magis velle: ut tu illam salvam magis velles quam ego, you wish more than I, etc., Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 17.—
2.
With maxime, to wish above all, more than any thing or any one else, to be most agreeable to one, to like best, to prefer (among more than two alternatives):
quia id maxime volo ut illi istoc confugiant,
wish above all, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 49; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 38:
maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 1, 1:
caritate nos capiunt reges, consilio optimates, libertate populi, ut in comparando difficile ad eligendum sit, quid maxime velis,
which you prefer, like best, id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; so, quemadmodum ego maxime vellem, id. Att. 13, 1, 1:
tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem,
above all others, id. ib. 13, 32, 2:
alia excusanti juveni, alia recipienti futura, ita ut maxime vellet senatus responderi placuit,
as it was most agreeable to him, Liv. 39, 47:
si di tibi permisissent quo modo maxime velles experiri animum meum,
in the manner most convenient to yourself, Curt. 3, 6, 12.
K.
In disjunctive co - ordination.
1.
With sive... sive:
tu nunc, sive ego volo, seu nolo, sola me ut vivam facis,
whether I choose or not, Plaut. Cist. 3, 14:
itaque Campanos sive velint, sive nolint, quieturos,
Liv. 8, 2, 13.—
2.
Without connectives.
a.
Vis tu... vis:
congredi cum hoste liceat... vis tu mari, vis terra, vis acie, vis urbibus expugnandis experiri virtutem?
Liv. 25, 6, 22.—
b.
Velim nolim.
(α).
Interrogatively, = utrum velim nec ne:
velit nolit scire, difficile est,
it is difficult to know whether he intends it or not, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 4.—
(β).
= seu velim seu nolim:
ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa quaedam tuenda sententia,
whether I will or not, Cic. N. D. 1, 7, 17:
velim nolim, in cognomine Scipionum haeream necesse est,
Val. Max. 3, 7, 3:
mors interim adest, cui velis nolis vacandum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 8, 5:
hunc ita fundatum necesse est, velit nolit, sequatur hilaritas continua,
id. Vit. Beat. 4, 4:
velint nolint, respondendum est... beate vivere bonum non esse,
id. Ep. 117, 4:
praeterea futuri principes, velint nolint, sciant, etc.,
Plin. Pan. 20 fin. Part. and P. a.: vŏlens, entis.
A.
As a part. proper, retaining the meaning and construction of velle, with the force of a relative or adverbial clause.
1.
Agreeing with some member of the sentence ( poet. and in post-class. prose;
rare): neque illum... multa volentem Dicere praeterea vidit (= qui multa voluit dicere),
Verg. G. 4, 501; id. A. 2, 790:
nec me vis ulla volentem Avertet (i. e. si adhaerere foederi volo),
id. ib. 12, 203: decemviri, minuere volentes hujuscemodi violentiam... putaverunt, etc., intending ( who intended) to diminish such a violence, etc., Gell. 20, 1, 34:
Milo, experiri etiamtunc volens, an ullae sibi reliquae vires adessent... rescindere quercum conatus est,
id. 15, 16, 3:
scio quosdam testatores, efficere volentes ne servi sui umquam ad libertatem venirent, etc., hactenus scribere solitos,
Dig. 40, 4, 61:
si te volentem ad prohibendum venire, deterruerit aliquis, etc.,
ib. 43, 24, 1, § 10.—
2.
Abl. absol. (not ante-Aug.):
ne cujus militis scripti nomen nisi ipso volente deleretur,
except with his consent, Liv. 7, 41, 4; so,
Teum ex medio cursu classem repente avertit, aut volentibus iis usurus commeatu parato hostibus, aut ipsos pro hostibus habiturus,
with their consent, id. 37, 27, 3:
ponuntque ferocia Poeni Corda, volente deo,
since the god willed it, Verg. A. 1, 303: Thrasippo supplicium a se voluntaria morte exigere volente, while he was about to inflict punishment on himself, etc., Val. Max. 5, 1, ext. 2: scire volentibus immortalibus dis an Romana virtus imperium orbis mereretur, it being the will of the gods to know, etc., Flor. 1, 13, 3 (1, 7, 3): qui sciente aut volente eo ad quem res pertinet, possessionem nanciscitur, with the knowledge and consent of the person who, etc., Dig. 41, 2, 6. —
B.
As adj., willing, voluntary, and hence, favorably disposed (opp. invitus).
1.
Attributively.
a.
In the phrase cum dis volentibus, lit. with the willing or favoring gods, i. e. with the will, permission, or favor of the gods: dono ducite doque volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):
sequere hac, mea gnata, me cum dis volentibus,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 4:
cum dis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi Mani uti illaec suovetaurilia, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141 (142).— And without cum, abl. absol.:
virtute ac dis volentibus magni estis et opulenti,
Sall. J. 14, 19.—
b.
Volenti animo.
(α).
= cupide, eagerly:
Romae plebes litteris quae de Metello ac Mario missae erant, volenti animo de ambobus acceperant,
Sall. J. 73, 3. —
(β).
On purpose, intentionally:
consilio hanc omnes animisque volentibus urbem Adferimur,
Verg. A. 7, 216.—
2.
Predicatively.
a.
Agreeing with the subject-nom. or subject - acc.
(α).
Voluntarily, willingly, [p. 2011] gladly (class.):
(hi) divini generis appellentur... vobisque jure et lege volentes pareant,
Cic. Univ. 11 fin.:
quas victi ab hostibus poenas metuerant, eas ipsi volentes pendere,
Sall. J. 76, 6:
quia volentes in amicitiam non veniebant,
Liv. 21, 39, 4:
si volentes ac non coacti mansissent in amicitia,
id. 24, 37, 7:
quocunque loco seu volens seu invitus constitisti,
id. 7, 40, 13:
itaque se numquam volentem parte qua posset rerum consilio gerendarum cessurum,
id. 22, 27, 9:
(virtus), quidquid evenerit, feret, non patiens tantum, sed etiam volens,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:
non est referre gratiam quod volens acceperis nolenti reddere,
id. Ben. 4, 40, 4:
volens vos Turnus adoro,
Verg. A. 10, 677; 3, 457; 6, 146;
12, 833: date vina volentes,
id. ib. 8, 275: ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes ( on purpose), id. G. 3, 129.—And referring to subjects denoting things: quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ( spontaneously and willingly), Verg. G. 2, 500.—
(β).
Favorably; with propitius, favorably and kindly, referring to the gods:
precantes Jovem ut volens propitius praebeat sacra arma pro patria,
Liv. 24, 21, 10:
precantibus ut volens propitiaque urbem Romanam iniret,
id. 29, 14, 13:
in ea arce (Victoriam) sacratam, volentem propitiamque, firmam ac stabilem fore populo Romano,
id. 22, 37, 12; 1, 16, 3; 7, 26, 3; 24, 38, 8; Inscr. Orell. 2489 sq.—Parodied by Plautus:
agite, bibite, festivae fores! fite mihi volentes propitiae,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89.— Abl. absol.:
omnia diis propitiis volentibusque ea faciemus,
with the favor and help of the gods, Liv. 39, 16, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:
si (Jovem) invocem ut dexter ac volens assit,
Quint. 4, prooem. 5.—
b.
Agreeing with other terms of the sentence (rare): volenti consuli causa in Pamphyliam devertendi oblata est, a welcome cause was offered to the consul, etc., Liv. 38, 15, 3:
quod nobis volentibus facile continget,
if we wish, Quint. 6, 2, 30:
is Ariobarzanem volentibus Armeniis praefecit,
to their satisfaction, Tac. A. 2, 4:
gemis... hominem, Urse, tuum, cui dulce volenti servitium... erat,
to whom his servitude was sweet, since he liked it, Stat. S. 2, 6, 15:
me mea virtus, etc., fatis egere volentem,
Verg. A. 8, 133:
saepe ille volentem castigabat erum,
administered kindly received rebukes, Stat. S. 2, 6, 50.—
c.
In the phrase aliquid mihi volenti est or putatur, etc., something is welcome, acceptable to me, pleases me (= volens habeo or accipio aliquid; cf. the Gr. Humin tauta boulomenois estin, and, mihi aliquid cupienti est; v. cupio;
rare but class.): uti militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labos volentibus esset,
that the equalization of labor was acceptable to the soldier, Sall. J. 100, 4:
quia neque plebei militia volenti putabatur,
id. ib. 84, 3 Dietsch:
grande periculum maritumis civitatibus esse, et quibusdam volentibus novas res fore,
that to some a change of the government would be welcome, Liv. 21, 50, 10:
quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exemplum,
Tac. Agr. 18.— Impers. with subject - inf.: ceterisque remanere et in verba Vespasiani adigi volentibus fuit, to the rest it was acceptable to remain, etc., Tac. H. 3, 43.—With subject-inf. understood:
si volentibus vobis erit, in medium profero quae... legisse memini,
Macr. S. 7, 13, 11:
si volentibus vobis erit, diem fabulis et epulis exigamus,
id. ib. 1, 7; 2, 3 fin.; 6, 6 init. —
3.
As subst. (mostly post-Aug.).
a.
vŏlens, entis, m., = is qui vult, in the different meanings, and often with the construction of the verb.
(α).
One who wishes:
nunc cis Hiberum castra Romana esse, arcem tutam perfugiumque novas volentibus res,
Liv. 22, 22, 11:
consulere se volentibus vacuas aures accommodavit,
Val. Max. 5, 8, 3:
quid opus libertate si volentibus luxu perire non licet,
id. 2, 9, 5:
discere meliora volentibus promptum est,
i. e. it depends on our own will to learn better things, Quint. 11, 11, 12:
nec sum in hoc sollicitus, dum res ipsa volentibus discere appareat,
to the students, id. 8, 4, 15:
mori volentibus vis adhibita vivendi,
Suet. Tib. 61.—
(β).
One who intends, is about:
juris ignorantia non prodest acquirere volentibus,
i. e. in the acquisition of property, Dig. 22, 6, 7:
si quis volentem incipere uti frui prohibuit,
one who is about to enter upon a usufruct, ib. 43, 16, 3, § 14. —
(γ).
One who is willing:
non refert quid sit quod datur, nisi a volente volenti datur,
unless it is both willingly given and received, Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 8:
ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,
those willing to follow, id. Ep. 107, 11.—
(δ).
One who consents:
tutiusque rati volentibus quam coactis imperitare,
to rule men with their consent, Sall. J. 102, 6:
quippe rempublicam si a volentibus nequeat ab invitis jus expetituram,
peaceably if they could, forcibly if they must, Liv. 3, 40, 4:
si quis aliam rem pro alia volenti solverit,
if one pays with the consent of the receiver, Dig. 46, 3, 46:
nulla injuria est quae in volentem fiat,
ib. 47, 10, 1, § 5.—
(ε).
One who does a thing voluntarily:
pecuniam etiam a volentibus acceperant,
the contributions of money were voluntary, Vell. 2, 62, 3:
parce, puer, stimulis... (solis equi) Sponte sua properant. Labor est inhibere volentis (i. e. properare),
Ov. M. 2, 128.—
(ζ).
Volens = bene volens: munificus nemo habebatur nisi pariter volens, unless he was just as kindly disposed, sc. as he was liberal, Sall. J. 103, 6.—Often referring to a previously mentioned noun:
hunc cape consiliis socium et conjunge volentem,
and unite with him, since he wishes it, Verg. A. 5, 712; so may be taken Ov. M. 2, 128 (v. e).—
b.
In the neutr. plur. (volentia) rare, always with dat., things pleasing, acceptable:
Pompeius multis suspitionibus volentia plebi facturus habebatur,
that he would do what pleased the common people, Sall. H. 4, 31 Dietsch:
haec atque talia plebi volentia fuere,
Tac. A. 15, 36 Draeg. ad loc. al.:
iique Muciano volentia rescripsere,
id. H. 3, 52.—Hence, adv.: vŏlenter, willingly, App. M. 6, p. 178, 4.
2.
vŏlo, āvi, ātum ( part. gen. plur. volantūm, Verg. A. 6, 728; Lucr. 2, 1083), 1, v. n. [Sanscr. val-, to turn one's self, etc.; cf.: vŏlucer, vēlox, and vol- in velivolus], to fly.
I.
Lit.: ex alto... laeva volavit avis, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 95 Vahl.):
aves,
Lucr. 6, 742:
accipitres,
id. 4, 1010:
corvi,
id. 2, 822:
altam supra volat ardea nubem,
Verg. G. 1, 364:
volat ille per aëra magnum Remigio alarum,
id. A. 1, 300:
columbae venere volantes,
id. ib. 6, 191; Prop. 2, 30 (3, 28), 30; Juv. 8, 251:
apes,
Ov. A. A. 1, 96; cf. Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:
volasse eum (Antonium), non iter fecisse diceres,
Cic. Phil. 10, 5, 11.—Prov.:
sine pennis volare haud facile est,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 49.—
2.
P. a. as subst.: vŏlantes, ĭum, comm., the birds ( poet.), Lucr. 2, 1083; Verg. A. 6, 239; 6, 728.—
II.
Transf., to fly, i. e. to move swiftly like one flying, to fleet, speed, hasten along:
i sane... vola curriculo,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 17; cf.:
per summa levis volat aequora curru,
Verg. A. 5, 819:
medios volat ecce per hostes Vectus equo spumante Saces,
id. ib. 12, 650:
illa (Argo) volat,
Ov. H. 6, 66:
currus,
Verg. G. 3, 181:
axis,
id. ib. 3, 107:
nubes,
Lucr. 5, 254:
fulmina,
id. 2, 213:
tempestates,
id. 6, 612:
telum,
id. 1, 971; cf. Sall. J. 60, 2; Verg. A. 9, 698; Liv. 26, 44, 7 al.:
litterae Capuam ad Pompeium volare dicebantur,
Cic. Att. 2, 19, 3:
volat aetas,
id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:
hora,
Sen. Hippol. 1141:
fama,
Verg. A. 3, 121:
et semel emissum volat irrevocabile verbum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 71.— Poet., with inf.:
ast Erebi virgo ditem volat aethere Memphim Praecipere et Phariā venientem pellere terrā,
Val. Fl. 4, 407.
3.
vŏlo, ōnis, m. [1. volo], a volunteer, first applied to the slaves who, after the battle at Cannæ, were enrolled upon their own expressed desire to serve (cf. Liv. 22, 57, 11; Val. Max. 7, 6, 1):
volones dicti sunt milites, qui post Cannensem cladem usque ad octo milia, cum essent servi, voluntarie se ad militiam obtulere,
Paul. Diac. p. 370:
volones, quia sponte hoc voluerunt, appellati,
Macr. S. 1, 11, 30:
vetus miles tironi, liber voloni sese exaequari sineret,
Liv. 23, 35, 6; 23, 32, 1; Capitol. Anton. Phil. 21, 6; Macr. S. 1, 11, 30.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > volo

16 שאל

שָׁאַל(b. h.) 1) to ask, beg; to inquire, question. Yoma 75a bot. בשר ששָׁאֲלוּ שלאוכ׳ flesh for which they asked unreasonably was given them at an unreasonable time (in the evening) Taan.4a, v. הוֹגָן. Ber.V, 2 (33a) ושוֹאֲלִין (את) הגשמיםוכ׳ (Bab. ed. ושְׁאֵלָה, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l.) and the prayer for rain is inserted in the Benediction of Years (the ninth section of the Prayer of Benedictions, v. שָׁנָה). Taan.I, 1 אף אני לא אמרתי לִשְׁאוֹל אלא להזכיר I also did not say, ‘to ask for rain, but to mention rain. Ib. 2. Y.Ber.V, 9b bot. שוֹאֵל צרכיו, v. צוֹרֶךְ. B. Bath.IX, 1 יִשְׁאֲלוּוכ׳, v. פֶּתַח. Ab. IV, 18 ואל תִּשְׁאַל לו בשעת נדרו ask not thy neighbor (as to circumstances which may change the aspects of his vow) at the moment of his vow, v. infra Nif. Ib. V, 7 שואל כענין ומשיבוכ׳ he (the wise student) asks pertinent questions, and (when asked) replies in agreement with the adopted law. Bekh.36a עמד השואל וש׳ יכ׳ the questioner (at college) arose and asked Ned.20a שָׁאֲלוּ אתוכ׳ they asked Imma Shalom Nidd.68b בראשון לא שָׁאַלְתִּי … שלא שאלתי as to the first day I did not ask, and I made a mistake in not asking. Gen. R. s. 68 מטרונה שָׁאֶלָהוכ׳ a Roman matron asked R. José ; a. v. fr.Yoma 73a כיצד שוֹאֲלִין השואל פניו כלפי נִשְׁאָל הנשאלוכ׳ how were the Urim and Tummim consulted? The inquirer had his face directed to him (the priest) who was consulted, and the latter directed himself to the Divine Presence (the Urim and Tummim). Ib. אין שואלין שניוכ׳ you must not ask two questions at a time; a. fr.ש׳ בשלום (or sub. בשלום) to salute. M. Kat. 21b הוא שואל בשלום אחרים … אחרים אין שואלין בשלומווכ׳ he (the mourner during the first thirty days) may inquire after the peace of others, for they dwell in peace, but others must not inquire after his peace, for he does not dwell in peace. Ib. משיב ואינו שואל, v. שוּב; a. fr. 2) (cmp. דָּרַש) to discuss, lecture. Tosef.Meg.IV (III), 5 שואלין הילכותוכ׳ the laws of Passover are expounded on Passover, v. עִנְיָן; Meg.29b שואלין בהלכותוכ׳; Y.Pes.I, 27b bot.; Bab. ib. 6a שואלין בהלכותוכ׳ Ms. M. (ed. שואלין ודורשין, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note); Snh.12b; a. fr. 3) (cmp. בְּעֵי I) to beg to remark, to submit. Y.Shek.I, beg.45d ר׳ חזקיה ש׳ מעתהוכ׳ R. H. remarked, according to this Ib. 46b. Y.Snh.IX, 27a bot.; a. fr. 4) to ask for a loan, to borrow. Sabb.XXIII, 1 שואל אדם מחבירווכ׳ a man may borrow of his neighbor vessels of wine or oil (on the Sabbath), but must not say הַלְוֵינִי (v. infra Hif.); a. fr.Esp. to borrow an object for use (with ref. to Ex. 22:13 sq.). B. Mets. 103a שואל אדם בטובו לעולם if a person borrows an object (saying, ‘lend it to me) for its usefulness, it is a standing loan (he is permitted to take it whenever he desires to use it). Ib. VIII, 1 השואל את הפרה וש׳ בעליה עמה if a person borrows a cow for work, borrowing her owner with her (the owner lending his personal service). Ib. 95b שָׁאֲלָהּ ואחר כך ש׳וכ׳ if he borrowed the cow only, and after a while borrowed her owner; a. fr.שוֹאֵל the borrower of an object. Ib. a חיובא דש׳ the responsibility of the borrower. Ib. 96b top ש׳ הוי או שוכר הוי is he legally considered a borrower or a hirer? Ib. III, 2 והש׳ ישלםוכ׳ and the borrower must indemnify the hirer; a. fr.Sabb.96b אורגי … לשוֹאֲלֵיהֶן (Ar. לשווליהן, v. שְׁוַולְיָא) the curtain weavers were wont to throw the clue over to such as would borrow it from them.Part. pass. שָׁאוּל; f. שְׁאוּלָה Taan.23b טלית ש׳ היתהוכ׳ it was a cloak that had been lent to me, I had borrowed it for such a purpose (for ordinary wear), but not for that purpose (to wear it when carrying a load). Ib. IV, 8 שבהן … בכלי לבן שְׁאוּלִיןוכ׳ on those days the maidens of Zion went out (to the vineyards) in white garments borrowed for the purpose, in order not to put to shame those who had none; a. fr.(Gen. R. s. 65 לא שאול … ולא שאולה, v. next w.Ib. s. 19 שאולת חומץ, read: שוֹאֶלֶת, a woman asking for some vinegar. Hif. הִשְׁאִיל 1) to cause inquiry, to inquire. Ber.6b כל הרגיל …הקב״ה מַשְׁאִיל בו if one who comes regularly to synagogue fails to come one day, the Lord holds inquiry about him. Yeb.76b עד שאתה משאיל עליו … שְׁאַלוכ׳ instead of inquiring about him whether or not he is fit for government, ask whether Ib. (in Chald. dict.) אאבוה קא משאיל he (Saul) asked (Abner) to inquire who his (Davids) father was. B. Bath. 123a היתה יושבת … ומַשְׁאֶלֶתוכ׳ she sat at the cross-roads and made inquiries; a. e. 2) to lend. Sabb.148a (ref. to Mish. ib. XIII, 1, v. supra) מאי שנא הַשְׁאִילֵינִי ומאי שנא הלויני what is the difference, whether you say hashileni (lend me) or halveni (loan me)? השאיליני לא אתי למיכתבוכ׳ when you say ‘lend me, no document is expected to be written for it Ned.IV, 6 חמודר … לא יַשְׁאִילֶנּוּ ולא יִשְׁאַל ממנו he who by his neighbors vow is forbidden any benefit at his hand, must neither lend him nor borrow from him B. Mets. 116a דברים העשויין להַשְׁאִילוכ׳ things which are frequently lent out or hired out; a. fr.מַשְׁאִיל the lender, owner of the lent object. Ib. 96a; a. fr.(Pesik. Vayhi, p. 63a> שאילו השאיל, v. שָׁחַל II. Nif. נִשְׁאַל 1) to be asked, consulted. Yoma 73a בגדים … נ׳ בהן when the war chaplain is consulted, he wears the garments which the high priest wears when he officiates, v. supra. Ib. 85a נִשְׁאֲלָה שאלהוכ׳ the following question was asked in their presence; Kidd.40b. Ned.81a דבר זה נ׳ לחכמיםוכ׳ this problem was placed before the scholars and the prophets, and they could not solve it ; a. fr. 2) נ׳ על to allow ones self to be asked about the circumstances of a case, to appear before a scholar for a decision on a ritual case. Y.Ter.VIII, 46a bot. שדעתו להִישָּׁאֵל עליה a case (of Trumah) which he had intended to have a scholar decide. Ib. הריני מניחה על מנת שאֶישָּׁאֵל עליה I put it (the doubtful Trumah) aside with the intention of having it decided Toh. III, 6 שאין בו דעת להִשָּׁאֵל (a child) whose mind is not sufficiently developed to be questioned. Ib. V, 5 אם נִשְׁאֲלוּ זהוכ׳ if they come for a decision, each of them separately; a. fr.Esp. נ׳ (על נדרו) to come before a scholar for absolution from a vow. Ned.90a קונם … ולמי שאֶשָּׁאֵל עליו if one vows, I will not be benefited by N. N., nor by any scholar to whom I may apply for absolution from this vow; נ׳ על הראשוןוכ׳ he must first apply for absolution from the first part of the vow, and then from the second. Ib. נ׳ על נדרו … נזרו he must first apply for absolution from his vow of abstinence, and then from his nazaritic vow. Ib. 69a נִשְׁאָלִין על ההקםוכ׳ you may apply for absolution in order to revoke your confirmation (of your daughters vow), but you cannot do so in order to revoke your invalidation; a. fr. 3) to be borrowed, to do gratuitous service. B. Mets.96a שותפין ששאלו ונ׳ לאחד מהן if partners borrow an animal for work, and its owner lends his services to one of them individually. Ib. האומר לשלוחו צא והִשָּׁאֵל ליוכ׳ (not והשאיל) if a person says to his deputy, go out and do work in my behalf together with my cow (lent to my neighbor). Ib. האומר לעבדו צא והשאל עםוכ׳ if he says to his slave, go out and do work ; a. e.

Jewish literature > שאל

17 שָׁאַל

שָׁאַל(b. h.) 1) to ask, beg; to inquire, question. Yoma 75a bot. בשר ששָׁאֲלוּ שלאוכ׳ flesh for which they asked unreasonably was given them at an unreasonable time (in the evening) Taan.4a, v. הוֹגָן. Ber.V, 2 (33a) ושוֹאֲלִין (את) הגשמיםוכ׳ (Bab. ed. ושְׁאֵלָה, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l.) and the prayer for rain is inserted in the Benediction of Years (the ninth section of the Prayer of Benedictions, v. שָׁנָה). Taan.I, 1 אף אני לא אמרתי לִשְׁאוֹל אלא להזכיר I also did not say, ‘to ask for rain, but to mention rain. Ib. 2. Y.Ber.V, 9b bot. שוֹאֵל צרכיו, v. צוֹרֶךְ. B. Bath.IX, 1 יִשְׁאֲלוּוכ׳, v. פֶּתַח. Ab. IV, 18 ואל תִּשְׁאַל לו בשעת נדרו ask not thy neighbor (as to circumstances which may change the aspects of his vow) at the moment of his vow, v. infra Nif. Ib. V, 7 שואל כענין ומשיבוכ׳ he (the wise student) asks pertinent questions, and (when asked) replies in agreement with the adopted law. Bekh.36a עמד השואל וש׳ יכ׳ the questioner (at college) arose and asked Ned.20a שָׁאֲלוּ אתוכ׳ they asked Imma Shalom Nidd.68b בראשון לא שָׁאַלְתִּי … שלא שאלתי as to the first day I did not ask, and I made a mistake in not asking. Gen. R. s. 68 מטרונה שָׁאֶלָהוכ׳ a Roman matron asked R. José ; a. v. fr.Yoma 73a כיצד שוֹאֲלִין השואל פניו כלפי נִשְׁאָל הנשאלוכ׳ how were the Urim and Tummim consulted? The inquirer had his face directed to him (the priest) who was consulted, and the latter directed himself to the Divine Presence (the Urim and Tummim). Ib. אין שואלין שניוכ׳ you must not ask two questions at a time; a. fr.ש׳ בשלום (or sub. בשלום) to salute. M. Kat. 21b הוא שואל בשלום אחרים … אחרים אין שואלין בשלומווכ׳ he (the mourner during the first thirty days) may inquire after the peace of others, for they dwell in peace, but others must not inquire after his peace, for he does not dwell in peace. Ib. משיב ואינו שואל, v. שוּב; a. fr. 2) (cmp. דָּרַש) to discuss, lecture. Tosef.Meg.IV (III), 5 שואלין הילכותוכ׳ the laws of Passover are expounded on Passover, v. עִנְיָן; Meg.29b שואלין בהלכותוכ׳; Y.Pes.I, 27b bot.; Bab. ib. 6a שואלין בהלכותוכ׳ Ms. M. (ed. שואלין ודורשין, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note); Snh.12b; a. fr. 3) (cmp. בְּעֵי I) to beg to remark, to submit. Y.Shek.I, beg.45d ר׳ חזקיה ש׳ מעתהוכ׳ R. H. remarked, according to this Ib. 46b. Y.Snh.IX, 27a bot.; a. fr. 4) to ask for a loan, to borrow. Sabb.XXIII, 1 שואל אדם מחבירווכ׳ a man may borrow of his neighbor vessels of wine or oil (on the Sabbath), but must not say הַלְוֵינִי (v. infra Hif.); a. fr.Esp. to borrow an object for use (with ref. to Ex. 22:13 sq.). B. Mets. 103a שואל אדם בטובו לעולם if a person borrows an object (saying, ‘lend it to me) for its usefulness, it is a standing loan (he is permitted to take it whenever he desires to use it). Ib. VIII, 1 השואל את הפרה וש׳ בעליה עמה if a person borrows a cow for work, borrowing her owner with her (the owner lending his personal service). Ib. 95b שָׁאֲלָהּ ואחר כך ש׳וכ׳ if he borrowed the cow only, and after a while borrowed her owner; a. fr.שוֹאֵל the borrower of an object. Ib. a חיובא דש׳ the responsibility of the borrower. Ib. 96b top ש׳ הוי או שוכר הוי is he legally considered a borrower or a hirer? Ib. III, 2 והש׳ ישלםוכ׳ and the borrower must indemnify the hirer; a. fr.Sabb.96b אורגי … לשוֹאֲלֵיהֶן (Ar. לשווליהן, v. שְׁוַולְיָא) the curtain weavers were wont to throw the clue over to such as would borrow it from them.Part. pass. שָׁאוּל; f. שְׁאוּלָה Taan.23b טלית ש׳ היתהוכ׳ it was a cloak that had been lent to me, I had borrowed it for such a purpose (for ordinary wear), but not for that purpose (to wear it when carrying a load). Ib. IV, 8 שבהן … בכלי לבן שְׁאוּלִיןוכ׳ on those days the maidens of Zion went out (to the vineyards) in white garments borrowed for the purpose, in order not to put to shame those who had none; a. fr.(Gen. R. s. 65 לא שאול … ולא שאולה, v. next w.Ib. s. 19 שאולת חומץ, read: שוֹאֶלֶת, a woman asking for some vinegar. Hif. הִשְׁאִיל 1) to cause inquiry, to inquire. Ber.6b כל הרגיל …הקב״ה מַשְׁאִיל בו if one who comes regularly to synagogue fails to come one day, the Lord holds inquiry about him. Yeb.76b עד שאתה משאיל עליו … שְׁאַלוכ׳ instead of inquiring about him whether or not he is fit for government, ask whether Ib. (in Chald. dict.) אאבוה קא משאיל he (Saul) asked (Abner) to inquire who his (Davids) father was. B. Bath. 123a היתה יושבת … ומַשְׁאֶלֶתוכ׳ she sat at the cross-roads and made inquiries; a. e. 2) to lend. Sabb.148a (ref. to Mish. ib. XIII, 1, v. supra) מאי שנא הַשְׁאִילֵינִי ומאי שנא הלויני what is the difference, whether you say hashileni (lend me) or halveni (loan me)? השאיליני לא אתי למיכתבוכ׳ when you say ‘lend me, no document is expected to be written for it Ned.IV, 6 חמודר … לא יַשְׁאִילֶנּוּ ולא יִשְׁאַל ממנו he who by his neighbors vow is forbidden any benefit at his hand, must neither lend him nor borrow from him B. Mets. 116a דברים העשויין להַשְׁאִילוכ׳ things which are frequently lent out or hired out; a. fr.מַשְׁאִיל the lender, owner of the lent object. Ib. 96a; a. fr.(Pesik. Vayhi, p. 63a> שאילו השאיל, v. שָׁחַל II. Nif. נִשְׁאַל 1) to be asked, consulted. Yoma 73a בגדים … נ׳ בהן when the war chaplain is consulted, he wears the garments which the high priest wears when he officiates, v. supra. Ib. 85a נִשְׁאֲלָה שאלהוכ׳ the following question was asked in their presence; Kidd.40b. Ned.81a דבר זה נ׳ לחכמיםוכ׳ this problem was placed before the scholars and the prophets, and they could not solve it ; a. fr. 2) נ׳ על to allow ones self to be asked about the circumstances of a case, to appear before a scholar for a decision on a ritual case. Y.Ter.VIII, 46a bot. שדעתו להִישָּׁאֵל עליה a case (of Trumah) which he had intended to have a scholar decide. Ib. הריני מניחה על מנת שאֶישָּׁאֵל עליה I put it (the doubtful Trumah) aside with the intention of having it decided Toh. III, 6 שאין בו דעת להִשָּׁאֵל (a child) whose mind is not sufficiently developed to be questioned. Ib. V, 5 אם נִשְׁאֲלוּ זהוכ׳ if they come for a decision, each of them separately; a. fr.Esp. נ׳ (על נדרו) to come before a scholar for absolution from a vow. Ned.90a קונם … ולמי שאֶשָּׁאֵל עליו if one vows, I will not be benefited by N. N., nor by any scholar to whom I may apply for absolution from this vow; נ׳ על הראשוןוכ׳ he must first apply for absolution from the first part of the vow, and then from the second. Ib. נ׳ על נדרו … נזרו he must first apply for absolution from his vow of abstinence, and then from his nazaritic vow. Ib. 69a נִשְׁאָלִין על ההקםוכ׳ you may apply for absolution in order to revoke your confirmation (of your daughters vow), but you cannot do so in order to revoke your invalidation; a. fr. 3) to be borrowed, to do gratuitous service. B. Mets.96a שותפין ששאלו ונ׳ לאחד מהן if partners borrow an animal for work, and its owner lends his services to one of them individually. Ib. האומר לשלוחו צא והִשָּׁאֵל ליוכ׳ (not והשאיל) if a person says to his deputy, go out and do work in my behalf together with my cow (lent to my neighbor). Ib. האומר לעבדו צא והשאל עםוכ׳ if he says to his slave, go out and do work ; a. e.

Jewish literature > שָׁאַל

18 FYRIR

for

* * *

prep.

I. with dat.

1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);

fyrir dyrum, before the door;

2) before one, in one’s presence;

hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;

3) for;

hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;

4) before one, in one’s way;

fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;

sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;

5) naut. term. before, off;

liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;

fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;

6) before, at the head of, over;

vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;

vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;

sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;

7) of time, ago;

fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;

fyrir stundu, a while ago;

fyrir löngu, long ago;

vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);

8) before, above, superior to;

Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;

9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;

þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;

tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;

10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;

mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;

varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;

Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;

11) because of, for;

hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;

fyrir hræðslu, for fear;

illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;

gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;

fyrir því at, because, since, as;

12) against;

gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;

beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;

13) fyrir sér, of oneself;

mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;

minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;

14) denoting manner or quality, with;

hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;

II. with acc.

1) before, in front of;

halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;

2) before, into the presence of;

stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;

3) over;

hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;

kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;

4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;

ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;

5) round, off;

sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;

6) along, all along;

fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;

draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;

7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;

fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;

8) for, on behalf of;

vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;

lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;

9) for, for the benefit of;

þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);

10) for, instead of, in place of, as;

11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);

fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);

fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;

12) denoting value, price;

fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;

fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;

13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);

14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);

fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;

fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;

fyrir handan á, beyond the river;

fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;

III. as adverb or ellipt.

1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;

þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;

2) first;

mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;

3) at hand, present, to the fore;

föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;

þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);

4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;

Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;

e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).

* * *

prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]

WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.

2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.

3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.

II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.

2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).

3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.

4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.

III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.

IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.

V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.

B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.

2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.

C. METAPH.:

I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.

II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).

2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.

III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.

2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.

IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.

V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.

2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.

β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.

VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.

VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.

2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.

VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).

β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.

IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.

X. as adverb or ellipt.,

1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.

β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.

2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.

3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.

XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.

XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.

WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.

2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.

3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.

4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).

II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.

III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.

2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.

IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.

B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.

C. METAPH.:

I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.

II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.

III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.

IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.

V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.

VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.

2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.

2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.

VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.

IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.

X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.

2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.

XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.

☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:

I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.

β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.

2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.

II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:

1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.

2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

19 Anglo-Portuguese Alliance

   The world's oldest diplomatic connection and alliance, an enduring arrangement between two very different nations and peoples, with important practical consequences in the domestic and foreign affairs of both Great Britain (England before 1707) and Portugal. The history of this remarkable alliance, which has had commercial and trade, political, foreign policy, cultural, and imperial aspects, can be outlined in part with a list of the main alliance treaties after the first treaty of commerce and friendship signed between the monarchs of England and Portugal in 1373. This was followed in 1386 by the Treaty of Windsor; then in 1654, 1661, 1703, the Methuen Treaty; and in 1810 and 1899 another treaty also signed at Windsor.

   Common interests in the defense of the nation and its overseas empire (in the case of Portugal, after 1415; in the case of England, after 1650) were partly based on characteristics and common enemies both countries shared. Even in the late Middle Ages, England and Portugal faced common enemies: large continental countries that threatened the interests and sovereignty of both, especially France and Spain. In this sense, the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance has always been a defensive alliance in which each ally would assist the other when necessary against its enemies. In the case of Portugal, that enemy invariably was Spain (or component states thereof, such as Castile and Leon) and sometimes France (i.e., when Napoleon's armies invaded and conquered Portugal as of late 1807). In the case of England, that foe was often France and sometimes Spain as well.

   Beginning in the late 14th century, England and Portugal forged this unusual relationship, formalized with several treaties that came into direct use during a series of dynastic, imperial, naval, and commercial conflicts between 1373 and 1961, the historic period when the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance had its most practical political significance. The relative world power and importance of each ally has varied over the centuries. During the period 1373-1580, the allies were similar in respective ranking in European affairs, and during the period 1480-1550, if anything, Portugal was a greater world power with a more important navy than England. During 1580-1810, Portugal fell to the status of a third-rank European power and, during 1810-1914, England was perhaps the premier world power. During 1914-61, England's world position slipped while Portugal made a slow recovery but remained a third- or fourth-rank power.

   The commercial elements of the alliance have always involved an exchange of goods between two seafaring, maritime peoples with different religions and political systems but complementary economies. The 1703 Methuen Treaty establ ished a trade link that endured for centuries and bore greater advantages for England than for Portugal, although Portugal derived benefits: English woolens for Portuguese wines, especially port, other agricultural produce, and fish. Since the signing of the Methuen Treaty, there has been a vigorous debate both in politics and in historical scholarship as to how much each nation benefited economically from the arrangement in which Portugal eventually became dependent upon England and the extent to which Portugal became a kind of economic colony of Britain during the period from 1703 to 1910.

   There is a vast literature on the Alliance, much of it in Portuguese and by Portuguese writers, which is one expression of the development of modern Portuguese nationalism. During the most active phase of the alliance, from 1650 to 1945, there is no doubt but that the core of the mutual interests of the allies amounted to the proposition that Portugal's independence as a nation in Iberia and the integrity of its overseas empire, the third largest among the colonial powers as of 1914, were defended by England, who in turn benefited from the use by the Royal Navy of Portugal's home and colonial ports in times of war and peace. A curious impact on Portuguese and popular usage had also come about and endured through the impact of dealings with the English allies. The idiom in Portuguese, "é para inglês ver," means literally "it is for the Englishman to see," but figuratively it really means, "it is merely for show."

   The practical defense side of the alliance was effectively dead by the end of World War II, but perhaps the most definitive indication of the end of the political significance of an alliance that still continues in other spheres occurred in December 1961, when the army of the Indian Union invaded Portugal's colonial enclaves in western India, Goa, Damão, and Diu. While both nations were now North Atlantic Treaty Organization allies, their interests clashed when it came to imperial and Commonwealth conflicts and policies. Portugal asked Britain for military assistance in the use of British bases against the army of Britain's largest former colony, India. But Portugal was, in effect, refused assistance by her oldest ally. If the alliance continues into the 21st century, its essence is historical, nostalgic, commercial, and cultural.

    See also Catherine of Braganza.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Anglo-Portuguese Alliance

20 κόσμος

κόσμος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+)

① that which serves to beautify through decoration, adornment, adorning (Hom.+; Diod S 20, 4, 5 τῶν γυναικῶν τὸν κόσμον; OGI 531, 13; SIG 850, 10; IMaronIsis 41; PEleph 1, 4; PSI 240, 12 γυναικεῖον κόσμον; LXX; TestJud 12:1; JosAs 2:6 al.; Philo, Migr. Abr. 97 γυναικῶν κ.; Jos., Ant. 1, 250; 15, 5; Just., A II, 11, 4f) of women’s attire, etc. ὁ ἔξωθεν … κόσμος external adorning 1 Pt 3:3 (Vi. Hom. 4 of the inward adornment of a woman, beside σωφροσύνη; Crates, Ep. 9; Pythag., Ep. 11, 1; Plut., Mor. 141e; on the topic of external adornment cp. SIG 736, 15–26).

② condition of orderliness, orderly arrangement, order (Hom. et al.; s. HDiller, Die vorphilosophische Gebrauch von κ. und κοσμεῖν: BSnell Festschr., ’56, 47–60) μετὰ κόσμου in order Dg 12:9 (text uncertain; s. μετακόσμιος).

③ the sum total of everything here and now, the world, the (orderly) universe, in philosophical usage (so, acc. to Plut., Mor. 886b, as early as Pythagoras; certainly Heraclitus, Fgm. 66; Pla., Gorg. 508a, Phdr. 246c; Chrysipp., Fgm. 527 v. Arnim κόσμος σύστημα ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς καὶ τῶν ἐν τούτοις περιεχομένων φύσεων. Likew. Posidonius in Diog. L. 7, 138; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 2 p. 391b, 9ff; 2 and 4 Macc; Wsd; EpArist 254; Philo, Aet. M. 4; Jos., Ant. 1, 21; Test12Patr; SibOr 7, 123; AssMos Fgm. b Denis [=Tromp p. 272]; Just., A I, 20, 2 al.; Ath. 19, 2 al.; Orig., C. Cels. 4, 68, 14; Did., Gen. 36, 7; 137, 13.—The other philosoph. usage, in which κ. denotes the heaven in contrast to the earth, is prob. without mng. for our lit. [unless perh. Phil 2:15 κ.=‘sky’?]). ἡ ἀέναος τοῦ κ. σύστασις the everlasting constitution of the universe 1 Cl 60:1 (cp. OGI 56, 48 εἰς τὸν ἀέναον κ.). Sustained by four elements Hv 3, 13, 3. πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κ. εἶναι before the world existed J 17:5. ἀπὸ καταβολῆς [κόσμου] from the beginning of the world Mt 13:35; 25:34; Lk 11:50; Hb 4:3; 9:26; Rv 13:8; 17:8. Also ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς κ. Mt 24:21 or ἀπὸ κτίσεως κ. Ro 1:20.—B 5:5 ἀπὸ καταβ. κ. evidently means at the foundation of the world (s. Windisch, Hdb. ad loc.). πρὸ καταβολῆς κ. before the foundation of the world J 17:24; Eph 1:4; 1 Pt 1:20 (on the uses w. καταβολή s. that word, 1). οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κ. no idol has any real existence in the universe (Twentieth Century NT) 1 Cor 8:4. Of the creation in its entirety 3:22. ὁ κόσμος ὅλος = πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις (Sallust. 21 p. 36, 13; TestSol 5:7; TestJob 33:4) Hs 9, 2, 1; 9, 14, 5. φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ stars in the universe Phil 2:15 (s. above). Esp. of the universe as created by God (Epict 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν, τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον; Wsd 9:9; 2 Macc 7:23 ὁ τοῦ κ. κτίστης; 4 Macc 5:25; Just., A I, 59, 1 al.; Ath. 8, 2 al.) ὁ ποιήσας τὸν κ. who has made the world Ac 17:24. ὁ κτίστης τοῦ σύμπαντος κ. 1 Cl 19:2; ὁ κτίσας τὸν κ. Hv 1, 3, 4; cp. m 12, 4, 2. ὁ τοῦ παντὸς κ. κυριεύων B 21:5. οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15. Christ is called παντὸς τοῦ κ. κύριος 5:5; and the κ. owes its origin to his agency J 1:10b. The world was created for the sake of the church Hv 2, 4, 1.—The universe, as the greatest space conceivable, is not able to contain someth. (Philo, Ebr. 32) J 21:25.

④ the sum total of all beings above the level of the animals, the world, as θέατρον ἐγενήθημεν (i.e. οἱ ἀπόστολοι) τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις 1 Cor 4:9. Here the world is divided into angels and humans (cp. the Stoic definition of the κόσμος in Stob., Ecl. I p. 184, 8 τὸ ἐκ θεῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων σύστημα; likew. Epict 1, 9, 4.—Acc. to Ocellus Luc. 37, end, the κ. consists of the sphere of the divine beyond the moon and the sphere of the earthly on this side of the moon).

⑤ planet earth as a place of inhabitation, the world (SIG 814, 31 [67 A.D.] Nero, ὁ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου κύριος; the meaning of the birthday of Augustus for the world OGI 458, 40 [=IPriene 105]; 2 Macc 3:12; Jos., Ant. 9, 241; 10, 205; Orig., C. Cels. 4, 68)

ⓐ gener. Mk 16:15. τὰς βασιλείας τοῦ κ. Mt 4:8; ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κ. 26:13. Cp. 13:38 (cp. Hs 5, 5, 2); Mk 14:9; Hs 9, 25, 2. τὸ φῶς τοῦ κ. τούτου the light of this world (the sun) J 11:9. In rhetorical exaggeration ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται ἐν ὅλῳ τ. κόσμῳ Ro 1:8 (cp. the Egypt. grave ins APF 5, 1913, 169 no. 24, 8 ὧν ἡ σωφροσύνη κατὰ τὸν κ. λελάληται). Abraham as κληρονόμος κόσμου heir of the world 4:13.—Cp. 1 Cor 14:10; Col 1:6. ἡ ἐν τῷ κ. ἀδελφότης the brotherhood in the (whole) world 1 Pt 5:9. ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κ. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν our Lord has assumed the sovereignty of the world Rv 11:15. τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κ. (not LXX, but prob. rabbinic אֻמּוֹת הָעוֹלָם=humankind apart fr. Israel; Billerb. II 191; Dalman, Worte 144f) the unconverted in the world Lk 12:30. In this line of development, κόσμος alone serves to designate the polytheistic unconverted world Ro 11:12, 15.—Other worlds (lands) beyond the ocean 1 Cl 20:8.—Many of these pass. bear the connotation of

ⓑ the world as the habitation of humanity (as SibOr 1, 160). So also Hs 9, 17, 1f. εἰσέρχεσθαι εἰς τὸν κ. of entrance into the world by being born 1 Cl 38:3. ἐκ τοῦ κ. ἐξελθεῖν leave this present world (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 5 ἔξω τ. κόσμου φεύγειν; s. ἐξέρχομαι 5; cp. Hippol., Ref. 5, 16, 7) 1 Cor 5:10b; 2 Cl 8:3. γεννηθῆναι εἰς τὸν κ. be born into the world J 16:21. ἕως ἐσμὲν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ κ. 2 Cl 8:2. οὐδὲν εἰσφέρειν εἰς τὸν κ. (Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 294 τὸν μηδὲν εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσενηνοχότα) 1 Ti 6:7 (Pol 4:1). πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθον εἰς τὸν κ. 2J 7.—ἐν τῷ κόσμω τούτῳ J 12:25 (κ. need not here be understood as an entity hostile to God, but the transition to the nuance in 7b, below, is signalled by the term that follows: ζωὴν αἰώνιον). ἵνα εἰς κόσμον προέλθῃ AcPlCor 2:6.

ⓒ earth, world in contrast to heaven (Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 59; Iren., 1, 4, 2 [Harv. I 35, 5]; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 15, 24) ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ 2 Cl 19:3.—Esp. when mention is made of the preexistent Christ, who came fr. another world into the κόσμος. So, above all, in John (Bultmann, index I κόσμος) ἔρχεσθαι εἰς τὸν κ. (τοῦτον) J 6:14; 9:39; 11:27; 16:28a; 18:37; specif. also come into the world as light 12:46; cp. 1:9; 3:19. Sending of Jesus into the world 3:17a; 10:36; 17:18; 1J 4:9. His εἶναι ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ J 1:10a; 9:5a; 17:12 v.l. Leaving the world and returning to the Father 13:1a; 16:28b. Cp. 14:19; 17:11a. His kingship is not ἐκ τοῦ κ. τούτου of this world i.e. not derived from the world or conditioned by its terms and evaluations 18:36ab.—Also Χρ. Ἰησοῦς ἦλθεν εἰς τ. κόσμον 1 Ti 1:15; cp. ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ (opp. ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ) 3:16.—εἰσερχόμενος εἰς τὸν κ. Hb 10:5.

ⓓ the world outside in contrast to one’s home PtK 3 p. 15, 13; 19.

⑥ humanity in general, the world (TestAbr B 8 p. 113, 11 [Stone p. 74]; ApcEsdr 3:6 p. 27, 14; SibOr 1, 189; Just., A I, 39, 3 al.)

ⓐ gener. οὐαὶ τῷ κ. ἀπὸ τῶν σκανδάλων woe to humankind because of the things that cause people to sin Mt 18:7; τὸ φῶς τοῦ κ. the light for humanity 5:14; cp. J 8:12; 9:5. ὁ σωτὴρ τοῦ κ. 4:42; 1J 4:14 (this designation is found in inscriptions, esp. oft. of Hadrian [WWeber, Untersuchungen z. Geschichte des Kaisers Hadrianus 1907, 225; 226; 229]).—J 1:29; 3:17b; 17:6.—κρίνειν τὸν κ. (SibOr 4, 184; TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 11 [Stone p. 32]; ApcMos 37) of God, Christ J 12:47a; Ro 3:6; B 4:12; cp. Ro 3:19. Of believers 1 Cor 6:2ab (cp. Sallust. 21 p. 36, 13 the souls of the virtuous, together w. the gods, will rule the whole κόσμος). Of Noah διʼ ἧς (sc. πίστεως) κατέκρινεν τὸν κ. Hb 11:7. ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κ. εἰσῆλθεν Ro 5:12; likew. θάνατος εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν κ. 1 Cl 3:4 (Wsd 2:24; 14:14). Cp. Ro 5:13; 1 Cor 1:27f. περικαθάρματα τοῦ κ. the refuse of humanity 4:13. Of persons before conversion ἄθεοι ἐν τῷ κ. Eph 2:12.—2 Cor 1:12; 5:19; Js 2:5; 1J 2:2; 4:1, 3. ἀρχαῖος κόσμος the people of the ancient world 2 Pt 2:5a; cp. vs. 5b; 3:6. Of pers. of exceptional merit: ὧν οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κ. of whom the world was not worthy Hb 11:38.—ὅλος ὁ κ. all the world, everybody Ac 2:47 D; 1 Cl 5:7; cp. ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κ. 59:2; εἰς ὅλον τὸν κ. Hs 8, 3, 2. Likew. ὁ κόσμος (cp. Philo, De Prov. in Eus., PE 8, 14, 58) ὁ κ. ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν J 12:19. ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κ. 8:26; ἐν τῷ κ. 17:13; ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κ. 18:20; cp. 7:4; 14:22. ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κ. 14:31; cp. 17:23; ἵνα ὁ κ. πιστεύῃ 17:21.

ⓑ of all humanity, but especially of believers, as the object of God’s love J 3:16, 17c; 6:33, 51; 12:47b.

⑦ the system of human existence in its many aspects, the world

ⓐ as scene of earthly joys, possessions, cares, sufferings (cp. 4 Macc 8:23) τὸν κ. ὅλον κερδῆσαι gain the whole world Mt 16:26; Mk 8:36; Lk 9:25; 2 Cl 6:2 (cp. Procop. Soph., Ep. 137 the whole οἰκουμένη is an unimportant possession compared to ἀρετή). τὰ τερπνὰ τοῦ κ. the delightful things in the world IRo 6:1. οἱ χρώμενοι τὸν κ. ὡς μὴ καταχρώμενοι those who use the world as though they had no use of it or those who deal with the world as having made no deals with it 1 Cor 7:31a. ἔχειν τὸν βίον τοῦ κ. possess worldly goods 1J 3:17. τὰ τοῦ κόσμου the affairs of the world 1 Cor 7:33f; cp. 1J 2:15f. The latter pass. forms an easy transition to the large number of exprs. (esp. in Paul and John) in which

ⓑ the world, and everything that belongs to it, appears as that which is hostile to God, i.e. lost in sin, wholly at odds w. anything divine, ruined and depraved (Herm. Wr. 6, 4 [the κόσμος is τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς κακίας]; 13, 1 [ἡ τοῦ κ. ἀπάτη], in Stob. p. 428, 24 Sc.; En 48:7; TestIss 4:6; AscIs 3:25; Hdb., exc. on J 1:10; Bultmann ad loc.—cp. Sotades Maronita [III B.C.] 11 Diehl: the κόσμος is unjust and hostile to great men) IMg 5:2; IRo 2:2. ὁ κόσμος οὗτος this world (in contrast to the heavenly realm) J 8:23; 12:25, 31a; 13:1; 16:11; 18:36; 1J 4:17; 1 Cor 3:19; 5:10a; 7:31b; Hv 4, 3, 2ff; D 10:6; 2 Cl 5:1, 5; (opp. ὁ ἅγιος αἰών) B 10:11. ‘This world’ is ruled by the ἄρχων τοῦ κ. τούτου the prince of this world, the devil J 12:31b; 16:11; without τούτου 14:30. Cp. ὁ κ. ὅλος ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται the whole world lies in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19; cp. 4:4; also ὁ αἰὼν τοῦ κ. τούτου Eph 2:2 (s. αἰών 4).—Christians must have nothing to do with this world of sin and separation fr. God: instead of desiring it IRo 7:1, one is to ἄσπιλον ἑαυτὸν τηρεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ κ. keep oneself untainted by the world Js 1:27. ἀποφεύγειν τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κ. 2 Pt 2:20; cp. 1:4 (s. ἀποφεύγω 1).—Pol 5:3. ἡ φιλία τοῦ κ. ἔχθρα τ. θεοῦ ἐστιν Js 4:4a; cp. vs. 4b. When such an attitude is taken Christians are naturally hated by the world IRo 3:3; J 15:18, 19ad; 17:14a; 1J 3:13, as their Lord was hated J 7:7; 15:18; cp. 1:10c; 14:17; 16:20.—Also in Paul: God and world in opposition τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ κ. and τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐκ θεοῦ the spirit of the world and the spirit that comes fr. God 1 Cor 2:12; σοφία τοῦ κ. and σοφία τοῦ θεοῦ 1:20f. ἡ κατὰ θεὸν λύπη and ἡ τοῦ κ. λύπη godly grief and worldly grief 2 Cor 7:10. The world is condemned by God 1 Cor 11:32; yet also the object of the divine plan of salvation 2 Cor 5:19; cp. 1 Cl 7:4; 9:4. A Christian is dead as far as this world is concerned: διʼ οὗ (i.e. Ἰ. Χρ.) ἐμοὶ κ. ἐσταύρωται κἀγὼ κόσμῳ through Christ the world has been crucified for me, and I have been (crucified) to the world Gal 6:14; cp. the question τί ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κ. δογματίζεσθε; Col 2:20b. For στοιχεῖα τοῦ κ. Gal 4:3; Col 2:8, 20a s. στοιχεῖον.—The use of κ. in this sense is even further developed in John. The κ. stands in opposition to God 1J 2:15f and hence is incapable of knowing God J 17:25; cp. 1J 4:5, and excluded fr. Christ’s intercession J 17:9; its views refuted by the Paraclete 16:8. Neither Christ himself 17:14c, 16b; 14:27, nor his own 15:19b; 17:14b, 16a; 1J 3:1 belong in any way to the ‘world’. Rather Christ has chosen them ‘out of the world’ J 15:19c, even though for the present they must still live ‘in the world’ 17:11b; cp. 13:1b; 17:15, 18b. All the trouble that they must undergo because of this, 16:33a, means nothing compared w. the victorious conviction that Christ (and the believers w. him) has overcome ‘the world’ vs. 33b; 1J 5:4f, and that it is doomed to pass away 2:17 (TestJob 33:4; Kephal. I 154, 21: the κόσμος τῆς σαρκός will pass away).

⑧ collective aspect of an entity, totality, sum total (SIG 850, 10 τὸν κόσμον τῶν ἔργων (but s. 1 above); Pr 17:6a) ὁ κ. τῆς ἀδικίας ἡ γλῶσσα καθίσταται the tongue becomes (or proves to be) the sum total of iniquity Js 3:6 (so, approx., Meinertz; FHauck.—MDibelius, Windisch and ASchlatter find mng. 7b here, whereas ACarr, Exp. 7th ser., 8, 1909, 318ff thinks of mng. 1). Χρ. τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου τῶν σῳζομένων σωτηρίας παθόντα Christ, who suffered or died (s. πάσχω 3aα) for the salvation of the sum total of those who are saved MPol 17:2.—FBytomski, D. genet. Entwicklung des Begriffes κόσμος in d. Hl. Schrift: Jahrb. für Philos. und spekul. Theol. 25, 1911, 180–201; 389–413 (only the OT); CSchneider, Pls u. d. Welt: Αγγελος IV ’32, 11–47; EvSchrenck, Der Kosmos-Begriff bei Joh.: Mitteilungen u. Nachrichten f. d. evang. Kirche in Russland 51, 1895, 1–29; RLöwe, Kosmos u. Aion ’35; RBultmann, D. Verständnis v. Welt u. Mensch im NT u. im Griechentum: ThBl 19, ’40, 1–14; GBornkamm, Christus u. die Welt in der urchr. Botschaft: ZTK 47, ’50, 212–26; ALesky, Kosmos ’63; RVölkl, Christ u. Welt nach dem NT ’61; GJohnston, οἰκουμένη and κ. in the NT: NTS 10, ’64, 352–60; NCassem, ibid. 19, ’72/73, 81–91; RBratcher, BT 31, ’80, 430–34.—B. 13; 440. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κόσμος

Страницы

Следующая →

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

См. также в других словарях:

Use of Numbers in the Church —     Use of Numbers in the Church     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Use of Numbers in the Church     No attentive reader of the Old Testament can fail to notice that a certain sacredness seems to attach to particular numbers, for example, seven, forty … Catholic encyclopedia

Use — Use, v. t. [imp. & p. p. {Used}; p. pr. & vb. n. {Using}.] [OE. usen, F. user to use, use up, wear out, LL. usare to use, from L. uti, p. p. usus, to use, OL. oeti, oesus; of uncertain origin. Cf. {Utility}.] [1913 Webster] 1. To make use of; to… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Made in Heaven — This article is about 1995 album. For other uses, see Made in Heaven (disambiguation). Made in Heaven Studio album by Queen … Wikipedia

use — verb To make use of; to convert to one s service; to employ; to avail oneself of; to utilize; to carry out a purpose or action by means of; to put into action or service, especially to attain an end. State v. Howard, 221 Kan. 51, 557 P.2d 1280,… … Black's law dictionary

use — {{Roman}}I.{{/Roman}} noun 1 using; being used ADJECTIVE ▪ considerable, extensive, great, heavy, liberal ▪ full, maximum ▪ He made … Collocations dictionary

Made in China — This article is about the mark affixed to products manufactured in the People s Republic of China. For other uses, see Made in China (disambiguation). Made in China label on a D Link Gigabit Ethernet switch. Made in China or Made in PRC… … Wikipedia

use — I. noun Etymology: Middle English us, from Anglo French, from Latin usus, from uti to use Date: 13th century 1. a. the act or practice of employing something ; employment, application < he made good use of his spare time > b. the fact or state of … New Collegiate Dictionary

Use of Beads at Prayers —     Use of Beads at Prayers     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Use of Beads at Prayers     Beads variously strung together, according to the kind, order, and number of prayers in certain forms of devotion, are in common use among Catholics as an… … Catholic encyclopedia

Use and Abuse of Amulets —     Use and Abuse of Amulets     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Use and Abuse of Amulets     The origin of the word amulet does not seem to have been definitely established. (See AMULET.) The thing itself has been used as a safeguard against mishap or … Catholic encyclopedia

Use of Free and Open Source Software (FOSS) in the U.S. Department of Defense — is a 2003 report by The MITRE Corporation that documented widespread use of and reliance on free software (termed FOSS ) within the United States Department of Defense (DoD). The report helped end a debate about whether FOSS should be banned from … Wikipedia

Use of Weapons — … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

which he had made use of

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

which he had made use of

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: